JP2019198714A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine including a configuration associated with suitable suppression of ball return.SOLUTION: A Pachinko machine includes a game area formation body 80aP in that a game area PE is formed. When a player performs shooting operation, a game ball shooting mechanism shoots game balls based on the shooting operation. The game balls shot in this way are guided to the game area PE through a guidance passage 103 formed by an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102. The game area PE includes a ball return prevention mechanism 106P for regulating reversion of the game balls to the guidance passage 103 from the game area PE. The ball return prevention mechanism 106P includes two prevention devices 106aP, 106bP disposed along the outer rail 102. The guidance passage 103 functions as an operation area of a left-side movable body 601aP for composing a left-side prevention device 106aP.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 37

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine has a gaming board in which a gaming area is formed, a gaming ball launching means for launching a gaming ball when the player performs a launching operation, and the launched gaming ball to the gaming area. Some have a ball path to guide. If a game ball or the like that has reached the game area returns to the ball path, the game ball may be a factor that prevents the subsequent game ball from reaching the game area. Therefore, the exit portion of the ball passage has a structure that allows the inflow of game balls from the ball passage to the game area while suppressing the occurrence of return balls such as the inflow of game balls from the game area to the ball passage. (For example, refer to Patent Document 1).

JP 2011-83331 A

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration related to the suppression of the return sphere described above.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine having a configuration related to suppression of a suitable ball return.

  Hereinafter, means for solving the above problems will be described.

The invention described in claim 1
A game board in which a game area is formed;
Game ball launching means for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means for regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage,
The restricting means has a movable body that can be switched between a permissible state allowing passage of game balls at the exit portion of the ball passage and a restricting state restricting passage of game balls at the exit portion,
The ball path is provided with a function as an operation area when the movable body is switched between the allowable state and the restricted state.

  A configuration relating to suppression of the ball return can be made suitable.

It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a front view which shows the structure of a game board. 5A is a partially enlarged view showing the ball return prevention mechanism and its peripheral configuration in FIG. 4 in an enlarged manner, and FIG. 5B is a schematic view showing a game board in a conventional pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the motion of the game ball when operation | movement of a movable body is prevented. (A) Partial enlarged view of the game board showing the ball return prevention mechanism and its peripheral configuration in the second embodiment, (b) a schematic diagram showing the movement of the game ball when the operation of the movable body is hindered. . It is the elements on larger scale of the game board which show the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism in 3rd Embodiment, and its periphery structure. It is the schematic which shows the motion of the game ball when operation | movement of a movable body is prevented. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. (A) Schematic which shows the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism in 4th Embodiment, (b) It is the AA partial fragmentary sectional view of Fig.14 (a). It is the elements on larger scale of FIG.13 (b) which shows the relationship between a game ball and a movable body. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of the pachinko machine in 5th Embodiment. It is the schematic for demonstrating the content of the various counters used for a success or failure lottery. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interruption process by MPU of a main controller. It is a flowchart which shows the normal process by MPU of a main controller. It is a flowchart which shows the drive control process for a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is a flowchart which shows the process for game ball | bowl launch control. It is a flowchart which shows the launch control process performed in the launch control part of a power supply and launch control apparatus. It is a timing chart which shows the relationship between the game ball and the state of a ball return prevention mechanism which were launched based on launch operation. It is the elements on larger scale of the game board which show the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism in 6th Embodiment, and its periphery structure. It is a perspective view which shows a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism and its periphery structure. It is a perspective view which shows a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. (A) Side view of ball return prevention mechanism, (b) Plan view of ball return prevention mechanism. It is a disassembled perspective view of a ball return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is a timing chart which shows the operation mode of a ball return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the mode of a ball return prevention. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism in 7th Embodiment. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is a timing chart which shows the operation mode of a ball return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the mode of a ball return prevention. It is the elements on larger scale of the game board which show the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism in 8th Embodiment, and its periphery structure. It is a perspective view which shows a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism and its periphery structure. It is a perspective view which shows a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. (A) Top view of ball return prevention mechanism, (b) Side view of ball return prevention mechanism. It is a disassembled perspective view of a ball return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the principle of operation of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the modification of the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism shown in 8th Embodiment. It is the schematic which shows the modification of the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism shown in 8th Embodiment. It is the schematic which shows the ball | bowl return prevention mechanism shown in 9th Embodiment. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is the schematic which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl return prevention mechanism. It is a timing chart which shows the flow of forced return. It is the schematic which shows the positional relationship of movable bodies when forced return is performed.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as a “pachinko machine”), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine 10 viewed from the front side, and FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing the main configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in an exploded manner. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area in the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main part 12 attached to the outer frame 11.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the outer frame 11 is formed by connecting a long frame material to four sides, and is formed so as to form a rectangular frame shape as a whole. By attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility, the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall. In the pachinko machine 10, the outer frame 11 is not an essential configuration, and the outer frame 11 may be provided in an island facility or the like of the game hall.

  The gaming machine main part 12 is supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be opened and closed. Specifically, the upper support bracket 17 is fixed to a connection portion between the upper frame portion and the left frame portion in the outer frame 11, and further, a lower portion is connected to the connection portion between the lower frame portion and the left frame portion in the outer frame 11. Side support fittings 18 are provided. The upper support bracket 17 and the lower support bracket 18 form a support mechanism. The support mechanism causes the gaming machine main unit 12 to turn the left side of the pachinko machine 10 in the front view with respect to the outer frame 11. The right side can be turned to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 with the turning tip side (see FIGS. 2 and 3).

  As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the gaming machine main part 12 is disposed at the inner frame 13 as a base body, the front door frame 14 disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and behind the inner frame 13. The back pack unit 15 is provided. The inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the inner frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation front end side in a front view of the gaming machine.

  A front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13 and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view of the gaming machine. Further, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and can be rotated rearward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view of the gaming machine. Yes.

(Front door frame 14)
Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 1, the front door frame 14 is mainly composed of a synthetic resin frame body 20 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11, and covers almost the entire front surface of the inner frame 13. Yes. A substantially elliptical window portion 21 is formed in the central portion of the frame body 20 so that a substantially entire game area PE, which will be described later, can be viewed from the front. The window portion 21 is formed by the glass unit 22. The front door frame 14 is closed from the back side.

  The glass unit 22 includes a plurality of glass panels 23 having transparency and a glass holder that holds the glass panels 23. The glass holder is formed with a partition portion for partitioning the holding region of the glass panel 23 in the front-rear direction, and the two glass panels 23 face each other in the front-rear direction with the partition portion interposed therebetween. That is, by securing a predetermined gap between the glass panels 23, the gaming area PE is covered by the glass panels 23 from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 while avoiding interference between the glass panels 23. It is in a state.

  Note that it is not always necessary to unitize both glass panels 23 using a glass holder, and each glass panel 23 may be individually attached to the frame 20. Furthermore, the number of glass panels is arbitrary, and may be one or three or more. However, in view of safety and security improvement, it is preferable to employ a plurality of glass panels and to make the glass panels face each other with a predetermined gap therebetween. Incidentally, it is also possible to employ a synthetic resin panel member having transparency instead of the glass panel.

  Around the glass unit 22 (specifically, the window portion 21), light emitting means such as various lamps are provided. For example, an annular illumination part 26 incorporating a light emitting means such as an LED is provided along the periphery of the window part 21. In the annular illumination part 26, lighting or blinking is performed according to a change in the gaming state at the time of big hit or at a predetermined reach. In addition, an error display lamp portion 27 is provided at the center of the annular illumination portion 26 and at the top of the pachinko machine 10 to light up when a failure such as an error occurs. A prize ball lamp unit 28 that is lit is provided. In addition, a speaker unit 29 is provided at a position close to the left and right prize ball lamp units 28 for outputting sound effects, BGM, and the like corresponding to the gaming state.

  Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14 (frame body 20), an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 that bulge toward the front side are arranged side by side. An upper pan 33 that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower pan 34 that also opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper plate 33 has a function of temporarily storing game balls paid out from a payout device described later and guiding them to a game ball launching mechanism described later while aligning them in a line. In addition, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing excess game balls in the upper tray 33 and games that have not reached the game area PE (see FIG. 2) among the game balls launched by the game ball launching mechanism. When a ball (so-called foul ball: return ball) is returned to the player, it has a function as a tray for storing the discharged game ball.

  A game ball launching handle 41 is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32 so as to protrude toward the front side. By operating the game ball launch handle 41, a game ball is launched from a game ball launch mechanism described later. The game ball firing speed increases as the operation amount (rotation amount) of the rotation operation member provided on the game ball launch handle 41 increases, and the operation amount is adjusted by the player to become a predetermined amount. In this case, the game ball reaches the game area PE.

  As shown in FIG. 2, a passage forming unit 45 is attached to the back surface of the front door frame 14. The passage forming unit 45 is formed of a synthetic resin and includes a front door side upper tray passage that leads to the upper tray 33 and a front door side lower tray passage that leads to the lower tray 34. In the passage forming unit 45, a receiving port portion that protrudes rearward and is opened upward is formed at an upper corner portion thereof, and the inlet portion of the front door side upper plate passage is formed by dividing the receiving port portion into left and right by a partition wall. The portion and the entrance portion of the front door side lower dish passage are partitioned. The upstream side of the front door side upper dish path and the front door side lower dish path are connected to a game ball distributing section described later, and the game balls that have entered the front door side upper dish path are guided to the upper plate 33 and are moved to the lower side of the front door. The game ball that has entered the dish passage is guided to the lower dish 34.

  Projecting shafts are provided at the upper end and the lower end of the rotation base end side of the back surface of the front door frame 14. These projecting shafts constitute an assembly mechanism for the inner frame 13.

  Next, the inner frame 13 will be described with reference to FIGS.

(Inner frame 13)
As shown in FIG. 2, the inner frame 13 is mainly configured by an inner frame base body 50 whose outer shape is substantially rectangular like the outer frame 11. The height dimension of the inner frame base body 50 is set slightly smaller than the height dimension of the outer frame 11. The inner frame base body 50 is arranged close to the upper frame portion of the outer frame 11, and a slight gap is formed between the lower frame portion of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame base body 50. A curtain plate is attached to the outer frame 11 so as to close the gap. The curtain plate is disposed below the inner frame base body 50 (specifically, the lower end portion thereof). When the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the inner frame base body 50 is placed on the curtain plate. It will be listed. A slight clearance may be provided between the curtain plate and the inner frame base body 50 for the purpose of preventing mutual interference.

  Support metal fittings 71 and 72 are attached to an upper end portion and a lower end portion of the front end of the inner frame base body 50 on the rotation base end side (left side in FIG. 2). Although illustration is omitted, the support fittings 71 and 72 have shaft portions, and a bearing portion provided on the front door frame 14 is inserted into these shaft portions, so that the front door frame with respect to the inner frame 13 is inserted. 14 is rotatably supported.

  A locking device 75 for locking the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is disposed on the rotating front end side (right side in FIG. 2) of the inner frame base body 50. The locking device 75 extends vertically along the right end portion (vertical frame member to be described later) of the inner frame base body 50, and the front door collar member 76 is disposed in a scattered manner in the longitudinal direction (vertical direction). have. The front door frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 13 so that the front door frame 14 cannot be opened by the hook members 76 for the front doors being hooked on the flange receiving members 49 provided on the front door frame 14. The locking device 75 has an inner frame collar member 77 extending to the rear side of the inner frame 13. When these inner frame hook members 77 are hooked on the hook receiving member 19 fixed to the outer frame 11, the gaming machine main part 12 is locked in a closed state with respect to the outer frame 11.

  The inner frame base body 50 (locking device 75) is provided with a cylinder lock 78 for performing an unlocking operation of the locking device 75. The cylinder lock 78 is provided separately from the locking units (each of the hook members 76 and 77, the interlocking hooks and the like) constituting the main part of the locking device 75, and is disposed adjacent to the locking unit. When the key inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 78 is turned to the right (clockwise), the lock of the front door frame 14 on the inner frame 13 is released, and the key inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 78 is turned to the left (counterclockwise). The inner frame 13 is unlocked with respect to the outer frame 11.

  A housing recess for housing the game board unit 80 is formed in the central portion of the inner frame base body 50. The housing recess is recessed in accordance with the outer shape of the game board unit 80, and the game board unit 80 is fixed by a manual lock mechanism in a state of being fitted in the housing recess.

(Game board unit 80)
The game board unit 80 is formed with a game area PE in which a game ball flows down on the front surface, and is provided on the back side of the game area formation body 80a and various game parts (variable display unit, control device described later). , A movable production mechanism, a decorative member capable of emitting light, and the like) are integrated with a back block 80b on which the base body 135 is mounted. The game area forming body 80a is made of a transparent synthetic resin material, and the front portion of the back block 80b is visible through the game area forming body 80a.

  As already described, the game area PE is covered with the glass unit 22 (specifically, the rear glass panel 23). The glass unit 22 is arranged so that the gap between the rear glass panel 23 and the front surface of the game area forming body 80a is slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, that is, the game balls flowing down the game area PE are in the same game area PE. It is arrange | positioned so that it may not line up back and forth in the same location. Thereby, the ball blockage in the game area PE is suppressed.

  Hereinafter, the game board unit 80 (particularly, various configurations arranged in the game area PE of the game area forming body 80a) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a front view of the game board unit 80. In FIG. 4, the display of game parts such as game nails and windmills is omitted.

  The game area forming body 80a is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the thickness direction (front-rear direction) of the game area forming body 80a, and each opening has a general winning port 81, a variable winning device 82, operating ports 83a and 83b, A through gate 84 and the like are provided. When game balls enter the general winning port 81, the variable winning device 82, and the operation ports 83a and 83b, the game balls are detected by detection sensors (not shown) provided corresponding to the respective winning portions, and the detection results thereof. Based on the above, a predetermined number of award balls (payout of game balls) and the like are given to the player. In addition, an out port 89 is provided at the lowermost part of the game area forming body 80a, and game balls that have not entered various ball-entry portions are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 89. In the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball from entering the out port 89, the game ball entering the general winning port 81, the variable winning device 82, and the operation ports 83a and 83b is also referred to as "winning". Express.

  In addition, a large number of game nails are planted in the game area forming body 80a in order to disperse and adjust the flow path of the game ball as appropriate, and various members (servants) such as a windmill are arranged. Yes. The flow path of the game ball is differentiated by various configurations such as these game nails and windmills, and is adjusted so that a winning to the above-described general winning opening 81 or the like occurs with an appropriate probability.

  A central opening is formed at the center of the game area forming body 80a, and a variable display unit 86, a movable effect mechanism, and the like belonging to the back block 80b are located behind the central opening. The variable display unit 86 is visible from the front of the gaming machine through the central opening (opening cover).

  Operating ports 83a and 83b, a through gate 84, and the like are disposed around the central opening. The operation ports 83a and 83b are composed of an upper operation port 83a disposed below the variable display unit 86 and a lower operation port 83b disposed directly below the upper operation port 83a. The (lottery opportunity entrance ball portion) 83b is provided with an electric accessory 91 as an open / close type entrance assist device (entrance assisting means) or an opening / closing member (opening / closing means). The electric accessory 91 includes a movable piece and a solenoid-type drive unit that drives the movable piece. When the position of the movable piece is changed by the drive unit, the ball entering the lower working port 83b is moved. It is possible to switch between an allowable open state (auxiliary state) and a closed state (non-auxiliary state) in which the same ball cannot be entered. In addition, about the closed state of the electrically-driven accessory 91, it is sufficient if it is difficult to enter the ball compared to the open state, and it is not always necessary to disable the ball entry.

  The through gate 84 is arranged on the left and right sides of the central opening (the side of the variable display unit 86), and if the winning combination is a lottery triggered by the passing of the through ball 84 of the game ball, The object 91 is switched from the closed state to the open state for a predetermined time.

  The variable winning device (special winning device or special winning means) 82 has a large winning opening leading to the back side of the game area forming body 80a, and an opening / closing member (opening / closing) An opening / closing door is provided as a means. The open / close door can be switched between an open state (assist state) in which a game ball can enter and a closed state (non-assist state) in which the game ball cannot enter. The open / close door is connected to a variable winning drive unit (specifically, a solenoid) provided on the back side of the game area forming body 80a, and the open / close door is normally kept closed, So that it can be switched to the open state when winning the transition to the opening / closing execution mode (opening / closing execution state) (when winning the transition to the special gaming state advantageous to the player over the normal gaming state) It has become. It should be noted that it is sufficient for the closed state of the open / close door to be difficult to enter as compared to the open state, and it is not always necessary to make the entry impossible.

  Here, the opening / closing execution mode is a mode to be shifted to when a big win is won. As an opening mode of the variable winning device 82 in the opening / closing execution mode, for example, a predetermined time (for example, 30 sec) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings is set as one round, and a plurality of rounds (for example, 16 rounds) is set as an upper limit. It is set so that the opening and closing of the door is repeated.

  Here, the variable display unit 86 will be supplementarily described. The variable display unit 86 has a symbol display device 87 for variably displaying symbols (variation display) using a winning at the operation ports 83a and 83b as a trigger. The symbol display device 87 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by a display control device described later. On the display screen 87a of the symbol display device 87, for example, symbols are displayed side by side in the top, middle, and bottom, and these symbols are variably displayed as they are scrolled in the horizontal direction. When a big win is won, a predetermined combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on a preset active line, and the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode (special game state or big win). Note that the symbol display device 87 is not necessarily a liquid crystal display device, and may be a dot matrix or 7-segment display device.

  A center frame 95 is provided in the game area forming body 80a so as to surround the central opening. The center frame 95 is fixed from the front surface side to the game area forming body 80a (specifically, a plate body), and in such a fixed state, the center frame 95 stands up from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. The gap dimension between the center frame 95 and the glass unit 22 is configured to be smaller than the diameter dimension of the game ball. This prevents the game ball flowing down the game area PE from colliding with the symbol display device 87, and the flow path of the game ball flowing down the game area PE is on the right side of the variable display unit 86 (specifically, the center frame 95). A route that is detoured from (hereinafter referred to as a right route) and a route that is detoured from the left side (hereinafter referred to as a left route).

  On the upper surface of the frame portion constituting the lower portion of the center frame 95, a stage portion is formed on which the game ball can roll left and right. The game balls that have flowed in from the inflow ports formed in the left and right frame portions of the center frame 95 are discharged onto the stage portion through a warp passage formed in the center frame 95. The stage portion is configured so that the game ball that has reached the stage portion is relatively easy to flow into the upper operation port 83a, and the player's attention to the movement of the game ball on the stage portion is improved. Contributing to

  A first reservation lamp portion 98a and a second reservation lamp portion 98b are provided on the front surface of the frame portion constituting the lower portion of the center frame 95. The first hold lamp portion 98a on the left side corresponds to the upper operation port 83a, and the number of times that the game ball has passed through the upper operation port 83a is held up to a maximum of four times. It is displayed. The second holding lamp portion 98b on the right side corresponds to the lower operating port 83b, and the number of times that the game ball has passed through the lower operating port 83b is held up to four times. Is displayed.

  The operation ports 83a and 83b are arranged at positions close to the central opening (variable display unit 86). Since it is possible to shift to the special game state by using a winning at the operation ports 83a and 83b as a trigger, the player pays attention to whether or not the operation ports 83a and 83b are won, and grasps whether or not to shift to the special game state. Therefore, it is considered that the symbol display device 87 is noted. The fact that the operation ports 83a and 83b are provided near the variable display unit 86 is a device for concentrating the portion that the player wants to focus on around the variable display unit 86.

  A game area partition member 99 that partitions the game area PE together with the guide rail 100 described later is disposed at the right end of the game area forming body 80a (the rotation tip of the game board unit 80 described later). The game area partition member 99 is provided with a stopper member with which a game ball flying along the guide rail 100 collides. The stopper member is a buffer member disposed near the tip of the guide rail 100, and the game ball that collides with the stopper member will flow down the game area PE (specifically, the right route) after the momentum is weakened. . That is, the stopper member is provided with a depressing function that weakens the momentum of the game ball that has collided.

  A rail cover 107 is provided at the left end of the game area forming body 80a so as to cover the outer rail 102 from the side. The game board unit 80 is often handled as a single unit during manufacturing or maintenance work, and at this time, the outer rail 102 may collide with a game table or the like. The rail cover 107 is a member mounted in view of such circumstances, and is provided with a protective function for preventing the outer rail 102 from being deformed due to the above factors or the like. A main display unit 88 is disposed on this protective member.

  The main display unit 88 is arranged so that a part thereof faces the glass unit 22. A main display portion on which a predetermined pattern or the like is displayed is provided in the facing portion. The main display unit 88 is electrically connected to a main controller described later, and the display content of the main display unit is controlled by the main controller.

  The main display unit displays a lottery result based on a winning to the upper working port 83a, and a right working port displays a lottery result based on a winning to the lower working port 83b. And a display unit. In the lower working port display section, the display of the variation of the pattern is performed with the winning of the upper working port 83a as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper working port 83a. The result is specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the upper working port 83a is the winning result corresponding to the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, the variable display is stopped on the lower working port display section, and the stop result is predetermined. After the pattern is displayed, the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode.

  In the lower working port display unit, the display of the variation of the picture is performed with the winning of the lower working port 83b as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working port 83b is performed. The result is specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the lower working port 83b is a winning result corresponding to the jackpot, the change display is stopped on the display unit for the right working port, and a predetermined pattern is displayed as the stop result. After that, the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode according to the result.

  Here, on the basis of winning in any one of the operation ports 83a and 83b, the display of variation is started at the corresponding operation port display unit, until a predetermined stop result is displayed and the variation display is stopped. It corresponds to one time. However, the number of game times is not limited to the above-mentioned contents. For example, a single display area is provided, and even if a winning to any of the operation ports 83a and 83b occurs, the single game area In the configuration in which the variable display is performed in the display area, the variable display is started in the single display area, and the above-mentioned variable display is stopped once in a state where a predetermined stop result is displayed. It is also possible.

  The main display unit 88 is provided with a through-gate display unit for displaying a lottery result based on winning in the through gate 84 in addition to the two display units. In the through gate display unit, the display of the variation of the picture is performed with the winning of the through gate 84 as a trigger, and the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the through gate 84 is clearly shown as the result of stopping the variation display. Is done. If the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the through gate 84 is a winning result corresponding to the transition to the open state, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the through gate display unit, and the change display is displayed. After being stopped, the state shifts to the electric power open state. In the electric combination open state, the electric combination 91 provided in the lower operation port 83b is opened in a predetermined manner.

  Further, in the present embodiment, a configuration is adopted in which the number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 84 is held up to a maximum of 4 times, but the number of hold is displayed on the main display unit of the main display unit 88. A holding number display section is provided.

  About the main display part explained in full detail above, while being visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 22 of the front door frame 14, it is avoided that the game ball moves in front of these various display parts. Therefore, the visibility is ensured.

  The configuration of the inner frame 13 will be described again with reference to FIG. 2. A game ball is launched into the game area PE based on the operation of the game ball launch handle 41 below the game board unit 80 in the inner frame base body 50. A game ball launching mechanism 110 is provided.

(Game Ball Launching Mechanism 110)
The game ball launching mechanism 110 includes a solenoid 111 that launches a game ball placed at a predetermined launch standby position, a launch rail 112 that defines the launch direction of the game ball launched by the solenoid 111, and a game at the launch standby position. A ball feeding device 113 for supplying a ball and a base plate 114 on which the various configurations 111 to 113 are mounted are provided as main components, and the base plate 114 is fixed to the inner frame base body 50, thereby The inner frame base body 50 is integrated.

  The firing rail 112 is fixed to the base plate 114 in an inclined state so as to be inclined upward toward the game area forming body 80a. The firing rail 112 is formed with a groove portion having a substantially V-shaped cross section, and the front and rear positions of the game ball are defined by fitting the game ball into the groove portion.

  A ball stopper that holds the game ball supplied from the ball feeding device 113 at the above-described firing standby position is disposed at a position closer to the downstream end portion (that is, the lower end portion) of the firing rail 112. The solenoid 111 is arranged at a position further downstream than the ball stopper.

  The solenoid 111 is electrically connected to a power source / launch control device described later. Based on the output of the electrical signal from the power supply / launch control device, the output shaft of the solenoid 111 reciprocates in the expansion / contraction direction, so that the game ball placed at the launch standby position is in detail on the game area forming body 80a side. Is driven out toward the guide rail 100 attached to the game area forming body 80a.

  The guide rail 100 is formed by partitioning the game area PE together with the game area partition member 99 fixed to the game area forming body 80a (specifically, the front surface of the plate) so that the outer shape of the game area PE is substantially circular. Yes. In addition, the guide rail 100 includes an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102 that are arranged so as to face each other with a gap larger than the diameter of the game ball, and a single guide passage 103 is formed by both the rails 101 and 102. Has been. The guide passage 103 includes an inlet portion 104 that is opened to the tip side (obliquely downward) of the firing rail 112, and an outlet portion 105 that is located above the gaming area PE. The game ball fired based on the operation of the solenoid 111 is guided to the game area PE by moving in the order of the firing rail 112 → the guide rail 100 (the entrance portion 104 → the exit portion 105).

  In the game area forming body 80a, on the front side of the exit portion 105, specifically, near the tip of the inner rail 101, there is a ball return prevention mechanism 106 that prevents the game ball that has reached the game area PE from returning back into the guide passage 103. It is attached and it is restrained that the launch of the following game ball is prevented by the game ball that has reached the game area PE first.

  Each of the rails 101 and 102 constituting the guide rail 100 has an arc shape centered on a substantially central portion of the game area PE. For this reason, the game ball passing through the guide passage 103 is likely to move (slide or roll) along the outer rail 102, that is, in contact with the outer rail 102 due to the centrifugal force generated by itself. That is, when a game ball is launched so as to be delivered to the game area PE, the area along the outer rail 102 in the guide passage 103 substantially constitutes a pass area (passage path) through which the game ball passes. However, the area along the inner rail 101 is an area through which the game ball does not pass.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the guide rail 100 and the firing rail 112 are configured such that the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 face each other with the lower edge of the game area forming body 80a interposed therebetween. Is arranged. That is, both the rails 100 and 112 are arranged such that the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 are shifted left and right in the vicinity of the lower end edge of the game area forming body 80a. Thus, a gap of a predetermined interval is formed between the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the firing rail 112 while bringing both rails 100 and 112 close to the lower end edge of the game area forming body 80a.

  A foul ball passage 46 is disposed below the gap formed in this way. The foul ball passage 46 is formed integrally with the passage forming unit 45 of the front door frame 14. If the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 do not reach the game area PE and return to the inside of the guide passage 103 as foul balls, the foul balls enter the foul ball passage 46 through the gap. It becomes. The foul ball passage 46 communicates with the lower door passage on the front door side, and the game balls that have entered the foul ball passage 46 are discharged to the lower plate 34 shown in FIG. This suppresses interference between the foul ball and the next game ball to be launched.

  A through-hole penetrating the inner frame base body 50 in the front-rear direction is formed on the left side of the firing rail 112 in the inner frame base body 50 (specifically, the side supporting the front door frame 14). A passage forming member 121 is disposed on the side. The passage forming member 121 is screwed to the inner frame base body 50, and has a main body side upper dish path and a main body side lower dish path. The upstream side of the main body side upper dish passage and the main body side lower dish passage communicates with a game ball distributing section described later. In addition, the receiving portion of the passage forming unit 45 attached to the front door frame 14 enters below the passage forming member 121, and the front door side upper plate passage is disposed below the main body side upper plate passage, A front door side upper dish passage is disposed below the main body side lower dish passage.

  An opening / closing member 124 that opens and closes the main body side upper dish path and the main body side lower dish path is attached to the inner frame base body 50 below the passage forming member 121. The opening / closing member 124 is biased to a front position that closes the main body side upper tray passage and the main body side lower tray passage, and when the front door frame 14 is opened, each opening / closing member 124 is closed by the biasing force. As a result, the falling of the game ball from each passage is avoided. On the other hand, in a state where the front door frame 14 is closed, the opening / closing member 124 is pushed open against the biasing force by the receiving portion provided in the passage forming unit 45 of the front door frame 14. In this state, the main body side upper dish path and the front door side upper dish path communicate with each other, and the main body side lower dish path and the front door side lower dish path communicate with each other.

  Next, the back configuration of the inner frame 13 (the inner frame base body 50 and the game board unit 80) will be described with reference to FIG.

  A bearing fitting 132 is attached to the rotation base end side (the right side in FIG. 3) on the back surface of the inner frame base body 50. The bearing bracket 132 is formed with bearing portions that are separated from each other in the vertical direction, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably held with respect to the inner frame 13 by these bearing portions. A plurality of fixing levers are provided on the back surface of the inner frame base body 50 for fixing the back pack unit 15 to the inner frame base body 50 in a closed state.

  As already described, a window that penetrates in the thickness direction of the inner frame base body 50 in the bottom portion of the housing recess (game board housing portion) in the inner frame base body 50 and opens to the back side of the inner frame base body 50. A hole is formed, and various components such as a control device disposed on the back surface of the game board unit 80 (rear block 80b) are exposed on the back side of the inner frame 13 through the window hole. Here, the configuration of the back surface of the game board unit 80 will be described.

  As described above, the back block 80b is attached to the back of the game area forming body 80a. The back block 80b has a substantially box-shaped base body 135 opened to the game area forming body 80a side, and the base body 135 is fixed to the back surface of the game area forming body 80a, thereby forming a game area. The body 80a and the back block 80b are integrated.

  The front side of the base body 135 is an arrangement area for a movable production mechanism, a decorative member capable of emitting light, and the like. The back side of the base body 135 is a control device for controlling these various components and the variable display unit 86 (design display device). 87).

  More specifically, a part of the base body 135 protrudes to the back side of the inner frame base body 50, and the above-described symbol display device 87 and the symbol display device 87 are driven with respect to the protruding portion. The display control device is attached. The symbol display device 87 and the display control device are arranged so that the symbol display device is on the front side and the display control device is on the rear side in the front-rear direction (thickness direction of the inner frame base body 50). Furthermore, a notification / production control device 140 is mounted on the back surface of the base body 135 so as to be positioned behind the display control device.

  The notification / production control device 140 includes a notification / production control board that controls sound output, lamp display, and control of the display control device in accordance with instructions from the main control device described later. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 141 made of a resin material or the like.

  A main controller unit 160 is provided below the notification / production control device 140 so as to cover the base body 135 from the rear. The main controller unit 160 includes a synthetic resin mounting base 161 fixed to the back of the game board unit 80 (specifically, the back block 80b), and a main control unit 162 mounted on the mounting base 161. Yes. The main controller 162 includes a main control board having a function (main control circuit) that controls the main control of the game and a function (power failure monitoring circuit) that monitors the power source, and the main control board is made of a transparent resin material. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 163 made of, for example.

  The board box 163 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other so as not to be opened by a box sealing portion as a sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. A plurality of box sealing portions are provided on the short side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used for sealing processing.

  Any structure can be applied to the box sealing part as long as the box base and the box cover are connected to each other so that they cannot be opened, but by inserting a locking pin into the locking hole that forms the box sealing part, The box cover is connected to the box cover so that it cannot be opened. The sealing process by the box sealing part prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation quickly and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. It is possible to perform the sealing process again even after it has been performed. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting a locking pin into at least one locking hole among the plurality of box sealing portions. When the substrate box 163 is opened, such as when a failure occurs in the accommodated main control board or when the main control board is inspected, a connecting portion between the box sealing portion into which the locking pin is inserted and the substrate box 163 main body. Disconnect. As a result, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the internal main control substrate can be taken out. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, a locking pin is inserted into another locking hole. If the history of opening the substrate box 163 is left in the substrate box 163, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

  The board box 163 and the mounting base 161 are connected to each other by a pedestal seal portion so that they cannot be opened. Specifically, the pedestal sealing portion has a locking hole portion and a locking pin as in the case of the box sealing portion, and the board box 163 and the mounting base are inserted by inserting the locking pin into the locking hole portion. 161 is inseparably coupled. This makes it easier to grasp the fact that the substrate box 163 has been illegally removed.

  A portion of the front surface portion of the base body 135 facing the lower rear portion of the game area forming body 80a corresponds to the game board opening portions of the general winning port 81, the variable winning device 82, and the operating ports 83a and 83b and downstream. A collection passage (not shown) that collects in one place on the side is formed. Thereby, all the game balls won in the general winning opening 81 etc. are gathered below the game board unit 80 through the collection passage. That is, the base body 135 is provided with a function of collecting game balls won in various winning openings.

  A discharge passage, which will be described later, is arranged below the game board unit 80, and the game balls gathered below the game board unit 80 by the collection passage are led out into the discharge passage. Similarly, the out port 89 leads to the discharge passage, and a game ball that has not won any winning port is led out into the discharge passage through the out port 89.

  In addition, the base body 135 constituting the back block 80b includes a general winning port detection sensor for detecting a game ball won in the general winning port 81, and a variable winning device as the detection sensors for the respective winning portions. A variable winning device detection sensor for detecting a game ball won in 82 and an operation port detection sensor for detecting a game ball in the operation ports 83a and 83b are mounted, and a winning detection mechanism is provided by these various detection sensors. Is configured. These various detection sensors are electrically connected to the main controller 162, and detection information (detection signals) is output from the respective detection sensors to the main controller 162.

  Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described with reference to FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the inner frame 13 is covered from behind by the back pack unit 15. The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201 as a main body of the back pack unit 15, and a payout mechanism unit 202, a discharge passage board, and a control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the back pack 201. .

  The back pack 201 is formed of a synthetic resin having transparency, and includes a base portion 211 to which the payout mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. Become. The protective cover portion 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display unit 86.

  The base part 211 is provided with an external output terminal plate 213. The external output terminal plate 213 is provided with various output terminals, and various signals are output to the management control device (hall computer) on the game hall through these output terminals. In addition, the base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower retaining pins at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and by inserting the retaining pins into the bearing portion provided in the inner frame 13, the back pack The unit 15 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the inner frame 13. The base portion 211 is formed with a plurality of insertion portions through which the fixing levers provided in the inner frame 13 are inserted, and comes into contact with the base portion 211 from behind in a state where the fixing levers are inserted into the insertion portions. Thus, the back pack unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13.

  In the base portion 211, a payout mechanism portion 202 is disposed so as to bypass the protective cover portion 212. The payout mechanism 202 is provided with a tank 221 that is arranged at the top of the back pack 201 and that opens upward, and game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 221. The A tank rail 222 that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected to the side of the tank 221, and a case rail 223 that extends in the vertical direction is connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 222. A payout device is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 223. The game balls paid out from the payout device are supplied to a game ball distribution unit provided in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201 through a payout passage (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the payout device.

  The game ball distribution unit has a function of distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device to either the upper plate 33, the lower plate 34, or a discharge passage described later, and the inner opening is on the main body side described above. It is formed so that it communicates with the upper plate 33 through the plate passage 122 and the front door side upper plate passage, and the outer opening communicates with the lower plate 34 through the main body side lower plate passage 123 and the front door side lower plate passage. Yes.

  At the lower end portion of the base portion 211, the discharge passage board and the control device collective unit 204 are attached so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front-rear direction. In the discharge passage board, a discharge passage opened rearward is formed on a surface facing the control device assembly unit 204, and an open portion of the discharge passage is closed by the control device assembly unit 204. The discharge passage is formed so as to discharge the game ball to the island facility or the like of the game hall, and the game ball led to the discharge passage from the recovery passage described above passes through the discharge passage to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. Discharged.

  The control device assembly unit 204 has a horizontally long mounting base, and a payout control device 242 and a power supply / launch control device 243 are mounted on the mounting base. The payout control device 242 and the power supply / launch control device 243 are arranged so as to overlap each other so that the payout control device 242 is behind the pachinko machine 10.

  In the payout control device 242, a payout control board for controlling the payout device is accommodated in the board box 244, and a state return switch provided on the payout control board protrudes outside the board box 244. For example, when the state return switch is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout device, the ball jam is eliminated.

  The power / fire control device 243 has a power / fire control board accommodated in a board box 246. A predetermined power source required by various control devices and the like is generated and output by the power source / launch control board, and further, control of launching of the game ball accompanying the operation of the game ball launch handle 41 by the player is performed. Specifically, drive control of the solenoid 111 constituting the game ball launching mechanism 110 and drive control of the ball feeding device 113 are executed.

  Further, the power source / launch control device 243 is provided with a power switch. By operating the power switch, the power of the pachinko machine 10 can be switched to the on state (on state) or the shut off state (off state).

  Here, this pachinko machine 10 has a function for storing various data, and even if a power failure occurs, it retains the state at the time of the power failure and returns to the state at the time of the power failure at the time of recovery from the power failure. It can be done. For example, when the power supply is shut down by a normal procedure as in the case of a game hall being closed, the state before the shutdown is stored and held. On the other hand, when the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch provided in the main controller 162, the RAM data is initialized.

  These various switches can be operated from the front side of the gaming machine by opening the gaming machine main part 12 (inner frame 13) and exposing the back side of the inner frame 13. On the other hand, when the opening of the gaming machine main part 12 is restricted by the locking device 75, these various switches cannot be operated from the front side of the gaming machine. In other words, the various switches are difficult to operate when the gaming machine main part 12 is closed, and are operated from the front side of the gaming machine by a person who does not own the key for the locking device 75 (for example, a fraudster). Making it difficult.

  In a gaming machine of the type described in detail above, by preventing the game ball that has reached the game area from returning to the guide passage 103 by using a ball return prevention mechanism provided in the game area, for example, the preceding game ball can be followed by It has been suppressed that it becomes a factor that prevents the game ball from reaching the game area. This facilitates smoothing of the game progress. However, as long as the ball return prevention mechanism exists in the game area, the possibility that the game ball that has reached the game area will bounce back to the game part such as a game nail and collide with the prevention mechanism from the opposite side of the guide passage, for example, It cannot be denied.

  If the action of the ball return prevention mechanism is hindered by such an event (the collision of the preceding game ball), the subsequent game ball that should originally have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent The game balls can return to the guide path (a foul ball or the like is generated). Such generation of a foul ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from being released and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In the present embodiment, in view of such circumstances, one of the features is that a device for suppressing the generation of the foul sphere is made. Therefore, the configuration related to the device will be described below with reference to FIGS. FIG. 5A is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 4 showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106 and its peripheral configuration, and FIG. 6 is a schematic view showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106.

  As shown in FIG. 5A, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is disposed at the end of the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103 defined by the guide rail 100 (the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102). The ball return prevention mechanism 106 is configured by a plurality of (two in the present embodiment) prevention devices arranged side by side on the extension of the inner rail 101, and these prevention devices can be individually operated. . These prevention devices have a common configuration. Hereinafter, the configuration of each prevention device will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 6, a prevention device disposed near the outlet portion 105 is illustrated.

  The prevention device includes a movable body 301 that can be switched between an allowable state in which a game ball can pass between the outer rails 102 and a blocking state in which the game ball is prevented from passing, and a holder 311 that holds the movable body 301. Do it. The holder 311 has a flat mounting base 312, and the mounting base 312 is fixed to the game area forming body 80a, so that the prevention device is integrated with the game area forming body 80a.

  A shaft pin 313 extending in the front-rear direction is fixed to the mounting base 312, and this shaft pin 313 is inserted into a bearing portion 302 formed in the movable body 301. Thereby, the movable body 301 can rotate along the front surface of the game area forming body 80a around the shaft pin 313 (center axis CL extending in the front-rear direction).

  The movable body 301 has a main body portion 305 in which a bearing portion 302 is formed, and a substantially flat plate-like protruding piece 303 that protrudes upward (specifically, a passage area described later) from the rotation center portion of the main body portion 305. Yes. A weight is embedded in a portion of the main body 305 that is opposite to the protruding piece 303 across the rotation center portion, and the center of gravity of the movable body 301 is configured to deviate from the center axis CL. Has been.

  The holder 311 is formed with an upright portion 314 that stands up from the mounting base 312 in front of the gaming machine. The upright portion 314 has a wall shape and faces the main body portion 305 of the movable body 301 from the side opposite to the outer rail 102. A first stopper that prevents the movable body 301 from rotating counterclockwise about the central axis CL by contacting the standing portion 314 with the main body 305 from the side opposite to the outer rail 102. A portion 315 is formed.

  The first stopper portion 315 is disposed below the central axis CL, and the center of gravity of the movable body 301 is positioned on the left side of the central axis CL when the main body 305 is in contact with the first stopper 315. It is configured. Thereby, the movable body 301 is maintained in a state of being pressed against the first stopper portion 315 by its own weight.

  In this state, the distal end portion of the protruding piece 303 is positioned in the extension region of the guide passage 103, specifically, the passing region TE of the game ball along the outer rail 102, and the gap (gap between the distal end portion of the protruding piece 303 and the outer rail 102) The dimension X1) is smaller than the diameter dimension D of the game ball. Thus, the state where the tip portion of the protruding piece 303 is located in the passing region TE (the state where a part of the protruding piece 303 overlaps the passing region TE), that is, the tip portion of the protruding piece 303 and the outer rail 102 A state in which the gap is not allowed to pass the game ball is a “blocking state” in which the passage of the gap (specific position) is blocked.

  If the prevention device is in the blocking state, even if the game ball that has passed through the ball return prevention mechanism 106 and reached the game area PE bounces back to the game nail 93 or the like and reaches the gap (specific position), The game ball is prevented from passing through the gap.

  The protruding piece 303 is inclined obliquely so that one plate surface faces the outer rail 102 side. When the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 reaches a specific position, the game ball hits the plate surface. When the plate surface is pressed by the game ball, the protruding piece 303 is pushed down to the side away from the outer rail 102 (lower right side). Thereby, the movable body 301 rotates clockwise against the urging force due to its own weight, and the gap is expanded. That is, when the movable body 301 is pushed by receiving the launched game ball, the protruding piece 303 is detached from the above-described passing area TE, and the game ball is allowed to pass through a specific position. Thus, the state in which the protruding piece 303 is separated from the passage area TE, that is, the state in which the gap (gap dimension X2) between the tip portion of the protruding piece 303 and the outer rail 102 is large enough to allow the passage of the game ball, This is an “acceptable state” that allows passage of the gap (specific position).

  When the movable body 301 is pushed clockwise by the game ball and rotates clockwise, the projecting piece 303 of the movable body 301 hits the end portion (second stopper portion 316) of the upright portion 314, so that further rotation is performed. The movement is prevented (see the two-dot chain line in FIG. 6). In this state, the center of gravity of the movable body 301 remains on the left side of the central axis CL. For this reason, the movable body 301 will return to the blocking state by its own weight once it is once allowed.

  Here, a supplementary description will be given of the protruding piece 303 in the present embodiment. The plate surface facing the passing region TE side (upper side) in the protruding piece 303 constitutes a ball receiving surface portion 304 that receives the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110. Here, since the ball receiving surface portion 304 obliquely intersects (is not parallel to) the moving direction of the game ball, the game ball that has collided with the ball receiving surface portion 304 receives a reaction force from the ball receiving surface portion 304 ( Will receive resistance). It is not preferable that the movement of the game ball is disturbed by the reaction force because the smooth movement of the game ball along the outer rail 102 (passage area TE) is impaired.

  The ball receiving surface portion 304 is configured such that an angle formed with a tangential direction of the outer rail 102 at a specific position is 90 degrees or less (acute angle). For this reason, even if the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 receives a reaction force from the protruding piece 303, the reaction force acts to press the game ball against the outer rail 102, and the behavior of the game ball is disturbed. Is preferably avoided.

  As described above in detail, with respect to the prevention device (ball return prevention mechanism 106) shown in the present embodiment, at least in the blocked state, the game ball is moved in the ejection direction of the launched game ball. Is a so-called one-way structure that does not allow the game ball to pass when moving in a direction different from the injection direction (for example, the opposite direction).

  With reference to Fig.5 (a) again, supplementary description is given about arrangement | positioning of the ball return prevention mechanism 106. FIG. In the present embodiment, the two prevention devices having the various configurations described above are arranged along the passage region TE (specifically, aligned on the extension of the inner rail 101). In the following description, the prevention device on the side close to the outlet portion 105 (left side) is referred to as “left side prevention device 106a”, and the prevention device on the side far from the outlet portion 105 (right side) is referred to as “right side prevention device 106b”.

  The game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 is guided path 103 → left side prevention device 106a (specifically, a specific position related to the left side prevention device 106a) → right side prevention device 106b (specifically, a specific position related to the right side prevention device 106b). At this time, the prevention devices 106a and 106b are sequentially switched from the blocking state to the allowable state.

  The left side prevention device 106a is disposed close to the outlet portion 105, and the gap between the left side prevention device 106a and the outlet portion 105 is smaller than the diameter dimension of the game ball. That is, the gap formed between the left side prevention device 106a and the outlet portion 105 is suppressed to a level that does not allow the game ball to pass.

  On the other hand, the gap formed between the left side prevention device 106a and the right side prevention device 106b is larger than the diameter of the game ball. That is, the area (specific area SE) between the prevention devices 106a and 106b is configured to be an area through which the game ball can pass.

  The specific area SE is continuous with the passing area TE, and a game ball is allowed to move from the passing area TE to the specific area SE. If the game ball that has passed through the left prevention device 106a does not pass through the right prevention device 106b due to some reason, the game ball flows into the left route through the passage area TE → the specific area SE.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B, one of the reasons that devised the configuration shown in the present invention will be described.

  In the conventional gaming machine, as illustrated in FIG. 5B, the distance between the guide rail 100X and the variable display unit 86X (center frame 95X) is sufficiently secured, and the width of the flow area of the game ball Etc. had some margin. For this reason, it is unlikely that a game ball that has passed through the ball return prevention mechanism 106X and has reached the game area PEX will bounce toward the ball return prevention mechanism 106X, and a game ball that has bounced back hits the ball return prevention mechanism 106X. However, there is a low possibility that it will act to hinder the movement of the movable body 301X.

  In the gaming machine shown in the present embodiment, the variable display unit 86 (the symbol display device 87 and the movable effect device) is increased in size for the purpose of improving interests, and the game area PE is pressed accordingly. That is, by reducing the distance between the guide rail 100X and the variable display unit 86 (center frame 95), the width of the game ball flow area is reduced, and the distance between the center frame 95 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is reduced. ing. This increases the possibility that a game ball that has passed through the ball return prevention mechanism 106 and has reached the game area PE will bounce back toward the ball return prevention mechanism 106, and that when the bounced game ball hits the ball return prevention mechanism 106 The possibility of acting to hinder the movement of the movable body 301 has also increased. In other words, if the size of the variable display unit 86 is simply increased, there is a high possibility that the smooth progress of the game will be hindered. Therefore, the increase in the size of the variable display unit 86 is promoted while ensuring the smooth progress of the game. There was room for improvement in the configuration of the gaming machine.

  Accordingly, in the present embodiment, as described above, the above-described problems are solved by using the two prevention devices 106a and 106b together and providing the specific area SE through which the game ball can pass between the prevention devices 106a and 106b. Here, with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG. 7, the flow-down mode of the game ball when the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is hindered will be described.

  A game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 by the launch operation by the player reaches the left route of the game area PE through the guide passage 103 → the left side prevention device 106a → the right side prevention device 106b. It becomes.

  As shown in FIG. 7 (a) → FIG. 7 (b), the game ball B1 that has reached the game area PE hits the game nail 93 disposed on the left route and bounces back toward the right prevention device 106b. By colliding with the movable body 301b (specifically, the protruding piece 303b) of the prevention device 106b from the side opposite to the direction in which the game ball is ejected, the game ball B1 is prevented from switching to the right state prevention device 106b. It will be. More specifically, when the projecting piece 303b is pushed counterclockwise by the game ball, a drag that prevents the movable body 301b from rotating in the clockwise direction is generated. In addition, when the game ball B1 is located in the operation region through which the protruding piece 303b passes when switching to the allowable state, the game ball B1 becomes an obstacle that hinders the movement of the movable body 301b.

  When the succeeding game ball B2 launched through the interval period (0.6 sec) reaches the right prevention device 106b in a state where the switching to the permissible state of the right prevention device 106b is prevented, more specifically, the game ball B1. And the game ball B2 face each other across the protruding piece 303, the protruding piece 303b of the movable body 301b is pressed by the game ball B2. As a result, a stress that rotates clockwise occurs in the movable body 301b, but such a movement is hindered by the preceding game ball B1. Accordingly, the game ball B2 cannot pass through the specific position related to the right side prevention device 106b, and further movement in the same direction is prevented. That is, the inflow route to the game area PE (left route) via the right prevention device 106b remains closed.

  As shown in FIG. 7 (b) → FIG. 7 (c), the game ball B1 that has hindered the operation of the right prevention device 106b falls down and reaches the left route. On the other hand, the game ball that could not pass through the right side prevention device 106b moves in the following manner.

  As described above, the ball receiving surface portion 304 of the protruding piece 303b faces the outer rail 102 side, and the game ball that has collided with the ball receiving surface portion 304 is pressed against the outer rail 102, so that its kinetic energy is externally increased. Distributed to the rail 102 and the right side prevention device 106b. In particular, the game ball B2 is sandwiched between the protruding piece 303b and the outer rail 102, so that the moving speed is temporarily reduced to 0 or almost 0.

  In this way, the game ball B2 that has been vigorously flowed down (falls) along the ball receiving surface 304 that inclines downward toward the specific area SE and the flat surface 306 that is connected to the ball receiving surface 304 in the main body 305. ) That is, the game ball B2 is guided from the passage area TE to the specific area SE. As a result, the game ball B2 passes through the specific area SE and flows into the left route. If attention is paid to the point that the game ball B2 is guided to the specific area SE by the ball receiving surface part 304 and the flat part 306, the game ball is guided from the passing area TE to the specific area SE on the ball receiving surface part 304 and the flat part 306. It can also be said that a function as the guiding unit 308 is given.

  As described above, the center frame 95 is positioned below the ball return prevention mechanism 106. A guide passage that is lowered to the left is formed by the upper surface of the center frame 95, and this guide passage constitutes a left route. The portion directly below the specific area SE in the guide passage is a non-arranged area where the game nail 93 is not disposed, and the game ball B2 that has passed through the specific area SE flows down toward the center frame 95 as it is. To do. Further, since the specific area SE is also a non-arranged area such as the game nail 93, the game ball moves smoothly from the passing area TE to the specific area SE to the left route.

  Here, the game ball guided to the specific area SE by the guide unit 308 does not fall in the vertical direction, but falls diagonally downward to the left. That is, the game ball B2 guided by the guide unit 308 flows into the guide passage while moving toward the downstream side of the guide passage (left route). Thus, even if the game ball B2 merges with the game ball B1 by devising so that the game ball B2 does not move back in the guide path (right route), it becomes a factor of the ball clogging. It is suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 7B, when the collision occurs, since the game ball B2 has just passed, the left side prevention device 106a is in an allowable state. That is, at this timing, the prevention function of the left side prevention device 106a is not satisfactorily exhibited. For this reason, if the game ball that bounces back after colliding with the protruding piece 303 goes to the exit portion 105, the inflow of the game ball to the exit portion 105 cannot be avoided.

  In this regard, in the present embodiment, the game ball that has reached the right prevention device 106b is de-energized when it cannot pass through the right prevention device 106b. That is, it is possible to secure a period during which the left prevention device 106a returns to the blocking state by depressing the game ball B2 and suppressing (delaying) the rebound.

  About the specific area | region SE in this Embodiment, it becomes the structure from which the horizontal width changes according to the state of each prevention apparatus 106a, 106b. The width of the specific area SE is minimized when the right side prevention device 106b is in the permitted state and the left side prevention device 106a is in the blocked state, but even in such a situation, the game ball is allowed to pass. It is suppressed to the extent.

  When the two prevention devices 106a and 106b are used in combination, the occupied area of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is increased. However, as described above, by suppressing the useless expansion of the specific area SE, the game area PE can be compared with other configurations. Coexistence can be suitably realized. Moreover, suppressing the expansion of the distance between the two prevention devices 106a and 106b is advantageous in avoiding unnecessary compression of the adjustment range of the arrival position of the launched game ball.

  As shown in FIG. 7C, for a game ball B3 that is launched at a timing when a predetermined interval period (0.6 sec) has elapsed from the launch timing of the game ball B2, the game ball B3 is placed on the right prevention device 106b. Before reaching the point, the above-mentioned obstacles are eliminated. This ensures that the game ball B3 reaches the game area PE via both prevention devices 106a and 106b.

  As described above, the game ball B2 can be moved along the guiding portion 308 by depressing the game ball B2. Thereby, the game ball passing through the specific area SE passes through a position closer to the right prevention device 106b, and interference with the left prevention device 106a can be suppressed.

  The period required for the game ball B2 to reach the passing area TE → the specific area SE → the left route is set to be shorter than the above-described interval period. Therefore, even if the game ball B2 hits the movable body 301a of the left side prevention device 106a and the switching to the permissible state of the left side prevention device 106a is prevented, the launch of the subsequent game ball B3 is hindered. Can be suitably avoided.

  In the present embodiment, by using the two prevention devices 106a and 106b in combination, not only the occurrence of the inconvenience related to the right side prevention device 106b but also the device for suppressing the occurrence of the inconvenience related to the left side prevention device 106a is devised. Has been made. Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 5A again, the device will be supplementarily described.

  As already described, the left side prevention device 106a has the same configuration as the right side prevention device 106b. Therefore, if a game ball collides with the movable body 301a (specifically, the protruding piece 303a) of the left side prevention device 106a from the side opposite to the outlet portion 105 (the game area PE side), FIG. The game ball collision shown in FIG. 6 can also occur in the left side prevention device 106a. In this case, the game ball located on the exit portion 105 side returns to the guide passage 103 as it is, and the generation of the foul ball cannot be avoided.

  Therefore, in the present embodiment, both the prevention devices 106a and 106b are arranged side by side so that the right prevention device 106b is used as a barrier for the left prevention device 106a. Specifically, the right prevention device 106b is disposed diagonally to the upper right of the left prevention device 106a, and the upright portion 314b of the holder 311b is positioned on the side of the protruding piece 303a. When the game ball bounced by colliding with the game nail 93 goes to the protruding piece 303a, it is necessary to bypass the upright portion 314b, and the upright portion 314b regulates the collision of the game ball with the protruding piece 303a. Yes. Thereby, the occurrence of the inconvenience is avoided.

  According to the first embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  For a game ball that has been launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 and has reached the game area PE via the guide passage 103, the return to the guide passage 103 is avoided by the ball return prevention mechanism 106. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is disposed in the game area PE, the game ball that has reached the game area PE bounces back to the game parts such as the game nail 93 and is, for example, a ball from the opposite side of the guide passage 103. The possibility of collision with the return prevention mechanism 106 cannot be denied. In particular, if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 becomes small, the possibility of such a collision is likely to increase.

  If the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area PE cannot reach the game area PE. The guide passage 103 is returned backward (a so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such generation of foul balls is not preferable because it becomes a factor that hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In particular, in the configuration in which the prevention device 106b has the movable body 301b and the game ball hits the movable body 301b and switches to the blocked state / allowable state, the game ball that has already reached the game area PE is movable body 301b. On the other hand, hitting from the opposite side to the direction in which the game ball is fired prevents the movable body 301b from being switched from the blocked state to the permitted state. This can be a factor in generating the return sphere described above.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, if the ball return prevention mechanism 106 (specifically, the right prevention device 106b) does not function well due to the influence of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball is From the midpoint of the route to the right prevention device 106b, the game area PE (specifically, the right route) flows into the game area PE via the specific area SE. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said inconvenience can be suppressed suitably and the smooth progress of a game can be ensured.

  In addition, game balls that have failed to pass the right prevention device 106b due to reasons such as insufficient launch speed are also guided to the left route through the specific area SE. Thus, even when the operation is not performed well at the time of adjusting the firing speed, it is possible to suitably suppress the preceding game ball from being a factor that hinders the movement of the subsequent game ball.

  A game ball that has flowed into the game area PE (specifically, a guide passage in the right route) via the specific area SE flows down (right route) through which the game ball that has flowed into the game area PE without passing through the specific area SE flows down. To the guide passage). Thereby, it can suppress that presence of specific area | region SE acts disadvantageously with respect to a player. In particular, the player's expectation for a game ball that has reached the right route in the specific area SE is left by leaving room for entrance into the entrance portion such as the operating port 83, etc., with the merged portion as the upstream portion of the right route. The thinning can be preferably avoided.

  When the switching of the movable body 301b to the permissible state is prevented by the collision of the preceding game ball described above, the movable body 301b is guided to the specific area SE by the (guidance unit 308). Thereby, the game ball subject to the passage restriction can be smoothly separated from the passage area TE, and it is possible to suitably suppress the game ball from interfering with the subsequent movement of the game ball. In particular, by providing a function as a guide portion to the protruding piece that functions as a ball receiving portion, it is possible to simplify the configuration related to preventing the ball from returning.

  When the movable body 301b (guidance part 308) is in the blocking state, the inclination relative to the horizontal direction is greater than that in the permissible state. That is, it is closer to the vertical than in the allowable state. According to such a configuration, it is possible to quickly move the game ball that could not pass through the right side prevention device 106b to the specific area SE using the weight of the game ball. That is, the presence of the guiding unit 308 can be preferably suppressed from being a factor that decreases the moving speed of the game ball toward the specific area SE.

  A game ball that has reached the prevention device 106b in a situation where switching of the prevention device 106b from the blocked state to the permitted state is hindered cannot be further moved in the same movement direction. Here, if the game ball hitting the protruding piece 303 (corresponding to the “ball receiving portion”) bounces back to the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103, the game ball is likely to become a factor that hinders the movement of the subsequent game ball. . In this regard, in the present embodiment, when in the blocking state, the ball receiving surface portion 304 of the protruding piece 303 faces a portion (specifically, the outer rail 102) different from the outlet portion of the guide passage 103. For this reason, it can suppress suitably that the game ball which bounced off to the said ball | bowl receiving surface part 304 moves to the guidance channel | path 103 side. Thereby, it can suppress that the function which suppresses generation | occurrence | production of a return ball falls.

  In particular, when a game ball that hits the ball receiving surface 304 rebounds, the momentum is weakened by hitting the outer rail 102. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the period required for heading to specific area | region SE, such as the behavior of a game ball being disturbed, is prolonged. Moreover, the following effects can be expected by suppressing the game ball from vigorously passing through the specific area SE. That is, even if the game ball passing through the specific area SE hits the ball receiving surface 304 again, the occurrence of impact caused by the game ball is suppressed, and the re-collision of the game ball becomes a factor that decreases the durability of the prevention device 106b. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, both the prevention devices 106a and 106b in the present embodiment have a common configuration, and it is preferable to make the manufacturing process complicated and increase the cost due to the complicated structure of the ball return prevention mechanism 106. It is possible to suppress it.

<Second Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the game ball that could not pass through the right prevention device 106b is delayed to be discharged, and the next game ball reaches the right prevention device 106b before the game ball passes through the specific area SE. However, it is one of the features that a device for avoiding the passage of the next game ball through the right prevention device 106b is prevented. Accordingly, the ball return prevention mechanism 106A according to the second embodiment will be described below with reference to FIG. FIG. 8A is a partially enlarged view of the game board unit 80A showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106A and its peripheral configuration in the second embodiment, and FIG. 8B is a case where the operation of the right side prevention device 106bA is hindered. It is the schematic which shows the motion of the game ball of. Note that the main configuration of the ball return prevention mechanism 106A in the present embodiment is the same as that of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 shown in the first embodiment. Therefore, explanations are used for these similar configurations, and differences from the first embodiment will be mainly described.

  As shown in FIG. 8A, the left side prevention device 106a is common to the first embodiment, and a part of the configuration of the right side prevention device 106bA, specifically, the configuration related to the holder 311bA is characteristic. It has become. Specifically, with respect to the holder 311b shown in the first embodiment, the upright portion 314b is formed to face the main body portion 305b of the movable body 301b from the side opposite to the outer rail 102. On the other hand, the configuration of the holder 311bA shown in this embodiment is different in that the standing portion 314bA is formed so as to surround the main body portion 305b of the movable body 301b.

  The upright portion 314bA has a substantially annular shape, and a slit for the protruding piece 303b is formed in a part thereof. About the protrusion piece 303b, it protrudes from the area | region enclosed by the standing part 314bA through this slit. In other words, a portion (main body portion 305b) other than the protruding piece 303b in the movable body 301 is accommodated in a region surrounded by the standing portion 314bA. By adopting such a configuration, the game ball is placed on the opposite side of the projecting piece 303b with respect to the main body 305b of the movable body 301b, more specifically, the rotation center while ensuring the function of the projecting piece 303b as a ball receiving portion. It avoids touching the position.

  In the standing portion 314bA, a predetermined gap is formed between the facing portion 317b facing the flat portion 306b of the main body portion 305b and the flat portion 306b. Thereby, an operation area when the movable body 301b (specifically, the main body part 305b) rotates is secured in the area surrounded by the upright part 314bA.

  In the first embodiment, the flat portion 306b of the main body portion 305b and the ball receiving surface portion 304b of the protruding piece 303b constitute the guide portion 308b that guides the game ball to a specific area. The guide portion 308bA in FIG. 3 is configured by a ball receiving surface portion 304b and an upright portion 314bA (specifically, a facing portion 317bA).

  The upper surface of the facing portion 317bA is inclined so as to be lowered toward the specific area SE, so that the game ball placed on the facing portion 317bA is prevented from stopping on the spot. The facing portion 317bA faces the outer rail 102, and is formed such that the distance from the outer rail 102 is larger than twice the diameter of the game ball. In other words, a gap larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball is secured between the passage area TE.

  More specifically, the gap dimension between the flat portion 306a of the left side prevention device 106a and the outer rail 102 is set to be larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball and smaller than twice the diameter dimension of the game ball. On the other hand, the gap dimension between the right side prevention device 106bA, the flat part 306b (opposing part 317bA), and the outer rail 102 is set to be larger than twice the diameter dimension of the game ball.

  Here, the actual movement of the game ball will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 (b) shows the timing after the passage of the subsequent game ball through the right prevention device 106bA due to the influence of the preceding game ball (see, for example, FIG. 7 (b)). .

  When the game ball that has arrived prior to the game area PE prevents the subsequent game ball B1 from passing through the right prevention device 106bA, the game ball B1 is identified as in the first embodiment. It will be guided toward the region SE. Here, when the discharge of the game ball B1 is delayed, the subsequent game ball B2 may pass through the left side prevention device 106a and reach the right side prevention device 106bA. Such an event occurs, for example, when the game ball B1 is sandwiched between the outer rail 102 and the tip of the protruding piece 303b, and the movement temporarily stops while the game ball B1 is placed on the protruding piece 303b. obtain.

  Under this situation, if the game ball B1 is placed on the flat surface 306b of the movable body 301b, the movable body 301b is pushed downward by the weight of the game ball B1. In this case, the game ball B1 becomes a resistance that prevents the movable body 301b from being switched to the allowable state. If the resistance is generated when the subsequent game ball B2 hits the protruding piece 303b, the possibility that the game ball B2 cannot pass is increased without the movable body 301b being switched to the allowable state well.

  In this regard, in the present embodiment, the game ball B2 moves along the ball receiving surface portion 304b → the facing portion 317bA, and therefore does not come into contact with the main body portion 305b (plane portion 306b). That is, it is avoided that the game ball B1 becomes a factor that hinders the switching of the movable body 301b to the allowable state. For this reason, even if an excessive delay occurs in the discharge of the game ball B1, a secondary inconvenience such as the passage of the subsequent game ball from the right prevention device 106bA is blocked due to this. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, the game ball B1 moving along the facing portion 317bA deviates from the game ball passing area TE along the outer rail 102. For this reason, at least when the subsequent game ball B2 is moving along the outer rail 102 (when passing through the passing area TE), the collision between the game ball B2 and the game ball B1 is avoided. Therefore, it is avoided that the game ball guided by the facing portion 317bA becomes a factor that directly hinders the movement of the game ball B2.

  In addition, the standing part 314 of the left side prevention device 106a is located on the extension of the facing part 317bA. For this reason, even if the game ball B2 guided by the facing portion 317b is vigorously directed toward the left side prevention device 106a, the game ball B2 is prevented from hitting the movable body 301a of the left side prevention device 106a.

  According to the second embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

  A game ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 and reaches the game area PE through the guide passage 103 is prevented from returning to the guide passage 103 by the ball return prevention mechanism 106A. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression.

  In particular, with respect to the rotating movable body 301b shown in the present embodiment, if the game ball hits the ball receiving surface portion 304b, it rotates clockwise and switches from the restricted state to the permitted state, but it is temporarily turned CL. When a game ball hits a portion (main body portion 305b) opposite to the ball receiving surface portion 304b across the ball, the movable body 301b is prevented from rotating clockwise or the movable body 301b is counterclockwise. It becomes a factor of rotating in the turning direction. That is, if the game ball that has reached the ball return prevention mechanism 106A first cannot successfully pass through the ball return prevention mechanism 106A (right side prevention device 106bA), the game ball may be a factor that prevents the subsequent game ball from passing. Can be. This is not preferable because it becomes a factor that hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, even if the preceding game ball cannot pass through the ball return prevention mechanism 106A (specifically, the right prevention device 106bA) due to factors such as lack of momentum, However, it is possible to prevent the subsequent game ball from becoming a factor that hinders the movement of the movable body 301b (switching from the permissible state to the restricted state) when it reaches the movable body 301b. Therefore, smooth progress of the game can be ensured.

  The opposing portion 317bA as the “blocking means” is formed in a wall shape facing the main body portion 305b with a gap therebetween, so that the blocking portion 317bA (standing portion 314bA) is occupied while ensuring the blocking function described above. Unnecessary expansion of the area can be suppressed.

  Even when the subsequent game ball reaches the right prevention device 106aA in a situation where the opposing portion 317bA prevents the game ball from hitting the main body 305bA, the game ball blocked by the opposing portion 317bA (for example, It is possible to prevent the gaming ball mounted on the facing portion 317bA) from interfering with the subsequent gaming ball. Thereby, even if the subsequent game ball is fired at a short launch interval, it is possible to prevent the preceding game ball from interfering with the passage of the subsequent game ball.

  The facing portion 317bA has a function of guiding a game ball that has reached the facing portion 317bA to the side away from the ball receiving surface portion 304b. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the game ball that has reached the right prevention device 106bA from moving again toward the ball receiving surface 304b. Thereby, it can suppress that movable body 301bA rotates clockwise, such as being pushed by the said game ball | bowl, and can suppress suitably the fall of the original restriction | limiting function of 106 A of ball | bowl return prevention mechanisms.

  In the present embodiment, by disposing the right prevention device 106bA away from the outer rail 102, it is possible to reduce the restriction on the adjustment range of the arrival position of the launched game ball. However, if the game balls are simply placed away from each other, the time required for the game balls that could not pass through the right side prevention device 106aA to be discharged from between the right side prevention device 106aA and the outer rail 102 becomes longer. There is a possibility that the ball and the preceding game ball collide in front of the right side prevention device 106aA. That is, there is a problem that the game balls are likely to collide by disposing the right prevention device 106bA away from each other.

  Therefore, in the present embodiment, the gap between the right prevention device 106bA and the outer rail 102 is made larger than twice the diameter of the game ball. As a result, even if the time required for discharging the game ball that could not pass through the right prevention device 106bA becomes longer, the game ball in the state where the preceding game ball has left the passing area TE and has reached the facing portion 317bA. Can be a factor that hinders the movement of subsequent game balls.

  In particular, the opposing portion 317bA is inclined so that the interval becomes larger toward the upstream side of the passage area TE than parallel to the passage area TE, and the distance from the passage area TE is reached before the subsequent game ball arrives. It is devised to increase the amount. As a result, the above-described effects can be more suitably exhibited.

  In the present embodiment, the two prevention devices 106a and 106bA are used in combination, and the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the left side prevention device 106a may be omitted, or a configuration corresponding to the facing portion 317bA may be provided in the left side prevention device 106a, and the right side prevention device 106bA may be omitted. In the latter case, the game ball that could not pass through the left side prevention device 106a will return to the guide passage 103 backward. Therefore, the distance between the outer rail 102 and the inner rail 101 is set to be larger than twice the diameter of the game ball at least in the downstream portion including the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103, and the game ball and the subsequent game that are reversed. A configuration that suppresses interference with the sphere is preferable.

<Third Embodiment>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of prevention devices are used in combination, but in this embodiment, the configuration is different in that the generation of the foul sphere described above is suppressed using one prevention device. Hereinafter, the ball return prevention mechanism 106B according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a partially enlarged view of the game board unit 80B showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106B and its peripheral configuration. Note that the detailed configuration of the prevention device is the same as that of the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is incorporated.

  As shown in FIG. 9, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 </ b> B (prevention device) is disposed on the extension of the inner rail 101. Here, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 </ b> B is disposed so as to be spaced apart from the tip of the inner rail 101. This gap (specifically, the gap in the extending direction of the inner rail 101) is set to be larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball can pass through the gap. In other words, in each of the above embodiments, a passing area through which a game ball can pass is provided between both prevention devices, but in this embodiment, a game ball is placed between the inner rail 101 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106B. A specific area SEB that can be passed is provided. In addition, the clearance dimension between the inner rail 101 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106B in the horizontal direction is also set larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball. Thus, the game ball is prevented from interfering with the inner rail 101 when passing through the specific area SEB, and the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball when passing through the specific area SEB is suppressed. This is a preferable configuration for suppressing the movement (falling) of the game ball in the specific area SEB by preventing the game ball from moving across the specific area SEB and preventing the game ball from moving (falling) well.

  The specific area SEB is arranged at a position that does not overlap vertically with the guide passage formed by the upper surface of the center frame 95. More specifically, the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106B are disposed so that the specific area SEB is located above the change position where the left route changes from the horizontal passage to the vertical passage.

  Thus, by providing the specific area SEB, it is possible to prevent the game ball that has flowed down the guide passage from flowing back into the exit portion 105 through the specific area SEB. Further, in the present embodiment, the game nail 93 is disposed so as to guide the game ball flowing down the guide passage (lateral passage) to the vertical passage, and it is more preferable that the game ball jumps into the exit portion 105. Is suppressed.

  Here, with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG. 10, the flow-down mode of the game ball when the movement of the movable body 301 of the ball return prevention mechanism 106B (prevention device) is prevented will be described.

  The game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 due to the launch operation by the player reaches the left route of the game area PE through the guide passage 103 → the ball return prevention mechanism 106B.

  As shown in FIG. 10 (a) → FIG. 10 (b), the game ball B1 reaching the game area PE hits the game nail 93 and rebounds toward the ball return prevention mechanism 106B, and the ball return prevention mechanism 106B is movable. When the body 301 (specifically, the protruding piece 303) collides from the opposite side to the direction in which the game ball is fired, the game ball B1 is a factor that hinders the switching of the ball return prevention mechanism 106B to the allowable state. Become. More specifically, when the projecting piece 303 is pushed counterclockwise by the game ball, a drag force that prevents the movable body 301 from rotating in the clockwise direction is generated. In addition, when the game ball B1 is located in the operation region through which the protruding piece 303 passes when switching to the allowable state, the game ball B1 becomes an obstacle that hinders the movement of the movable body 301.

  In this way, in a state where the switching of the ball return prevention mechanism 106B to the permissible state is prevented, the subsequent game ball B2 launched after a predetermined interval period (0.6 sec) reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106B. Then, more specifically, when the game ball B1 and the game ball B2 face each other with the protruding piece 303 interposed therebetween, the game ball B2 cannot pass through the specific position related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106B, and in the same direction. Will be hindered. That is, the inflow route to the game area PE (left route) via the ball return prevention mechanism 106B is closed.

  As shown in FIG. 10 (b) → FIG. 10 (c), the game ball B1 that has hindered the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106B falls down and reaches the left route. On the other hand, game balls that have failed to pass the ball return prevention mechanism 106B move in the following manner.

  As described above, the ball receiving surface portion 304 of the protruding piece 303 faces the outer rail 102 side, and the game ball that has collided with the ball receiving surface portion 304 is pressed against the outer rail 102, so that its kinetic energy is externally increased. Distributed to the rail 102 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106B. In particular, the game ball B2 is sandwiched between the protruding piece 303 and the outer rail 102, so that the moving speed is temporarily reduced to 0 or almost 0.

  In this way, the game ball B2 that has been vigorously flows down (drops) along the ball receiving surface portion 304 and the main body portion 305 (specifically, the flat surface portion 306) that are inclined downward toward the specific area SEB. As a result, the game ball B2 passes through the specific area SEB and flows into the left route.

  Since the portion directly below the specific area SEB is a non-arranged area where the game nails 93 are not disposed, the game ball B2 that has passed through the specific area SEB flows down toward the vertical passage as it is. Further, since the specific area SEB is also a non-arranged area such as the game nail 93, the game ball moves smoothly from the passing area TE to the specific area SE to the left route.

  In this way, by placing the ball return prevention mechanism 106B away from a position close to the exit portion 105, it is possible to suppress the compression of the game area PE around the exit portion 105. In the first place, as described in the first embodiment, when the variable display unit 86 is enlarged, the center frame 95 is enlarged accordingly. At this time, the space between the corner of the center frame and the guide rail 100 is easily affected by the increase in size.

  In this regard, as shown in the present embodiment, by disposing the ball return prevention mechanism 106B away from the exit portion 105 near the corner of the center frame 95, the arrangement region and the operation region of the ball return prevention mechanism 106B are arranged. It is possible to suppress the securing of the game area PE from being a factor that locally compresses the game area PE, and to minimize the above effect.

<Another form>
As described in the above embodiments, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 can be configured as follows in order to suppress the generation of a foul ball using the ball return prevention mechanism 106 (prevention device). Hereinafter, various embodiments (modifications) using the ball return prevention mechanism 106 will be described with reference to the schematic diagrams of FIGS. 11 and 12.

<Example 1>
As shown in FIG. 11 (a), the ball return prevention mechanism 106C is restricted from having a game ball collide with the movable body 301 (projecting piece 303) from the game area PE side, or the operation of the movable body 301 (projecting piece 3030). You may provide the control part which controls that a game ball flows in into an area | region.

  Specifically, a wall portion 318 is formed on the mounting base 312C of the holder 311C so as to face the protruding piece 303 from the game area PE side (the side opposite to the outer rail 102). The wall portion 318 is opposed to the protruding piece 303 with a gap, and the operation area of the movable body 301 is secured. However, this gap is suppressed to such an extent that the game ball cannot flow in.

  Even when the game ball B1 that has previously reached the game area PE hits the game nail 93 and bounces back toward the ball return prevention mechanism 106C, before the game ball B1 reaches the protruding piece 303 of the movable body 301, Will hit the wall 318. Thereby, it can suppress that the protrusion piece 303 is pushed by the said game ball B1, or the movement of the movable body 301 is prevented because the game ball B1 is located in the operation area | region of the protrusion piece 303. FIG. As a result, the subsequent game ball B2 is prevented from becoming a foul ball due to the influence of the game ball B1.

  In this way, by restricting the gaming ball from hitting the movable body 301 (projecting piece 303C) from the gaming area PE in the first place, the generation of a foul ball can be suppressed with a simple configuration. According to such a configuration, it is not always necessary to use a plurality of configurations corresponding to the prevention device, and the occupied area of the ball return prevention mechanism 106C can be suitably reduced.

In the first embodiment, the wall portion 318C (corresponding to the “regulating portion”) is formed on the mounting base 312C. However, the wall portion 318C is not necessarily formed on the mounting base 312C. A configuration corresponding to the wall portion 318C may be provided separately from the mounting base 312C.
In the present embodiment, the wall portion 318C is approximately half the length of the protruding piece 303 and covers a part of the protruding piece 303. However, the length (lateral width) of the wall portion 318C is set to the protruding piece 303. It is also possible to make it the structure which covers the whole protrusion piece 303.

<Example 2>
As shown in FIG. 11B, a configuration corresponding to the “inflow portion” may be provided in the middle of the guide passage 103.

  Specifically, an open portion 101aD that opens downward is formed in a portion of the inner rail 101D that is above the center frame 95 (guide passage). The open portion 101aD is located above the side (left side) convex portion of the inner rail 101D, and is formed so that its lateral width is larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball.

  As already described, the game ball fired from the game ball launching mechanism 110 reaches the outlet portion 105D of the guide passage 103D by moving along the outer rail 102. On the other hand, when the game ball that has reached the ball return prevention mechanism 106D cannot pass through the ball return prevention mechanism 106D, it is guided to the inner rail 101D by the guide portion 308 of the movable body 301.

  For example, when the game ball B1 that has previously reached the game area PE is prevented from switching to the permissible state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106D, the subsequent game ball B2 passes through the guide portion 308 and moves to the inner rail 101D. To go backward through the guide passage 103D.

  Here, the game ball B2 moves along the inner rail 101D at least above the side convex portion of the inner rail 101D. The game ball B2 that has moved on the inner rail 101D along the inner rail 101D flows into the game area PE through the opening portion 101aD. Thereby, the interference between the game ball B2 and the game ball subsequent to the game ball B2 is avoided, and the generation of a foul ball is suppressed.

  Here, the game ball that has reached the game area PE through the opening portion 101aD can join the guide passage, thereby leaving the possibility that the game ball can enter the entrance portion to the operation port 83 and the like. Even if the inflow of game balls through the opening 101aD occurs contrary to the player's intention, it is suppressed from causing a disadvantage to the player.

  Further, in the guide passage formed by the center frame 95, a portion below the opening 101aD is a non-arrangement area for the game nails 93. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the movement of the game ball that has dropped through the opening 101aD from being unnecessarily delayed, and to avoid interference between the game ball and the subsequent game ball.

  The opening portion 101aD is provided with a flange portion that protrudes downward from the inner rail 101D. Although there is a difference in height between the left and right end portions of the opening portion 101aD, the flow of game balls from the game area PE side to the opening portion 101aD is restricted by these flange portions.

  Here, to supplementarily explain the relationship between the guide passage 103D and the passage area TE, the guide passage 103D is set to have a wider passage width than the passage area TE. By utilizing such a margin, even if a delay occurs in the game ball moving from the ball return prevention mechanism 106D → the inner rail 101D → the opening portion 101aD, that is, the subsequent game ball is released to the opening portion 101a. Even when the entire preceding game ball does not enter the opening 101aD at the timing of reaching (even if a part of the game ball protrudes into the guide passage 103D), Interference with game balls can be suppressed. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the behavior of a game ball can be accept | permitted suitably.

<Example 3>
In the ball return prevention mechanism 106E shown in FIG. 12A, the postures of the left and right prevention devices 106a and 106b are different. Specifically, the right side prevention device 106b is raised and arranged so as to be closer to the vertical than the left side prevention device 106a.

  With such an arrangement, the guiding direction by the guiding unit 308 can be made closer to the vertical direction, and the game ball that could not pass through the right prevention device 106b can be quickly detached from the passing area TE. Thereby, interference with the game ball which could not pass the right side prevention apparatus 106b, and the subsequent game ball succeeding it can be suppressed more suitably.

  When the inclination of the specific area SEE approaches vertical, it is possible to shorten the period required for the game ball flowing down (falling) due to its own weight to pass through the specific area SEE. It can suppress that it becomes a factor which obstructs the switch to.

  In the above configuration, the main body 305b (plane portion 306b) of the movable body 301b serves as a part of the right wall of the specific area SEE. In this case, the game ball that is passing through the specific area SE may be a factor that hinders the switching of the movable body 301b to the allowable state. However, since the moving direction of the game ball falling E in the specific area SE is close to the vertical direction, it is assumed that the subsequent game ball presses the ball receiving surface portion 304 and the movable body 301 rotates clockwise. However, even if it acts to change the trajectory of the falling game ball in the specific area SEE, the game ball may hinder the movement of the subsequent game ball (switching to the permissible state of the right side prevention device 106b). Does not become resistance. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said problem can be suppressed suitably.

  In particular, the movable body 301b is configured such that the distance from the center axis CLb to the tip (lower end) of the flat surface portion 306b is smaller than the distance from the center axis CLb to the tip (upper end) of the ball receiving surface 304b. Has been. More specifically, the distance from the center axis line CLb to the tip (lower end) of the flat surface portion 306b is larger than the distance from the contact position of the ball receiving surface portion 304b to which the game ball moving along the passing area TE hits. It is configured. As a result, even if the game ball passing through the specific area SEE acts easily to hinder the movement of the movable body 301b, it can be suitably avoided that the resistance increases.

  Note that the inclination of the flat surface portion 306b in the allowable state is configured such that the standing portion 314a of the left-side prevention device 106a is positioned on the extension of the flat surface portion 306b. For this reason, even if the trajectory of the game ball passing through the specific area SE changes due to the switching of the right side prevention device 106b to the permissible state, the game ball switches to the permissible state of the left side prevention device 106a. It can suppress becoming the factor which prevents.

  By the way, by making the posture of the prevention device 106b close to vertical, the responsiveness related to switching from the allowed state to the blocked state due to its own weight decreases. Therefore, in consideration of such circumstances, the prevention device 106b may use a spring as urging means for urging the movable body 301b to a position where the movable body 301b is in the blocked state. However, the spring can be set back by repeated elastic deformation. Therefore, in order to achieve steady operation by suppressing the contribution rate to the spring, it is preferable to use both the own weight of the movable body 301b and the elastic force of the spring.

<Example 4>
When a plurality of prevention devices are used in combination, it is not always necessary to share both prevention devices, and some of the configurations may be different.

  As shown in FIG. 12B, the right side prevention device 106bF is arranged to be lowered side by side with the left side prevention device 106a, and the protruding amount of the protruding piece 303bF is increased to allow such a change in arrangement. It is also possible to do. That is, the holders 311a and 311b are common although the shape of the movable body 301bF (specifically, the protruding piece 303bF) is changed with the change of the arrangement. Hereinafter, the new effect which arises by the change of arrangement | positioning and the difference in the shape of the movable body 301bF is demonstrated.

  As described above, the configuration in which a plurality of prevention devices are used in combination is excellent in terms of suppressing the generation of foul balls. However, the presence of the right-side prevention device 106bF can be a factor that restricts the substantial adjustment amount of the shooting operation of the game ball by strengthening the restriction on the landing position of the shot game ball. In this case, it is difficult to perform an action of adjusting the launch operation so that the game can be advantageously advanced as much as possible (for example, in order to increase the probability of entering the various pitching parts as much as possible). This is preferable for restricting technical intervention and suppressing inequalities among players. However, such a restriction on the adjustment amount becomes stronger and the room for technical intervention is reduced, which may lead to a monotonous game or the like and a decrease in game motivation.

  In this regard, for the right movable body 301bF shown in this example, the maximum rotation angle when switching from the blocking state to the allowed state is the same as that in the above embodiment, but the right movable body 301bF has the center axis CLb. The amount of displacement of the tip of the protruding piece 303bF (ball receiving surface 304bF) when rotated as the center is larger than in the above embodiment. That is, the length of the protrusion 303bF is set to be long so that the amount of displacement at the rotating tip is increased as much as possible. Thereby, the restriction | limiting regarding the landing position of the game ball which passed right side prevention apparatus 106bF is suppressed, and generation | occurrence | production of the said inconvenience is suppressed.

  In this embodiment, the right prevention device 106bF is arranged side by side with the left prevention device 106a, so that the entire movable body 301a (specifically, the protruding piece 303a) of the left prevention device 106a is laterally (right side). ). As a result, the game ball is prevented from bypassing the right prevention device 106bF and reaching the protruding piece 303a of the left movable body 301a, and the function as a barrier for the left prevention device 106a provided to the right prevention device 106bF is enhanced. It is possible to do.

  In the present embodiment, the right projection piece 303bF is increased in length to reduce the restriction on the launch adjustment, but in such a configuration, the right movable body 301bF is returned from the permitted state to the blocked state. Becomes difficult. Therefore, as a countermeasure, the weight balance may be secured by reducing the thickness of the right protruding piece 303bF (for example, thinner than the left protruding piece 303a). Further, the weight balance may be secured by making the main body 305bF of the right movable body 301bF heavier (for example, heavier than the main body 305a of the left movable body 301a). Instead of realizing the guarantee of the weight balance → the return function to the blocked state by adjusting the weight as described above, the biasing member such as a spring may be separately used to secure the return function to the blocked state. . As for the right side prevention device 106bF, it is possible to use both an urging function such as a spring and a return function by its own weight.

<Fourth embodiment>
In each of the above embodiments, the movable body of the ball return prevention mechanism is rotated along the front surface of the game area forming body so that the ball return prevention mechanism is switched between the blocked state and the permitted state. Then, the operation mode of the ball return prevention mechanism is different from those of the embodiments. Accordingly, the ball return prevention mechanism 106G in the present embodiment will be described below with reference to FIG. FIG. 13A is a partially enlarged view of the game board unit 80G showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106G and the related configuration in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 13B is an AA line in FIG. 13A. It is a fragmentary sectional view. In addition,
As shown in FIG. 13, the ball return prevention mechanism 106G includes a movable body 301G and a holder 311G that rotatably holds the movable body 301G, and the holder 311G is fixed to the guide rail 100 so that a game area is obtained. It is integrated with the formed body 80aG. The holder 311G has a pair of opposing wall portions 312G facing the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102 from the side opposite to the guide passage 103. The front end portion of the facing wall portion 312G extends forward (glass panel 23) from the rails 101 and 102, and a flat plate portion 314G is formed so as to straddle the extended portion.

  The flat plate portion 314G faces the front surface of the game area forming body 80a with the guide passage 103 interposed therebetween. The flat plate portion 314G is formed with an open portion that is opened on the same side as the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103, and the shaft pin 313G is fixed to the open portion so as to be parallel to the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. Yes.

  A bearing portion 302G into which the shaft pin 313G is inserted is formed in the movable body 301G, and the movable body 301G is engaged with the bearing portion 302g in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80a ( It can be rotated in the front-rear direction). In other words, the movable body in each of the above embodiments is configured to be displaced while keeping the distance from the game area formation body constant, whereas the movable body 301G shown in the present embodiment is a game area formation body. The difference is that it is configured to be displaced so that the distance to 80a changes.

  The movable body 301G has a substantially flat plate shape facing the front surface of the game area forming body 80aG, and extends in the extending direction of the guide passage 103 (the direction intersecting the central axis CL of the shaft pin 313G). The bearing 302G is formed at one end in the longitudinal direction of the movable body 301G, and this one end serves as a rotation base end.

  The rotating tip of the movable body 301G protrudes into the passage area TE, and the gap dimension with the front surface of the game area forming body 80aG is smaller than the diameter dimension of the game ball. In this state, movement of the game ball from the guide path 103 (exit portion 105) to the game area PE is allowed, while movement of the game ball from the game area PE to the guide path 103 is prevented. This state is a blocking state of the main ball return prevention mechanism 106G.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106G is provided with an urging member (specifically, a spring) that urges the movable body 301G to be maintained in a blocked state, and a stopper that prevents further rotation of the movable body 301G. However, illustration of these various configurations is omitted.

  When the game ball fired from the game ball launching mechanism 110 reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106G, the game ball of the movable body 301G (specifically, the extending portion 303G extending from the central axis CL toward the rotation tip side). It hits the inner surface (ball receiving surface portion 304G). When the ball receiving surface portion 304G is pushed toward the glass panel 23 by the game ball, the movable body 301G rotates against the urging force of the urging member. Thereby, the clearance gap between the said rotation front-end | tip part and the front surface of game area formation body 80aG is expanded so that it may become larger than the diameter dimension of a game ball. This state is an allowable state in the main ball return prevention mechanism 106G.

  When the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is switched from the blocked state to the permitted state, the inflow of the game ball from the guide passage 103 to the game area PE is permitted, and after the game ball has passed the ball return prevention mechanism 106G, The movable body 301G is returned from the allowable state to the blocked state by the urging force.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 14, the relationship between the extension part 303G and the glass panel 23 in the case where the ball return prevention mechanism 106G (movable body 301G) is in the blocking state will be supplementarily described. FIG. 14 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 13B showing the movable body 301G and its periphery.

  When the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is in the blocking state, an operation region ME of the extending portion 303G is secured between the outer surface (front surface) of the extending portion 303G and the glass panel 23. As described above, when the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is switched from the blocked state to the allowed state, the extended portion 303G of the movable body 301G pushed by the game ball is separated from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aG and the operation area It will be evacuated to the ME.

  Here, the distance dimension X3 between the extending portion 303G and the rear surface of the glass panel 23 is set to be smaller than the radius dimension R of the game ball. The game ball is basically set so as to move along the front surface of the game area forming body 80aG, but even if it moves along the glass panel 23, it flows into the operation area ME described above. Will be avoided. Thereby, it is possible to avoid that the game ball enters the operation area ME and prevents the movable body 301G from rotating.

  Even if the game ball hits both the extension portion 303G and the glass panel 23, the contact position of the extension portion 303G with the game ball is on the front side of the center position of the game ball. For this reason, when the movable body 301G rotates with switching from the blocking state to the permissible state, it is possible to suitably avoid the game ball from being supported.

  According to the fourth embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  A game ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 and reaches the game area PE through the guide passage 103 is prevented from returning to the guide passage 103 by the ball return prevention mechanism 106G. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is disposed in the game area PE, the game ball that has reached the game area PE bounces back to a game part such as the game nail 93, for example, from the opposite side of the guide passage 103, for example. The possibility of collision with the ball return prevention mechanism 106G (movable body 301G) cannot be denied. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball near the ball return prevention mechanism 106G becomes small.

  If the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have originally reached the game area PE cannot reach the game area PE, and the subsequent game ball is The guide passage 103 is returned backward (a foul ball or the like is generated). Such generation of a foul ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from being released and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  Since the game ball that has reached the game area PE moves along the front surface of the game area formation body 80aG, if the movable body 301G also moves along the front surface of the game area formation body 80aG, Touching the movable body 301G tends to be a factor that affects the operation of the movable body 301G. Therefore, in the ball return prevention mechanism 106G shown in the present embodiment, the movable body 301G is switched between the allowable state and the blocked state by moving back and forth (in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aG). With such an operation mode, even if the game ball hits the movable body 301G from the game area PE side, it can be suitably suppressed that the effect acts to prevent the switching to the allowable state. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-described event can be suppressed, and the blocking function by the ball return prevention mechanism 106G can be suitably exhibited.

  The gap formed between the game area forming body 80aG and the glass panel 23 is limited. For this reason, in the operation mode described above, for example, it is difficult to secure an occupied area such as an operation gap of the movable body 301G as compared with a configuration in which the movable body is displaced along the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. In addition, for the movable body, the game ball collides every time the game ball is fired, and thus, it is necessary to devise durability related measures such as reducing the impact generated by the collision. Here, if the movable body 301G is a pivoting type, when a game ball collides with the movable body 301G, the movable body 301G escapes by rotating, so the drag (resistance) generated at the time of collision is minimized. be able to. In particular, when the movable body 301G is of a rotational type, it is possible to suitably contribute to the reduction of the drag by increasing the distance from the rotational center CL to the collision position of the game ball. Therefore, by making the operation mode of the movable body 301G to be a rotation type, it is possible to suppress the expansion of the occupied area related to the movable body 301G while successfully releasing the impact when the game ball hits.

  As shown in the present embodiment, a game hitting the movable body 301G is provided by disposing the movable body 301G on the side opposite to the game area forming body 80aG (the glass panel 23 side) across the guide passage 103. It can suppress that the track of a sphere changes in the direction which goes to glass panel 23. Thereby, it can suppress that the game ball which bounced off the movable body 301G hits the glass panel 23, and can protect the said glass panel 23 suitably.

<Fifth embodiment>
In the ball return prevention mechanism 106 shown in each of the above embodiments, switching from the blocking state to the permission state is performed by the pressing force accompanying the collision of the game ball, and the switching from the permission state to the blocking state is performed by the own weight or the biasing force of the biasing member. However, in the present embodiment, the configuration relating to the switching between the blocked state / allowable state is different from each of the ball return prevention mechanisms 106. Hereinafter, a configuration related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 15 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration and the like in the fifth embodiment.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106H includes a drive unit 321H that switches the movable body 301 between a blocking state and an allowable state. The drive unit 321H is configured by a solenoid, and its output shaft is coupled to the movable body 301. When the output shaft of the solenoid is displaced, the posture of the movable body 301 is changed following the displacement.

  The drive unit 321H is electrically connected to the main control device 162, and is switched between excitation / non-excitation based on a signal from the main control device 162. When the drive unit 321H is in an excited state, the output shaft is displaced and the movable body 301 is switched from a blocked state to an allowed state, and when the drive unit is in a non-excited state, the output shaft is driven by the urging force of a coil spring built in the solenoid. In conjunction with the return to the standby position, the movable body 301 switches from the allowable state to the blocking state. As described above, the state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H shown in the present embodiment is configured to depend on the operation of the drive unit 321H and thus drive control by the main controller 162, and does not depend on the launched game ball.

  Note that the power when the movable body 301 is operated by the drive unit 321H, the holding force to be held in an allowable state, and the holding force to be held in a blocking state are set individually. Specifically, the power for operating the movable body 301 (specifically, the power for switching from the blocked state to the allowed state) is a drag force that prevents the game ball PE from colliding with the game area PE. Even when working, it is set large enough to exceed this drag. In addition, when the movable body 301 is in the permitted state, the holding force to be held in the permitted state is also pushed to the side where the movable body 301 is in the blocked state due to a game ball colliding from the game area PE side. Even in such a case, it is set sufficiently large so as to exceed the pressing force. On the other hand, the holding force for holding the movable body 301 in the blocking state (the urging force by the coil spring) is such that when the game ball launched from the game ball launch mechanism 110 hits, the game ball is allowed to pass. It is suppressed.

(Electrical configuration of pachinko machine 10H)
Here, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10H will be described based on the block diagram of FIG.

  An MPU 402 is mounted on a main control board 401 provided in the main controller 162. The MPU 402 is a ROM 403 storing various control programs executed by the MPU 402 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 403. The RAM 404 is an element incorporating an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, various counter circuits as a random number generator, and the like. Note that a part of the functions of the MPU 402, for example, the function of the ROM 403 and the function of the RAM 404 may be provided as separate elements.

  The MPU 402 is provided with an input port and an output port. On the input side of the MPU 402, a power failure monitoring board 405, a payout control device 242 and various detection sensors 441a to 441e provided in the main control device 162 are connected. The power failure monitoring board 405 is connected to a power source / launch control device 243, and power is supplied to the MPU 402 via the power failure monitoring board 405. Further, as various detection sensors 441a to 441e, detection sensors provided in various winning-corresponding winning portions (payout-corresponding entering portions) such as the general winning opening 81, the variable winning device 82, the operating openings 83a and 83b, and the through gate 84. Are connected to each other, and based on the detection information (detection signal) from these detection sensors, the MPU 402 of the main control device 162 makes a winning determination (entrance determination) to each winning part. In addition, the MPU 402 executes a jackpot generation lottery based on a winning at the operation ports 83a and 83b, and executes a support generation lottery based on a winning at the through gate 84.

  On the output side of the MPU 402, a power failure monitoring board 405, a payout control device 242 and a notification / effect control device 140 are connected. For example, a payout ball command is output to the payout control device 242 based on a winning determination result to the winning-corresponding winning portion such as the operation ports 83a and 83b described above. In this case, when outputting the prize ball command, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to. When a winning to the general winning opening 81 is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to paying out 10 gaming balls is output, and when a winning to the variable winning device 82 is specified, 15 gaming balls are output. When a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of the game is output and a winning to the upper working port 83a is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of three game balls is output and the winning to the lower operating port 83b is specified. In this case, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of four game balls is output.

  Various commands such as a change command, a type command, a change end command, an opening command, an ending command, a hold command, and a shift command are output from the main control device 162 to the notification / production control device 140. In this case, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to when these various commands are output. Details of these various commands will be described later. Each command is configured as information of a predetermined number of bytes, and various information is included as information of the predetermined number of bytes.

  Further, on the output side of the MPU 402, a variable winning drive unit that opens and closes the open / close door of the variable winning device 82, an electric accessory driving unit that opens and closes a movable piece of the electric accessory 91, and a main display of the main display unit 88. Are connected. Various driver circuits are provided on the main control board 401, and the MPU 402 performs drive control of various drive units through the driver circuits.

  That is, in the opening / closing execution mode, the MPU 402 performs drive control of the variable winning drive unit so that the variable winning device 82 (large winning opening) is opened and closed. In addition, when the support lottery of the electric accessory 91 is won, drive control of the electric accessory driving unit is executed in the MPU 402 so that the electric accessory 91 is opened and closed. Further, display control of the main display unit is executed by the MPU 402.

  Furthermore, an external output terminal board 213 is connected to the output side of the MPU 402, and through this external output terminal board 213, information on the entrance to various entrances to the management control device (hall computer HC) on the game hall side. Information on the lottery result such as a jackpot or a big hit Thereby, it is possible to grasp the state of the pachinko machine 10H and the like by the hall computer HC.

  The power failure monitoring board 405 relays the main control board 401 and the power / fire control device 243. The power failure monitoring board 405 has a DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power / fire control device 243. The function to monitor is given. The payout control device 242 controls payout of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 224 based on the prize ball command input from the main control device 162.

  The power / launch control device 243 is connected to, for example, a commercial power source (external power source) in a game hall or the like. Based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, necessary operating power is generated for each of the main control board 401, the payout controller 242 and the like, and the generated operating power is supplied through a predetermined power path. To do. The power supply / launch control device 243 is responsible for launch control of the game ball launch mechanism 110, and the game ball launch mechanism 110 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are met.

  The notification / production control device 140 is based on various commands input from the main control device 162, the holding lamp unit 98 provided in the variable display unit 86, the lamp units 26 to 28 provided in the front door frame 14, and the speaker unit. 29 and the like, and the display control device 450 is controlled.

  The display control device 450 executes display control of the symbol display device 87 based on the command input from the notification / effect control device 140. In this case, in the notification / production control device 140, based on various commands input from the main control device 162, the symbol variation display mode in the symbol display device 87 (for example, the presence / absence of reach occurrence and the contents of reach production), the symbol The stop display mode (the type of symbol combination that is finally stopped and displayed with the end of the variable display) and the outline of the fixed display mode based on the combination of symbols that are stopped and displayed are specified.

(About various counters)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10H configured as described above will be described.

  The MPU 402 uses various counter information in the game to perform jackpot occurrence lottery, setting of the display of the main display unit, setting of the outline of the symbol display of the symbol display device 87, setting of the display of the main display unit (display unit for the working port), etc. Specifically, as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 16, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot occurrence lottery and the jackpot type such as the normal jackpot result or the probability variation jackpot result are determined. The jackpot type counter C2 to be used, the reach random number counter C3 used for reach lottery when the symbol display device 87 changes and fluctuates, the random number initial value counter CINI used to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the main display section It is assumed that the result display unit for the working port and the variation type counter CS that determines the variation display time in the symbol display device 87 are used. . Furthermore, the electric accessory release counter C4 used for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 91 in the lower working port 83b is in an electric utility open state is used.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value every time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer 431 set in a predetermined area of the RAM 404. In the lottery counter buffer 431, information corresponding to the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is stored as a stored ball as an acquisition information storage means when a winning is made to the operation ports 83a and 83b. Stored in area 432.

  The holding ball storage area 432 includes a holding area RE for an operation port and an execution area AE. The holding area RE includes a holding area Ra (first area Ra1 to fourth area Ra4) for the upper working port 83a and a holding area Rb (first area Rb1 to fourth area Rb4) for the lower working port 83b. According to the winning histories to the operation ports 83a and 83b, the numerical information of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the lottery counter buffer 431 is set as any of the holding information. Stored in areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4. Since eight Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4 are provided in this way, there are four game balls entering histories into the upper operating port 83a and the lower operating port 83b, that is, into the operating ports 83a and 83b. Up to eight winning histories are stored on hold. Further, the reserved ball storage area 432 is provided with a total reserved number storage area, and the total reserved number storage area is acquired and stored based on the ball entering the upper operating port 83a or the lower operating port 83b. Information for specifying the number of stored information is stored.

  The execution area AE is an area for moving each value stored in the first areas Ra1 and Rb1 of the holding area RE when starting the variable display on the main display unit, and is executed at the start of one game round. Based on various numerical information stored in the area AE, determination of success or failure is performed.

  For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured such that, for example, 1 is added in order within a range of 0 to 299, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 299), it returns to 0. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 299). The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and when the game ball wins the operation ports 83a and 83b, the game ball that has flowed into the operation ports 83a and 83b is specifically detected at the timing detected by the detection sensors 441d and 441e. It is stored in the reserved ball storage area 432 of the RAM 404.

  The value of the random number for winning the jackpot is stored as a success / failure table (award / failure information group) in a success / failure table storage area as a success / failure information group storage means in the ROM 403. Here, the contents of the success / failure table will be described.

  In the success / failure table, address information composed of binary number information and jackpot numerical value information composed of binary number information are set in a one-to-one correspondence. Specifically, ten types of address information expressed in decimal numbers from “1” to “10” are set, and jackpot value information is expressed in decimal numbers as “7”, “36”, “67”. , “100”, “131”, “164”, “195”, “223”, “241”, “272” are set, and the address information and the jackpot value information are in a one-to-one relationship. It is associated. The numerical value of each jackpot numerical value information is included in “0” to “299”, which is the numerical range of the random number information that can be updated in the jackpot random number counter C1.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10, a low probability mode (low probability state) and a high probability mode (high probability state) are set as the lottery modes in the success / failure lottery means. The number of jackpot numerical information referred to in the low probability mode is different from the number of jackpot numerical information referred to in the high probability mode, and the former is smaller than the latter. Specifically, in the low probability mode, only the jackpot value information whose address information is “1” is referred to in the lottery lottery, and in the high probability mode, the jackpot number information corresponding to all the address information is determined in the lottery lottery. Referenced. In other words, there is one piece of numerical information for winning the jackpot in the low probability mode, and there are ten pieces of numerical information in the high probability mode, which is more than in the low probability mode. As a result, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low probability mode is 1/300, whereas the probability of winning the jackpot in the high probability mode is 1/30, and the high probability mode is a jackpot than the low probability mode. The probability of winning is increased. If the winning probability in the high probability mode is higher than that in the low probability mode, the number and value of the random numbers to be won are arbitrary.

  The jackpot type counter C2 is incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 29, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 29) and then returns to 0. The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and when the game ball wins the operation ports 83a and 83b, the game ball that has flowed into the operation ports 83a and 83b is specifically detected at the timing detected by the detection sensors 441d and 441e. It is stored in the reserved ball storage area 432 of the RAM 404.

  The game result distribution destination for the big hit type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table (distribution information group) in the distribution table storage area as the distribution information group storage means in the ROM 403. As the distribution destination, a normal jackpot result and a probable variation jackpot result are set.

  When the normal jackpot result or the probable jackpot result is won, the mode shifts to the opening / closing execution mode. After the opening / closing execution mode related to the normal jackpot result is ended, the winning / raising lottery mode becomes the low probability mode, and it is high until the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times) after the support mode shifts. It becomes frequency support mode. After the end reference number of times (specified number of times) has elapsed, the game state is shifted to the normal gaming state corresponding to the low probability mode and the low frequency support mode. After the opening / closing execution mode related to the probability variation jackpot result is ended, the winning lottery mode becomes the high probability mode and the support mode becomes the high frequency support mode until the next jackpot result.

  For example, the reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 238) and then returns to 0. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and when the game ball wins the operation ports 83a and 83b, more specifically, at the timing when the game balls flowing into the operation ports 83a and 83b are detected by the detection sensors 441d and 441e. It is stored in the reserved ball storage area 432 of the RAM 404. Then, based on the reach table stored in the reach table storage area of the ROM 403, it is determined whether to generate a reach. However, in the game times that shift to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 402 determines the occurrence of reach regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. The number of reach random number counters C3 corresponding to the occurrence of reach display is the same in each gaming state, but may be set individually according to the gaming state. For example, when the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the number of reach random number counters C3 corresponding to the occurrence of reach display may be set larger than that in the low frequency support mode.

  Here, the reach display (reach state) includes a symbol display device 87 capable of performing variable display (or variable display) of symbols (pictures), and the opening / closing execution mode of the variable winning device 82 is a high-frequency winning mode. In the gaming machine in which the stop display result after the variable display is a special display result, the stop display result is derived and displayed after the variable display (or variable display) of the symbol (picture) on the symbol display device 87 is started. This means a display state for making the player think that the display state is a variable display state that is likely to result in the special display result in the previous stage.

  In other words, the combination of jackpot symbols corresponding to the occurrence of the high-frequency winning mode can be obtained by stopping and displaying the symbols for a part of the symbol sequences displayed on the display screen 87a of the symbol display device 87. This is a display state in which a combination of reach symbols that may be established is displayed, and in that state, the symbols are displayed in a variable manner in the remaining symbol rows.

  More specifically, as a step before ending the variable display of symbols, a combination of jackpot symbols corresponding to the occurrence of the high-frequency winning mode is set on a preset active line in the display screen 87a of the symbol display device 87. A reach line is formed by stopping and displaying a combination of reach symbols that may be established, and a symbol change display is performed by a final stop symbol row in a situation where the reach line is formed.

  For example, the variation type counter CS is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 198, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 198) and then returns to 0. The variation type counter CS is used when the MPU 402 determines the variation display time in the main display unit and the symbol variation display time in the symbol display device 87. The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired when the symbol display device 87 determines the variation pattern at the start of symbol variation.

  When determining the variable display time in the symbol display device 87 or the main display unit (specifically, the result display unit for the operating port), the buffer values of the reach random number counter C3 and the variable type counter CS, and the display time table storage area of the ROM 403 are stored. Referenced. The MPU 402 uses the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE to determine the stop result in the result display unit for the operating port. The stop result determination table stored in the ROM 403 is used.

  For example, the electric accessory release counter C4 is incremented by 1 in order within a range of 0 to 249 and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 249). The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated and stored in the electric combination holding area 433 of the RAM 404 at the timing when a game ball wins the through gate 84. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not to control the electric accessory 91 to the open state based on the stored value of the electric accessory release counter C4. For example, if C4 = 0 to 199, the electric accessory 91 is controlled to the open state, and if C4 = 200 to 249, the electric accessory 91 is not controlled to the open state.

(About various processes executed by the main controller 162)
Next, a timer interrupt process and a normal process that are executed when the MPU 402 in the main controller 162 advances the game in each game time will be described. In addition to the timer interrupt process and the normal process, the MPU 402 executes a main process activated when the power is turned on and an NMI interrupt process activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal). Explanation of these various processes is omitted.

(Timer interrupt processing)
First, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This process is periodically activated by the MPU 402 (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec).

  In step S101, reading processing of various winning detection sensors is executed. That is, the state of various winning detection sensors connected to the main control device 162 is read, the state of the winning detection sensor is determined, and the detection information (winning detection information) is stored.

  Thereafter, in step S102, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 404.

  In the subsequent step S103, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are each incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when the counter values reach the maximum value. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 404.

  In a succeeding step S104, a through winning process associated with winning through the through gate 84 is executed. In the through winning process, it is determined whether or not a through gate winning detection flag is stored in the various flag storage area 435 of the RAM 404. If the flag is stored, it is stored in the electric power reservation area. On the condition that the number of stored accessory holdings is less than 4, the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 updated in the step S103 is stored in the electronic combination holding area. Further, the notification / production control device 140 executes a process for turning on the holding lamp unit 98 of the variable display unit 86 corresponding to the number of reserved memories. If the through-gate winning detection flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 435, the winning detection flag is deleted and the through-gate winning process is terminated.

  After performing the winning process for the through gate in step S104, the process proceeds to step S105. In step S105, the winning process for the operating port accompanying the winning to the operating ports 83a and 83b is performed, and this timer interruption process is completed. To do.

  Here, the winning process for the operation opening will be described. In the winning process for the operation port, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered (wins) the upper operation port 83a. When it is determined that a game ball has entered the upper operation port 83a, a prize ball command for causing the payout control device 242 to pay out three game balls is set.

  Subsequently, an external signal setting process is performed to output information indicating that a game ball has entered the upper operation port 83a to the hall computer HC on the game hall side. As a result, the hall computer HC recognizes that a ball has entered the upper working port 83a. Thereafter, an information acquisition process for storing values such as the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 is performed, and the main winning process is terminated.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the upper operating port 83a has not won a prize, it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the lower operating port 83b (winned). When it is determined that a game ball has entered the lower operation port 83b, a prize ball command for causing the payout control device 242 to pay out four game balls is set. The prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 242 in an external output process S401 of a normal process described later.

  Subsequently, an external signal setting process is performed to output information indicating that a game ball has entered the lower operation port 83b to the hall computer HC on the game hall side. As a result, the hall computer HC recognizes that a ball has entered the lower working port 83b. Then, an information acquisition process is performed, and this winning process is terminated.

  In the information acquisition process, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the variation type counter CS updated in the above process are set to the first among the free storage area areas of the working port reservation area RE. Stored in the storage area.

  If there is no ball in either the upper working port 83a or the lower working port 83b, the main winning process is terminated as it is.

(Normal processing)
Next, the flow of normal processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The normal process is a process that is started after the main process started when the power is turned on, and the main process of the game is executed in the normal process. As an outline, the processing of steps S201 to S207 is executed as a periodic processing with a period of 4 msec, and the counter update processing of steps S210 and S211 is executed with the remaining time.

  In the normal process, first, an external signal output process is executed in step S201. In the external signal output process in step S201, output data such as a command set in the timer interrupt process or the previous normal process is transmitted to each sub-side control device. Specifically, the presence or absence of a prize ball command is determined, and if a prize ball command is set, it is transmitted to the payout control device 242. In addition, when various commands such as a command for change such as a change command, a type command, a change end command, a hold command, and a shift command described later are set, the command is transmitted to the notification / effect control device 140. To do.

  Next, in step S202, the variation type counter CS is updated. Specifically, the variation type counter CS is incremented by 1, and the counter value is cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the variation type counter CS is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 404.

  In subsequent step S203, a game number control process for controlling a game in each game time is executed. In the game times control processing, jackpot determination, symbol variation display setting by the symbol display device 87, display control of the main display unit, and the like are performed.

  After performing the game times control process of step S203, it progresses to step S204 and performs a game state transfer process. By this gaming state transition process, the gaming state is an open / close execution mode (big hit gaming state: special gaming state), a high probability mode and high frequency support mode (high probability gaming state), a low probability mode and high frequency support mode (short time gaming state) ), Transition to a low probability mode and a low frequency support mode (low probability gaming state), and the like. In addition, with respect to the special game state corresponding to the opening / closing execution mode, the high probability game state, the short time game state, and the low probability game state are collectively referred to as a normal game state.

  In the subsequent step S205, an electric combination support process for driving and controlling the electric combination 91 associated with the lower operating port 83b is executed. In this electric role support process, the electric role release indicating whether or not to make the electric accessory 91 open using the numerical information acquired from the electric accessory release counter C4 stored in the electric role holding area 433 of the RAM 404. A lottery is performed, and when the electrified open state is won, an opening / closing process of the electric accessory 91 is executed. Moreover, display control of the display part for an accessory etc. is performed so that the lottery result of electric character opening lottery may be taught.

  As already described, the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode are set as modes of support by the electric accessory 91, and a transition to any one of the support modes is performed in the gaming state transition process. After this processing, the high frequency support mode is set when the high frequency support flag is set in the various flag storage areas 435 of the RAM 404, and the low frequency support mode is set when the flag is not set.

  In the power combination support process, it is determined whether or not the high frequency support mode is set by determining whether or not the high frequency support flag is set in the various flag storage areas 435 of the RAM 404. In the case of the high frequency support mode, when the electrified open state is won, the number of times that the electric utility item 91 is in the open state is set larger than in the case of the low frequency support mode. Set a longer opening time. In the high-frequency support mode, when the electrified open state is selected and the open state of the electric utility item 91 occurs multiple times, the next open state is started after one open state is completed. The closing time until is set to be shorter than one opening time.

  Incidentally, when the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode, even if the high frequency support flag is set in the various flag storage areas 435 of the RAM 404, the support mode is forcibly set to the low frequency support mode.

  Thereafter, a ball return prevention mechanism drive control process is executed in step S206, and a game ball launch control process is executed in subsequent step S207.

  After executing the processing of steps S201 to S207, it is determined in step S208 whether or not a power failure flag is stored in various flag storage areas 435 of the RAM 404. If it is determined in step S208 that the power failure flag is stored, the power interruption has occurred, so the power failure processing from step S212 is executed. Specifically, in step S212, the generation of the timer interrupt process is prohibited, and then the RAM judgment value is calculated and stored in step S213. After the access to the RAM 404 is prohibited in step S214, the power supply is completely shut off. The infinite loop is continued until the process cannot be executed.

  If a negative determination is made in step S208, the process proceeds to step S208. In step S209, it is determined whether or not the next normal process execution timing has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous normal process. Then, the random number initial value counter CINI and the variation type counter CS are repeatedly updated within the remaining time until the next normal processing execution timing.

  That is, in step S210, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding area of the RAM 404. In step S211, the variation type counter CS is updated. Specifically, the variation type counter CS is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when those counter values reach the maximum value. Then, the update value of the variation type counter CS is stored in the corresponding area of the RAM 404.

  Here, since the execution time of each process of steps S201 to S207 changes according to the state of the game, the remaining time until the execution timing of the next normal process is not constant and varies. Therefore, by repeatedly updating the random number initial value counter CINI using the remaining time, the random number initial value counter CINI (that is, the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1) can be updated at random. Similarly, The variation type counter CS can also be updated at random.

  In the pachinko machine 10H shown in the present embodiment, the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is configured to switch from the blocked state to the allowed state in a predetermined well-known manner (specifically, the same cycle as the game ball launch cycle described later: 0.6 sec). When a game ball launch operation is performed, a function for adjusting the launch timing of the game ball is provided so that the game ball is fired in accordance with the movement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. This is one of the features. Therefore, a configuration for realizing the function will be described below.

  Referring back to the block diagram of FIG. 15, the power / fire control device 243 includes a power / fire control board 501. The power supply / launch control board 501 is provided with an input / output port that functions as a connection part with other gaming machines. A game ball launch handle 41 is connected to the input side of the input / output port. Specifically, a touch sensor 42 for detecting that the game ball launch handle 41 is touched by the player, a variable resistor 43 for detecting the amount of rotation of the game ball launch handle 41, A stop switch 44 that is operated to stop the launch of the game ball is connected even when the game ball launch handle 41 is being operated by the player. The solenoid 111 and the ball feeding device 113 of the game ball launching mechanism 110 are connected to the output side of the input / output port, and the solenoid 111 and the ball feeding device 113 are driven and controlled by the power source / launch control device 243. ing.

  A main controller 162 is connected to the input / output port. Detection signals from the touch sensor 42 and the stop switch 44 are input to the main controller 162 via the power source / launch controller 243. Although details will be described later, the main control unit 162 is configured to set whether or not to fire based on these signals and to input a signal indicating that to the power source / launch control unit 243. The power supply / launch control device 243 performs drive control of the game ball launch mechanism 110 based on information from the main control device 162 and the game ball launch handle 41.

  Next, the ball return prevention mechanism drive control process (step S206 in FIG. 18) executed as part of the normal process in the MPU 402 of the main controller 162 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.

(Ball return prevention mechanism drive control processing)
In the ball return prevention mechanism drive control process, first, in step S301, it is determined whether or not a drive signal is output to the drive unit 321H of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. That is, it is determined whether or not the drive unit 321H is in an excited state. If a negative determination is made in step S301, that is, if it is determined that the drive unit 321H is not in an excited state, the process proceeds to step S302. In step S302, it is determined whether or not the value of the first timer counter TC1 provided in the various counter areas 434 of the RAM 404 is “0”. The first timer counter TC1 is a counter for determining the timing for starting output of the drive signal and the timing for ending output of the drive signal.

  When it is determined that the value of the first timer counter TC1 is not “0”, the drive control process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the first timer counter TC1 is “0”, the process proceeds to step S303. In step S303, drive signal output start processing is executed. As a result, the drive unit 321H is switched from the non-excited state to the excited state, and the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is switched from the blocked state to the allowed state.

  After the start process of step S303 is executed, “100” (corresponding to 0.2 sec) is set to the first timer counter TC1 in step S304, and this drive control process ends. The value of the first timer counter TC1 is decremented by “1” every time the timer interrupt process is executed. When the power interruption process described above is executed, the value of the first timer counter TC1 is cleared to “0”.

  Returning to the description of step S301, if an affirmative determination is made in step S301, that is, if it is determined that the drive signal is being output, the process proceeds to step S305. In step S305, it is determined whether or not the first timer counter TC1 is “0”. If a negative determination is made in step S305, that is, if it is determined that it is not yet time to stop outputting the drive signal, the drive control process is terminated as it is.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S305, the process proceeds to step S306. In step S306, a drive signal output stop process is executed. As a result, the drive unit 321H is switched from the excited state to the non-excited state, and the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is switched from the allowed state to the blocked state.

  After executing the stop process in step S306, “200” (corresponding to 0.4 sec) is set in the first timer counter TC1 in step S306, and the drive control process is terminated. The value of the first timer counter TC1 is decremented by “1” every time the timer interrupt process is executed. When the above-described power interruption process is executed, the value of the first timer counter TC1 is cleared to “0”.

  By the drive control process described in detail above, the switching between the blocking state / allowing state is repeated periodically with a total of 0.6 sec from the blocking state 0.4 sec to the allowable state 0.2 sec as one cycle. Here, the timing at which the game ball launch operation is performed is arbitrary. In a configuration in which the game ball firing cycle and the switching cycle of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H coincide with each other, the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is in a blocked state depending on the launch timing of the game ball. There is a possibility of reaching the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. As a result, the released game ball is prevented from reaching the game area PE by the ball return prevention mechanism 106H.

  In consideration of such circumstances, in the present embodiment, the occurrence of the above-described inconveniences is suppressed by adjusting (setting) the timing of game ball firing according to the state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. Is one of the features. Hereinafter, with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 20 and 21, processing related to the launch of the game ball will be described. First, with reference to FIG. 20, the game ball launch control process (step S207 in FIG. 18) executed by the MPU 402 of the main controller 162 will be described. The game ball launch control process is a process that is activated every time the normal process is executed.

(Game ball launch control process)
In the game ball launch control process, it is determined in step S401 whether or not the condition satisfaction signal is at the HI level. Specifically, the determination in step S401 is performed based on the condition satisfaction signal input from the power supply / launch control device 243.

  When the player is touching the game ball launch handle 41, an HI level signal is input from the touch sensor 42 to the power source / launch controller 243, and when the launch stop operation is not performed, the stop switch 44 The launch control apparatus 243 is configured to receive a LOW level signal. Then, in the power source / launch control device 243, on the condition that the HI level signal is input from the touch sensor 42 and the LOW level signal is input from the stop switch 44, the HI level signal is transmitted to the main controller 162 as a condition establishment signal. It is configured to output. In addition, when the HI level signal is input from the touch sensor 42 and the LOW level signal is not input from the stop switch 44, the power / launch control device 243 outputs a LOW level signal as a condition establishment signal to the main controller 162. It becomes the composition which is done. The MPU 402 of the main controller 162 performs the determination in step S401 based on this condition satisfaction signal.

  If a positive determination is made in step S401, the process proceeds to step S402. In step S402, it is determined whether or not the launch is already permitted. If an affirmative determination is made in step S402, the game ball launch control process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S402, the launch permission state is set in subsequent step S403. Specifically, the launch permission flag is stored in various flag storage areas 435 of the RAM 404.

  Thereafter, based on the fact that the launch permission flag is stored in step S404, the output state of the launch permission signal is set to the HI level, and this game ball launch control process ends. The main control device 162 shown in the present embodiment is connected to the power / fire control device 243 and is configured to input a fire permission signal to the power / fire control device 243. In the power source / launch control device 243, the game ball is launched based on the fact that the launch permission signal is at the HI level.

  Returning to the description of step S401, if a negative determination is made in step S401, that is, if the condition satisfaction signal is at the LOW level, the process proceeds to step S405. In step S405, the launch permission state is canceled. Specifically, if a firing permission flag is stored in the various flag storage area 435 of the RAM 404, it is deleted, and if the firing permission flag is not stored, it is maintained as it is. After executing the process of step S405, the process proceeds to step S406.

  In step S406, based on the fact that the firing permission flag is not stored, the output state of the firing permission signal is set to the LOW level, and this game ball firing control process is terminated. In the power supply / launch control device 243, the launch of the game ball is avoided based on the fact that the launch permission signal is at the LOW level.

  Next, referring to the flowchart of FIG. 21, the firing controller 502 of the power source / launch controller 243 executes periodically (specifically, the same cycle as the normal process in the MPU 402 of the main controller 162: 0.4 msec cycle). The fire control process to be performed will be described.

(Launch control process)
In the launch control process, it is first determined in step S501 whether or not the launch is permitted. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the emission permission signal from main controller 162 is at the HI level. If a positive determination is made in step S501, the process proceeds to step S502. In step S502, it is determined whether or not it is time to fire the game ball. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a launch flag is stored in launch control unit 502.

  If a positive determination is made in step S502, the process proceeds to step S503. In step S503, the drive signal is output to the solenoid 111 of the game ball launching mechanism 110, whereby the solenoid 111 is excited and a game ball is launched. At this time, the details of the launch intensity of the game ball are determined by setting processing described later.

  After performing the process of step S503 or when a negative determination is made in step S501, the process proceeds to step S504. After resetting the launch timing in step S504, the launch control process is terminated. Specifically, the stored launch flag is deleted.

  Returning to the description of step S502, if a negative determination is made in step S502, that is, if it is determined that it is not the firing timing, the process proceeds to step S505. In step S505, it is determined whether or not the launch timing has already been set. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing timing counter stored in the firing control unit 502 is other than “0”.

  If a negative determination is made in step S505, the process proceeds to step S506. In step S506, based on the information from the variable resistor 43 of the game ball launch handle 41, processing for grasping the launch intensity of the game ball is performed. Then, after performing the launch timing setting process in step S507, the launch control process is terminated.

  Here, the firing timing setting process will be described. In the firing timing setting process, it is determined at what timing the game ball should be fired based on the operation state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H and the launch strength of the game ball. That is, when a game ball is fired at a specified launch strength, the period required for the game ball to reach the game ball launch mechanism 110 → the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is uniquely determined. With reference to the period until the return prevention mechanism 106H next switches to the permitted state, the launched game ball passes through the ball return prevention mechanism 106H while the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is in the permitted state. As described above, the launch timing (specifically, the value of the launch timing counter stored in the launch control unit 502) is set. For example, when a game ball is to be fired after 0.2 sec, “50” is set in the fire timing counter.

  The value of the launch timing counter is decremented by “1” each time the launch control process is activated. When the power of the pachinko machine 10H is turned off, the value of the launch timing counter is forcibly cleared to “0”.

  Returning to the description of step S505, if an affirmative determination is made in step S505, that is, if the firing timing has been set, the process proceeds to step S508. In step S508, it is determined whether or not the firing timing has come. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing timing counter is “0”. If a negative determination is made in step S508, the main firing control process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S509, that is, if the value of the firing timing counter is “0”, the firing flag is stored and the firing control process is terminated.

  In the present embodiment, the MPU 402 of the main controller 162 determines whether or not to permit the launch in consideration of the signal from the stop switch 44 of the game ball launch handle 41. However, the present invention is not limited to this. It is not a thing. For example, the main control device 162 may be configured to input information from the touch sensor 42, and may be configured to leave the function related to the determination of whether or not firing is possible based on the information from the stop switch 44 to the power / fire control device 243.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the launch timing of the game ball is determined according to the state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H that is driven and controlled by the main control device 162. For example, it is possible to determine the firing timing by adopting a configuration in which information indicating that is output from the main controller 162 to the power source / launch controller 243 every time the drive control of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is performed. It is. However, with such a configuration, the load related to the launch control of the main control device 162 becomes large. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the following measures are taken to eliminate such inconvenience.

  Specifically, the launch control unit 502 of the power / fire control device 243 is provided with a second timer counter TC2 corresponding to the first timer counter TC1 provided in the various counter areas 434 of the main control device 162. . When the power of the pachinko machine 10H is turned on and the startup process of the pachinko machine 10H is executed, a synchronization process between the first timer counter TC1 and the second timer counter TC2 is executed. Whereas the upper limit value of the first timer counter TC1 corresponds to the period in which the upper limit value is in the blocked state, the upper limit value of the second timer counter TC2 is maintained in the blocked state and in the allowed state. It is the structure corresponding to the period which match | combined the period. The update cycle (subtraction cycle) of the second timer counter TC2 is also the same as that of the first timer counter TC1.

  That is, the value of the second timer counter TC2 = “upper limit” to “predetermined value” corresponds to the ball return prevention mechanism 106H being in an allowable state, and the value of the second timer counter TC2 = “predetermined value”. "To" 0 "corresponds to the ball return prevention mechanism 106H being in the blocking state. Therefore, the launch control unit 502 can acquire substantially the same information as when referring to the first timer counter TC1 by referring to the value of the second timer counter TC2.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106H can be switched between a blocking state and an allowable state. However, when setting the above-mentioned firing timing, more detailed information (for example, how long has passed since the allowable state has been reached, etc.) ) Is preferable. Therefore, by using the second timer counter TC2 synchronized with the first timer counter TC1, it is possible to finely adjust the emission timing.

  In the configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is electrically operated and is periodically switched between the blocked state and the allowed state, the function of preventing the ball return can be reduced by increasing the period of the allowed state. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, it is possible to cause the game ball to reach the ball return prevention mechanism 106H aiming at a period in which it is in an allowable state. At that time, the preferable arrival timing can be grasped more accurately by taking into account the situation in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is in a series of switching flows. Therefore, it is not necessary to unnecessarily set the allowable period for the variation in the emission timing, and the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

  Here, with reference to the timing chart of FIG. 22, the flow of the game ball launch operation → game ball launch will be exemplified.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106H that is in the blocking state at the timing of t1 is switched from the blocking state to the allowable state at the timing of t2 after 0.6 sec. Then, after switching to the permissible state, the permissible state is maintained until the timing t3 when 0.2 sec elapses. After that, switching to the blocking state / allowing state is repeated at a constant cycle.

  When a game ball is fired at the timing t4 after the timing t3 when the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is in the blocked state, the game ball is not immediately fired at this timing, but is slightly launched. Timing will be delayed. Specifically, the launching solenoid 111 is excited at the timing t5 after the timing t4, and the game ball is launched.

  The launched game ball is guided to the guide rail 100 (guide passage 103) and moves in the order of the inlet portion 104 → the outlet portion 105 → the ball return prevention mechanism 106H of the guide passage 103. Since the configuration is such that the movement path passes, a certain time lag occurs until the launched game ball reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. And about this time lag, as above-mentioned, it changes according to the operation amount (launch intensity | strength, firing speed) of a rotation operation member. That is, the time lag decreases as the operation amount increases and the firing speed increases, and the time lag increases as the operation amount decreases and the launch speed decreases.

  In the example shown in FIG. 22, the period (time lag) required for the launched game ball to reach the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is about 0.2 sec. Therefore, if the game ball is fired as it is at the timing of t4, when the game ball reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106H, the ball return prevention mechanism 106H remains in the blocked state, and the game ball remains in the same ball return prevention mechanism. 106H.

  In this regard, in this embodiment, the launch timing is delayed so that the arrival timing of the game ball is the timing at which the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is in the permitted state (specifically, the middle of the period in which the ball is in the permitted state) Is done. As a result, the game ball is launched at the timing t5 after the timing t4 at which the launch operation is performed as described above.

  At time t6 after the game ball is fired, the ball return prevention mechanism 106H switches from the blocked state to the permitted state, and the fired game ball is timed at t7 when the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is in the permitted state. It passes through the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. At time t8 after the game ball passes, the ball return prevention mechanism 106H returns to the blocking state.

  According to the fifth embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  A game ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 and reaches the game area PE through the guide passage 103 is prevented from returning to the guide passage 103 by the ball return prevention mechanism 106H. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is disposed in the game area PE, the game ball that has reached the game area PE bounces back to a game part such as the game nail 93, for example, from the side opposite to the guide passage 103, for example. The possibility of collision with the ball return prevention mechanism 106H cannot be denied. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball near the ball return prevention mechanism 106H becomes small.

  If the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should originally have reached the game area PE cannot reach the game area PE, and the subsequent game ball is The guide passage 103 is returned backward (a foul ball or the like is generated). Such generation of a foul ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from being released and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, in the configuration shown in the present embodiment, the operation of the movable body 301 constituting the ball return prevention mechanism 106H does not depend on the momentum of the launched game ball. Therefore, even if the preceding game ball hits the movable body 301 from the game area PE side as described above and attempts to prevent the movement of the movable body 301, the movable body 301 itself is driven by the driving force from the drive unit 321H. Since it operates, the disturbing game ball can be pushed away. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said problem can be suppressed suitably.

  The timing at which the player performs the launch operation is arbitrary. For this reason, when a game ball is launched regardless of the movement of the movable body 301 in a configuration in which the movable body 301 operates in a predetermined cycle, the game ball hits the movable body 301 and reaches the game area PE. The possibility of not being possible arises. Therefore, as shown in this feature, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suitably suppressed by adopting a configuration in which the game ball firing timing is set according to the switching state of the movable body 301.

  For example, contrary to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, the movable body 301 can be switched from the blocked state to the allowed state in accordance with the game ball launching operation. However, the period required for reaching the movable body 301 after the game ball is launched is often extremely short, and such a configuration causes inconveniences such as the switching of the movable body 301 not being in time. Such an inconvenience causes a new problem such as an improvement in the operation speed and responsiveness of the movable body 301. Therefore, it is desirable that the timing of launching the game ball be set in accordance with the movement of the movable body 301 as shown in the present embodiment.

  As described above, the shooting speed of the game ball changes according to the operation amount of the rotation operation member. When such a configuration is adopted in which the firing timing is uniquely determined in consideration of the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the firing speed, it is assumed that the period during which the ball return prevention mechanism 106H is maintained in an allowable state is extended. This is not preferable because it can easily cause a disadvantage that the game ball injected into the game area PE avoids the ball return prevention mechanism 106H (passes through) and returns to the guide passage 103. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, since the launch timing is corrected according to the operation amount, it is possible to avoid the wasteful maintenance of the allowable state as described above, and to return the ball. The period during which the prevention mechanism 106H is allowed can be shortened as much as possible. Therefore, the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

<Sixth Embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 has two prevention devices 106a and 106b, and the movable bodies 301a and 301b constituting the prevention devices 106a and 106b operate separately and independently. did. On the other hand, the ball return prevention mechanism shown in the present embodiment is characterized in that a correspondence is given to the movement of the prevention devices by interlocking the movable bodies constituting the two prevention devices. One. Hereinafter, the ball return prevention mechanism 106K according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 is a partially enlarged view of the game board unit 80K showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106K and its peripheral structure, FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106K and its peripheral structure, and FIG. 25 is removed from the game board unit 80K. FIG. 26 (a) is a side view of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K, FIG. 26 (b) is a plan view of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K, and FIG. 27 is a ball return prevention mechanism 106K. FIG. In FIG. 26, for convenience of explanation, the configuration related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is schematically indicated by a two-dot chain line.

  As shown in FIG. 23, in the game area forming body 80aK, the vicinity of the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103, specifically, the portion located on the extension of the guide passage 103, is along the guide rail 100 (outer rail 102). An elongated hole 85K is formed. The long hole 85K penetrates in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aK, and the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is attached to the long hole 85K from the back side of the game area forming body 80aK. By this ball return prevention mechanism 106K, the return of the game ball moved from the guide passage 103 to the game area PE to the guide passage 103 is avoided.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106K has two prevention devices 106aK and 106bK arranged along the outer rail 102, that is, arranged side by side on the moving path of the game ball along the outer rail 102. Become. Specifically, the left movable body 601a as the “first movable body” constituting the left prevention device 106aK, the right movable body 601b as the “second movable body” constituting the right prevention device 106bK, and these movable bodies A holder 611 that holds 601a and 601b, and the holder 611 is integrated with the game area forming body 80aK by engaging with the elongated hole 85K. The two movable bodies 601a and 601b have a common basic configuration, but are different in configuration related to a link mechanism described later. Therefore, when the two are described separately, the movable body 601 is denoted as movable bodies 601a and 601b as necessary.

  As shown in FIGS. 25 and 27, the holder 611 is formed by combining two holder components, and the movable member 601 is held between the holder components. The holder 611 is provided with a flat mounting base 612 that functions as a mounting portion for the game area forming body 80aK, and a storage portion 613 that is provided upright from the mounting base 612 and can store the movable body 601. As shown in FIG. 26 (a), the housing portion 613 has a cylindrical shape (annular) that is open to the side opposite to the mounting base 612 (the front of the gaming machine) and has the mounting base 612 as a bottom. In a state where the base 612 is fixed to the game area forming body 80aK, the distal end portion (opening part 616) of the housing portion 613 is formed so as to be located on the same plane as the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK.

  As shown in FIGS. 24 and 26 (b), the elongated hole 85K is formed so that a part thereof overlaps the front and rear of the guide rail 100 (specifically, the outer rail 102), and is accommodated in this overlapping position. The tip edge (tip portion) of the portion 613 is located. That is, a part of the accommodating portion 613 faces the guide rail 100 from the rear side in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aK. As already described, the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 moves along the latter of the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102. As described above, the arrangement in which the outer rail 102 and the elongated hole 85K overlap each other is a device for bringing the movable body 601 and the outer rail 102 closer together in consideration of the thickness of the holder 611 and the like.

  As shown in FIG. 26, the movable body 601 includes a ball receiving surface portion 604 formed so as to cover at least a part of the opening portion 616 formed in the housing portion 613 so as to face the front side of the game area forming body 80aK. And a base portion 602 provided upright from the ball receiving surface portion 604 on the back side of the accommodating portion 613. The base portion 602 extends in the direction in which the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK described above are arranged, and the end portion of the base portion 602 on the exit portion 105 side of the guide passage 103 is parallel to the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK. A shaft portion 603 formed in this manner is formed. The shaft portion 603 intersects the parallel arrangement direction, and the movable portion 601 is rotatable about the shaft portion 603 by engaging the shaft portion 603 with a bearing portion 614 formed on the holder 611. Is retained.

  A guide pin 605 protruding in the same direction as the shaft portion 603 is formed on the base portion 602 of the movable body 601, and this guide pin 605 is inserted into a guide groove 615 formed in the holder 611 (accommodating portion 613). Yes. The guide groove 615 has an arc shape centered on the rotation center of the movable body 601, and the rotation range of the movable body 601 is defined by the guide groove 615.

  In the state where the guide pin 605 is in contact with the front end (opening portion 616 side) of the guide groove 615, the projection amount of the ball receiving surface portion 604 from the housing portion 613 is maximized, and the back side (attachment) of the guide groove 615 is attached. In a state where the guide pin 605 is in contact with the end portion on the base 612 side, the protruding amount of the ball receiving surface portion 604 from the housing portion 613 is minimum (specifically “0”). In the following description, the position where the protrusion amount of the ball receiving surface portion 604 is maximum, that is, the position where the gap with the glass panel 23 is minimum is the “maximum protrusion position” of the movable body 601, and the protrusion amount of the ball receiving surface portion 604 is the minimum. The position at which the gap with the glass panel 23 becomes the maximum is referred to as the “retracted position” of the movable body 601.

  The movable body 601 is configured such that the protruding amount is larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball in a state where the movable body 601 is disposed at the maximum protruding position. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this in order to exhibit the function of preventing the passing of game balls. It is sufficient if the gap with the glass panel 23 is configured to be smaller than the diameter size of the game ball. For example, the protrusion amount in the state where the gap is arranged at the maximum protrusion position is smaller than the diameter size of the game ball. It is also possible to configure as described above.

  About the ball | bowl receiving surface part 604, the inclination angle with respect to the front surface of the game area formation body 80aK is changing in the intermediate position. Specifically, when the movable body 601 is disposed at the maximum projecting position, the movable body 601 is bent so that the inclination angle on the rotation base end side is smaller than the inclination angle on the rotation distal end side. This is a device that reduces the initial resistance when the game ball hits the ball receiving surface portion 604 and suppresses the floating of the game ball that has received the reaction force from the ball receiving surface portion 604 from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK. .

  In the state where the movable body 601 is disposed at the maximum projecting position, the separation distance between the opening portion 616 and the ball receiving surface portion 604 is increased, and a gap through which a game ball can flow is generated between the two. If a game ball enters the gap, it may be a factor that prevents the game ball from rotating toward the retracted position of the movable body 601. Therefore, the movable body 601 described in this embodiment is devised to avoid such entry of game balls. Specifically, the base portion 602 extends in a radiation manner along the ball receiving surface portion 604, and the end portion on the rotation tip side (the rotation tip portion 606) is configured to fill a part of the gap. ing.

  In order to improve the responsiveness of the movable body 601 related to the movement from the maximum protruding position to the retracted position, it is preferable to reduce the weight of the movable body 601 as much as possible. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the entire gap is not filled as described above, but a part thereof is filled with the rotating tip portion 606 of the base portion 602, the responsiveness is improved by weight reduction and the occurrence of the above-described disadvantages is avoided. It is possible to achieve both.

  The rotation tip portion 606 of the base portion 602 has an arc shape with the rotation center of the movable body 601 as the base end. Although details will be described later, such a shape prevents the stress generated when the game ball hits the rotation tip 606 from acting to promote the rotation of the movable body 601. ing.

  Here, in the ball return prevention mechanism 106K shown in the present embodiment, two movable bodies 601a and 601b are connected by a link mechanism (corresponding to “connecting means”), and the left movable body 601a and the holder 611 are movable to the left. The “left-side prevention device 106aK” configured by the holding portion of the body 601a and the “right-side prevention device 106bK” configured by the holding portion of the right-side movable body 601b and the right-side movable body 601b in the holder 611 are interlocked. Yes. In this embodiment, the two movable bodies 601a and 601b are held by one holder 611. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the holder for the left movable body 601a and the right movable body 601b are used. These holders may be provided separately.

  As shown in FIG. 27, the right movable body 601b is formed with an arm portion 607b extending on the opposite side of the base portion 602b with the shaft portion 603b interposed therebetween. A shaft pin 608b is provided at the distal end portion of the arm portion 607b, and this shaft pin 608b is inserted into a link groove 609a formed in the base portion 602a of the left movable body 601a. These arm portions 607b (shaft pins 608b) and link grooves 609a constitute a link mechanism.

  As shown in FIG. 26 (a), the link groove 609a extends in the direction in which both movable bodies 601a and 601b are arranged, and the displacement of the shaft pin 608b along the link groove 609a is allowed. When the left movable body 601a retreats from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position, the shaft pin 608b is pushed backward by the link groove 609a, and the arm portion 607b tilts backward following the left movable body 601aK. Thereby, the right movable body 601b rotates, and the base portion 602b (ball receiving surface portion 604b) protrudes from the open portion of the housing portion 613. On the other hand, when the right movable body 601b moves backward from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position, the link groove 609a is pushed forward by the gaming machine by the shaft pin 608b, and the base portion 602a follows the right movable body 601bK. Lean forward. Accordingly, the left movable body 601aK rotates, and the base portion 602a (ball receiving surface portion 604a) protrudes from the open portion of the housing portion 613.

  As described above, in the link mechanism shown in the present embodiment, the operation modes of both the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK are associated with each other so that the operation of the left movable body 601a and the operation of the right movable body 601b are reversed. Is going.

  Here, the relationship between the ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b and the arm portion 607b (shaft pin 608b) will be supplementarily described. In the ball receiving surface portion 604b, the distance from the rotation center of the right movable body 601b to the end on the rotation base end side is shorter than the distance from the rotation center to the shaft pin 608b, and from the rotation center. The distance to the end on the rotation tip side is longer than the distance from the rotation center to the shaft pin 608b. According to such a configuration, the following effects can be achieved in combination with the gentle inclination angle of the ball receiving surface 604 on the rotation base end side and the narrow inclination angle on the rotation distal end side. That is, when a portion having a relatively small inclination angle is pushed by the game ball, the left movable body 601a can be quickly pushed up by the force, which contributes to improvement of responsiveness. On the other hand, when a portion having a relatively large inclination angle is pushed by the game ball, although the right movable body 601b moves toward the retracted position, the game ball that has generated such a motion It is assumed that momentum has weakened slightly. Therefore, as described above, when the game ball approaches the rotating tip portion of the ball receiving surface portion 604b, the left movable body 601a can be easily pushed up even with a small force although the responsiveness decreases. Thereby, the left movable body 601a can be operated efficiently.

  In addition, the position at which the movable bodies 601a and 601b are connected by the link mechanism changes in position so as to straddle a virtual plane including the rotation center portion of the left movable body 601a and the rotation center portion of the right movable body 601b. It is configured as follows. By setting the operation path in this way, the displacement amount of the connecting portion in the direction in which the movable bodies 601a and 601b are arranged in parallel is reduced with respect to the displacement amount of the connecting portion in the extending and retracting direction. This contributes to downsizing of the link mechanism and thus the ball return prevention mechanism 106K. In addition, the configuration in which the connection location is changed so as to straddle the virtual plane has a technical significance that transmission loss can be reduced when the kinetic energy of the game ball is used for interlocking of the movable body.

  According to the link mechanism described in detail above, when the left movable body 601a is disposed at the maximum projecting position (blocking state), the right movable body is disposed at the retracted position (allowed state), and the right movable body 601b. Is in the maximum projecting position (blocking state), the left movable body 601a is in the retracted position (allowed state). The state where the left side prevention device 106a is in the blocked state and the right side prevention device 106b is in the permitted state is the standby state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K.

  Hereinafter, with reference to the schematic diagrams of FIGS. 28 and 29, the movement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K accompanying the passage of the game ball will be described.

  When the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is in the standby state as shown in FIG. 28 (a), the protrusion amount X5 from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK of the left movable body 601a (ball receiving surface portion 604a) is a game. It is larger than the diameter D of the sphere, and the gap X6 between the left movable body 601a (sphere receiving surface portion 604a) and the glass panel 23 is smaller than the diameter D of the game ball. On the other hand, the right movable body 601b is disposed at the retracted position, and the protrusion from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a is avoided. That is, in the standby state, of the two prevention devices 106aK and 106bK, the left prevention device 106aK restricts the return of the game ball that has flowed into the game area PE to the guide passage 103. Thus, in the standby state, the right movable body 601b is intentionally placed at the retracted position, thereby reducing the chance that the game area PE is compressed by the right movable body 601b. In this state, the game ball cannot pass through a gap formed between the left movable body 601a and the tip portion of the inner rail 101. Thus, the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is avoided to prevent the game ball from returning from the game area PE to the guide passage 103. Incidentally, the position of the front end portion of the inner rail 101 is aligned with the left movable body 601a (for example, the left movable body 601a (sphere receiving surface portion 604a) when the left movable body 601a is disposed at the maximum projecting position). Even if it is extended to a position that is vertically aligned with the tip portion or a position that is vertically aligned to the tip portion of the left movable body 601a (the ball receiving surface portion 604a) when the left movable body 601a is disposed at the retracted position. Good.

  As shown in the first embodiment, it is possible to allow the game ball to flow out from between the exit portion of the guide passage 103 and the ball return prevention mechanism.

  As shown in FIG. 28 (a) → FIG. 28 (b), when the game ball reaches the left movable body 601a (ball receiving surface portion 604a), the ball receiving surface portion 604a is pushed backward (rearly behind the gaming machine) by the game ball. It is. When the ball receiving surface portion 604a is pushed, the left movable body 601a rotates and the protrusion amount X5 decreases. Thereby, the clearance dimension X6 with the glass panel 23 becomes large. The right movable body 601b rotates following the movement of the left movable body 601a, and the right movable body 601b protrudes from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK.

  Strictly speaking, in the standby state, the ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b is slightly retracted from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK, but the ball receiving surface portion 604a of the left movable body 601a. The ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b protrudes from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK at a timing before moving from the portion where the inclination angle is set to a small value to the portion where the inclination angle is set to be large. .

  As shown in FIG. 28 (b) → FIG. 28 (c), when the rotation of both movable bodies 601a and 601b advances, the right movable body 601b that has allowed the passing of the game ball until then is also a game area forming body. The protrusion amount X7 from the front surface of 80aK increases. Accordingly, the right movable body 601b is also switched to a blocking state that blocks the passage of the game ball. In other words, the game ball is temporarily prevented from returning by both of the two prevention devices 106aK and 106bK.

  As shown in FIG. 28 (c) → FIG. 29 (d), when the left movable body 601a is rotated so as to be pushed away by the game ball and the left side prevention device 106aK is switched from the blocked state to the allowed state, the left side A game ball can pass between the movable body 601a and the glass panel 23. When the game ball that has passed through the left movable body 601a reaches the right movable body 601b, the object to be pressed by the game ball moves from the ball receiving surface portion 604a of the left movable body 601a to the ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b. In this state, the passage restriction by the left movable body 601a is released, and the function of preventing the return of the game ball from the game area PE to the guide path 103 depends on the right movable body 601b.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 29 (d) → FIG. 29 (e), when the ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b is pushed, the right movable body 601b moves backward from the maximum projecting position toward the retracted position. start. In accordance with this, the left movable body 601a starts rotating from the retracted position to the maximum projecting position.

  Strictly speaking, when the left movable body 601a is disposed at the retracted position, the ball receiving surface portion 604a of the left movable body 601a is slightly retracted from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK. However, the ball receiving surface portion 604a of the left movable body 601a is changed to the game area forming body 80aK before moving from the portion where the inclination angle is set small in the ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b to the portion where the inclination angle is set large. It will protrude from the front surface.

  When the protrusion amount X7 of the right movable body 601b decreases, the protrusion amount X5 of the left movable body 601a increases accordingly. As a result, the gap dimensions X6 and H8 between the two movable bodies 601a and 601b and the glass panel 23 are both smaller than the diameter dimension D of the game ball, and again from both the left and right movable bodies 601a and 601b, the guide path from the game area PE. The return of the game ball to 103 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 29 (e) → FIG. 29 (f), the protrusion amount X7 of the right movable body 601b is reduced so as to be pushed away by the game ball, so that the gap dimension between the right movable body 601b and the glass panel 23 is reduced. X8 becomes larger than the diameter dimension D of the game ball. In this way, when the right prevention device 106bK is switched from the blocking state to the permission state, the right prevention device 106bK is allowed to pass the game ball. As a result, the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 flow into the game area PE through the left side prevention device 106aK → the right side prevention device 106bK.

  Here, with reference to the timing chart of FIG. 30, the operation timing of each of the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK (movable bodies 601a and 601b) will be supplementarily described.

  At the timing ta1 when the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106K, the left movable body 601a pushed by the game ball starts to rotate from the maximum projecting position toward the retracted position. To do. Accordingly, the right movable body 601b disposed at the retracted position starts to rotate toward the maximum projecting position. When the right movable body 601b protrudes from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK, the right movable body 601b prevents the movement of the game ball from the game area PE toward the left movable body 601a (FIG. 28B). )reference). Even if the gap dimension X8 between the right movable body 601b and the glass panel 23 is larger than the diameter dimension D of the game ball, in consideration of the fact that the game ball moves along the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. The protrusion of the right movable body 601b helps to prevent the game ball from returning backward.

  Note that if the right movable body 601b protrudes even slightly, a game ball can hit the turning tip 606b (see FIG. 26, etc.) of the right movable body 601b. Here, since the rotation tip 606b has an arc shape centered on the rotation center of the right movable body 601b, the rotation of the left movable body 601a is prevented by the collision of the game ball with the rotation tip 606b. The generation of drag can be suppressed. Thereby, the interlocking | linkage of the right-and-left movable bodies 601a and 601b is ensured suitably.

  When the rotation of the left movable body 601a pushed by the game ball moving toward the game area PE and the rotation of the right movable body 601b following the left movable body 601a proceed, the right movable body 601b and the glass panel 23 is smaller than the diameter D of the game ball. As a result, the right side prevention device 106bK is switched from the allowable state to the prevention state. At this timing, the gap dimension X6 between the left movable body 601a and the glass panel 23 is still smaller than the diameter dimension D of the game ball. That is, the switching from the permissible state to the blocking state of the right side prevention device 106bK is executed under the situation where the left side prevention device 106aK is in the blocking state.

  Thereafter, as the left movable body 601a continues to rotate, the gap dimension X6 between the left movable body 601a and the glass panel 23 becomes larger than the diameter dimension D of the game ball at the timing ta3. As a result, the left side prevention device 106aK is switched from the blocked state to the allowed state. That is, switching of the left prevention device 106aK from the blocking state to the permissible state is performed in a situation where the right prevention device 106bK is in the blocking state.

  However, the game ball does not immediately leave the left movable body 601a just because the left side prevention device 106aK is in the permitted state, but the game ball moves toward the right movable body 601b so that the left movable body 601a rotates. The movement continues. At the timing ta4 when the game ball is detached from the left movable body 601a, the left movable body 601a reaches the retracted position and the right movable body 601b reaches the maximum protruding position.

  A slight gap is provided between the left movable body 601a (specifically, the ball receiving surface portion 604a) and the right movable body 601b (specifically, the ball receiving surface portion 604b). For this reason, while passing through this gap (timing from ta4 to timing ta5), the change in posture of both the movable bodies 601a and 601b is restricted, the left movable body 601a is in the retracted position, and the right movable body 601b is in the maximum protruding position. Will be maintained. Although details will be described later, even if such a space (specific area) is provided to prevent the game ball from moving, the game ball drops downward from the specific area SEK and moves to the ball. It is smoothly discharged from the return prevention mechanism 106K.

  When the game ball moves from the left movable body 601a to the right movable body 601b at the timing ta5, the right movable body 601b pushed by the game ball starts to rotate from the maximum projecting position toward the retracted position. Along with this, the left movable body 601a disposed at the retracted position starts to rotate toward the maximum projecting position. When the left movable body 601a protrudes from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK, the left movable body 601a prevents the movement of the game ball toward the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103 (FIG. 29 (e)). reference). Even if the gap dimension X6 between the left movable body 601a and the glass panel 23 is larger than the diameter dimension D of the game ball, in view of the fact that the game ball moves along the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK. The protrusion of the left movable body 601a helps to prevent the game ball from returning backward.

  If the left movable body 601a protrudes even slightly, a game ball can hit the turning tip 606a (see FIG. 26, etc.) of the left movable body 601a. Here, as described above, the rotating tip 606a has an arc shape centered on the rotating center of the left movable body 601a, and therefore the right movable body 601b is caused by the collision of the game ball with the rotating tip 606a. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a drag that prevents the rotation of the. Thereby, the interlocking | linkage of the right-and-left movable bodies 601a and 601b is ensured suitably.

  When the rotation of the right movable body 601b pushed by the game ball moving toward the game area PE and the rotation of the left movable body 601a following the right movable body 601b proceed, the left movable body 601a and the glass panel The gap dimension X6 with respect to 23 is smaller than the diameter dimension D of the game ball. As a result, the left side prevention device 106aK switches from the allowable state to the prevention state. At the timing of ta6, the gap dimension X8 between the right movable body 601b and the glass panel 23 is still smaller than the diameter dimension D of the game ball. That is, the switching from the permissible state to the blocking state of the left side prevention device 106aK is executed in a situation where the right side prevention device 106bK is in the blocking state.

  Thereafter, the rotation of the right movable body 601b advances, so that the gap dimension X8 between the right movable body 601b and the glass panel 23 becomes larger than the diameter dimension D of the game ball at the timing ta7. As a result, the left side prevention device 106aK is switched from the blocked state to the allowed state. That is, switching of the right prevention device 106bK from the blocking state to the permissible state is performed in a state where the left prevention device 106aK is in the blocking state.

  However, just because the right side prevention device 106bK enters the permitted state, the game ball does not immediately leave the right movable body 601b, but the game ball moves toward the game area PE (in the direction of extension of the guide passage 103). As a result, the rotation of the right movable body 601b is continued. At the timing ta8 when the game ball is detached from the right movable body 601b, the right movable body 601b reaches the retracted position and the left movable body 601a reaches the maximum protruding position. As a result, the ball return prevention mechanism 106K returns to the standby state.

  Next, with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG. 31, a description will be given of how the ball return prevention mechanism 106N shown in the present embodiment prevents the reverse return. FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram showing the state of preventing reversion. In the group of FIG. 31 (a), the subsequent game ball B2 is shown before passing the left side prevention device 106aK, and in the group of FIG. 31 (b), the subsequent game is shown. The state after the sphere B2 passes through the left side prevention device 106aK is shown.

  As shown in FIG. 31A, when the preceding game ball B1 flows into the game area PE through the ball return prevention mechanism 106K and then reflects off the game nail 93 or the like and bounces back to the ball return prevention mechanism 106K. When the game ball B1 hits the right movable body 601bK, the movement to the left movable body 601aK side is prevented. That is, the right movable body 601bK functions as a barrier for the left movable body 601aK, and the preceding game ball B1 is prevented from becoming a factor that prevents the subsequent game ball B2 from passing the left prevention device 106aK. Further, a collision between the preceding game ball B1 and the subsequent game ball B2 is also avoided. At this time, for the subsequent game ball B2, after the momentum is killed, the game ball B2 quickly moves out of the extension of the guide passage 103 so that the movement of the subsequent game ball B2 along the outer rail 102 precedes. It is suppressed about being obstructed by B1.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 31 (b), the subsequent game ball B2 moves to the right at the timing when it passes through the left side prevention device 106aK and reaches the area (specific area) between the two movable bodies 601aK and 601bK. When the game ball B1 preceding the body 601bK rebounds, the preceding game ball B1 collides with the rotating tip 606b of the right movable body 601b and leaves the extension of the guide passage 103 as it is. As a result, the collision between the preceding game ball B1 and the subsequent game ball B2 is avoided.

  As already described, the rotation tip 606bK of the right movable body 601bK has an arc shape centered on the rotation center of the right movable body 601bK. For this reason, even if the game ball B2 collides with the rotation tip 606bK, the stress generated by the collision is transmitted to the shaft 603bK and the bearing 614bK constituting the rotation center, and the driving force for rotating the right movable body 601bK. Is avoided. However, the game ball B2 may be caught on the tip of the ball receiving surface portion 604b. In such a case, it is assumed that the above situation may occur.

  If the right movable body 601bK is prevented from moving to the retracted position, it becomes difficult for the subsequent game ball B2 to pass through the right prevention device 106bK. In this case, the subsequent game ball B2 falls to the game area PE through the specific area and is discharged from the ball return prevention mechanism 106K. Thereby, it is suppressed that game ball B2 becomes a factor which obstruct | occludes the movement of the other game ball following the said game ball B2.

  According to the sixth embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  A game ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 and reaches the game area PE through the guide passage 103 is prevented from returning to the guide passage 103 by the ball return prevention mechanism 106K. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression.

  Here, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the ball return prevention mechanism, the existence of the movable body that constitutes the ball return prevention mechanism and other configurations accompanying it may be a factor that compresses the game area PE. In the ball return prevention mechanism 106K shown in the present embodiment, the movable body 601 is displaced in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aK (for example, the front-rear direction in the gaming machine), whereby the prevention device 106aK, The configuration is such that 106bK is switched between an allowable state and a restricted state. Thereby, the expansion of the occupation area | region of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K can be suppressed, and the compression of the game area PE mentioned above can be suppressed. Further, since the movable bodies 601aK and 601bK are not related to the appearance of the gaming machine in the first place, the fact that the movement is noticeable can be a factor that gives the player an annoying impression. In this respect, the configuration in which the movable bodies 601aK and 601bK are displaced in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aK is advantageous in that the movement of the movable bodies 601aK and 601bK is less noticeable.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106K shown in the present embodiment is disposed on the former side of the two configurations (the front surface of the game region forming body 80aK and the back surface of the glass panel 23) that partitions the game region PE. It is located behind the moving path of the game ball along the rail 102. Accordingly, the movable body 601 and the holder 611 constituting the ball return prevention mechanism 106K are prevented from being a factor that hinders the visual recognition of the game ball, and the benefits of the restriction of the ball return are enjoyed while the game ball resulting therefrom is A reduction in visibility can be suitably suppressed.

  In particular, the holder 611 as a “holding portion” that holds the movable body 601 is embedded in the long hole 85K formed in the game area forming body 80a, and the protrusion from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a is avoided. ing. Thereby, it is suppressed that the structure (holder 611) concerning holding | maintenance of the movable body 601 becomes a factor which presses the game area | region PE.

  As described above, the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 moves along the outer rail 102. For this reason, it is preferable to arrange the ball return prevention mechanism 106K as close to the outer rail 102 as possible. In this regard, by avoiding the protrusion of the holder 611 from the game area forming body 80a, the front and rear overlap with the outer rail 102 is allowed, and the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is disposed at a position close to the passage path. Is possible. Further, since interference between the inner rail 101 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106K (holder 611) can be avoided, the ball return prevention mechanism 106K can be suitably brought close to the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103. As a result, the guide rail 100 that forms the “ball path” and the ball return prevention mechanism 106K can coexist suitably. Note that embedding the holder 611 in the game area forming body 80aK is advantageous in improving the appearance of the game board unit 80K.

  When the long hole 85K as the “accommodating portion” is formed in the game area forming body 80aK, a recessed portion (opening portion) is formed on the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK. The presence of such a recessed portion can be a factor in disturbing the behavior of the game ball. Therefore, by supplementing such a recessed portion by the ball return prevention mechanism 106K, it is possible to suppress the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball due to the above-described effect of suppressing the compression of the game area PE and the like. . Incidentally, the opening portion 616 of the holder 611 is also covered with the ball receiving surface portion 604 of the movable body 601, and the movable body 601 suppresses the opening portion 616 from causing disturbance of the behavior of the game ball. Has been.

  Here, in the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK, the movable bodies 601a and 601b are retracted into the accommodating portion 613 when the permissible state is switched to the restricted state, and the preventive devices 106aK and 106bK are retracted from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK. It will be arranged at the position. By suppressing the protrusions of the movable bodies 601a and 601b in this way, it is possible to suppress disturbance in the behavior of the game ball when passing through the ball return prevention mechanism 106K.

  By stabilizing the behavior of the game ball toward the game area PE with the various configurations detailed above, for example, contact between the game ball and the glass panel 23 is avoided, and the glass panel 23 is protected and the hitting sound is reduced. Can contribute. In addition, by stabilizing the behavior of the game ball, it is possible to suitably suppress variations in speed and the like in each game ball launch.

  In the configuration in which the movable body 601 shown in the present embodiment is displaced so as to intersect the front surface of the game area formation body 80aK in accordance with the switching between the blocking state / allowance state of the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK, the game area formation is performed. The operating area of the movable bodies 601a and 601b is secured using the thickness of the body 80aK. By securing the operation area in this way, it is possible to suppress the operation area from being bulky in the direction in which the game area forming body 80aK is expanded.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106K includes both a left side prevention device 106aK and a right side prevention device 106bK. One of the ball return prevention mechanisms 106aK switches from the blocking state to the blocking state, and the other switches from the blocking state to the blocking state. With respect to the “regulating means” of the type in which the blocking state / permissive state is switched by the movement of the movable bodies 601a and 601b, the return can be permitted while in the permissive state. Therefore, when one of the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK is in the permitted state, the other is in the blocked state, thereby making it possible to compensate for each other's weaknesses and prevent the ball from returning. A further improvement of the blocking function has been realized.

  Regarding the ball return prevention mechanism 106K, a state in which the left side prevention device 106aK is in a blocking state and the right side prevention device 106bK is in an allowable state is set as a standby state. In other words, the right side prevention device 106bK is basically maintained in an allowable state except for the timing when the game ball passes. With such a configuration, it is possible to avoid the right-side prevention device 106bK from being unnecessarily maintained in the blocking state. For this reason, even when a prevention device of a type in which the occupied area on the front side of the game area forming body 80aK is increased by entering the blocking state, the opportunity to press the gaming area PE due to the presence of the prevention device is preferably provided. Can be reduced.

  When the game ball that has reached the ball return prevention mechanism 106K passes through the left side prevention device 106aK, the movable body 601a of the left side prevention device 106aK is pushed backward from the gaming machine, so that the movable body 601a is retracted from the maximum protruding position. Move to. Along with this, the movable body 601b of the right prevention device 106bK moves from the retracted position to the maximum protruding position. On the other hand, when passing through the right prevention device 106bK, the movable body 601b of the right prevention device 106bK is pushed backward from the gaming machine, so that the movable body 601b moves from the maximum protruding position to the retracted position. Along with this, the movable body 601a of the left side prevention device 106aK moves from the retracted position to the maximum protruding position. As described above, according to the configuration in which the two prevention devices 106aK and 106bK are alternately blocked (allowed) by using the pressing force of the game ball, the driving force for switching the states of the respective prevention devices 106aK and 106bK is used. Therefore, it is possible to contribute to simplification of the configuration related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106K. In view of the fact that the launch speed of the game ball can be adjusted according to the player's operation, the state switching speed of the two prevention devices 106aK and 106bK is proportional to the launch speed of the game ball. Followability to the adjustment function can be ensured with a simple configuration.

  In addition, by returning the left side prevention device 106aK to the blocking state before the right side prevention device 106bK enters the permissible state, a game ball or the like that could not pass the right side prevention device 106bK successfully passes through the left side prevention device 106aK. Returning to the guide passage 103 can be preferably suppressed.

  Note that the ball return prevention mechanism 106K returns to the standby state when the game ball passes in the order of the left side prevention device 106aK → the right side prevention device 106bK. As a result, it is possible to prepare for the arrival of the next game ball, and it is possible to deal with repeated launch of the game ball. As described above, if the same state is reproduced each time the game ball is fired, it is possible to suitably suppress variation in the decrease in the moving speed of the game ball accompanying the passage of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K.

  In the configuration in which the kinetic energy of the game ball is diverted to the state switching of the prevention devices 106aK and 106bK using the link mechanism, the kinetic energy of the game ball decreases by passing through the ball return prevention mechanism 106K, and the movement of the game ball The speed will decrease. Such a large decrease in speed can be a factor that makes it difficult to make the game ball reach the target position. Here, according to the structure shown in this Embodiment, it moves so that a connection location may cross the virtual plane which connects two rotation centers. According to such a configuration, it is possible to improve the transmission efficiency as compared with the case where the moving range of the connection location is limited to one side of the virtual plane. Further, by reducing the drag when the movable bodies 601a and 601b are displaced, the reaction force applied to the game ball from the movable body can be suppressed, and disturbance of the behavior of the game ball can be suppressed.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the two movable bodies 601a and 601b are interlocked, when one movement is hindered, the influence is also exerted on the other. Therefore, in order to secure the operation of the entire ball return prevention mechanism 106K, it is necessary to take care that one movement is not hindered by the other. For example, in the configuration having the rotary movable bodies 601a and 601b as described above, the rotation may be hindered when the game ball enters the operation area.

  In particular, when the ball receiving surface portions 604a and 604b constituting the movable bodies 601a and 601b have a plate shape, the displacement of the ball receiving surface portions 604a and 604b causes a gap between the opening portion 616 of the holder 611 to be disposed. A gap is created. If a game ball preceding this gap enters, there is a possibility that displacement of the movable bodies 601a and 601b when the subsequent game ball arrives is hindered. In consideration of such circumstances, for example, the displacement amount of the movable bodies 601a and 601b can be reduced, and the thickness of the ball receiving surface portions 604a and 604b can be increased. However, when such measures are taken, the weight of the movable bodies 601a and 601b increases, and a new problem relating to responsiveness when switching between the blocking state / allowing state occurs. In this regard, as shown in the present embodiment, a base ball 602a, 602b (more specifically, a rotating tip portion 606a, 606b) provided so as to stand up from the ball receiving surface portions 604a, 604b is inserted into the gap. If the structure is made to function as a blocking means for blocking the entry of the light, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the above-described new problems and realize a practically preferable structure.

  In the present embodiment, since the arm portion 607b of the right movable body 601b exists in the gap between the left movable body 601a and the opening portion 616, entry of the game ball into the gap can be suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the movement of the movable body 601aK and consequently the subsequent game ball from being hindered by the game ball that has passed through the left side prevention device 106aK.

  In particular, it is assumed that the right-hand movable body 601b has a larger exposed portion toward the game area PE than the left-hand movable body 601a, and the opportunity for the preceding game ball to come in contact is increased. If the movement of the right movable body 601b is hindered by the preceding game ball, there is a concern that the presence of the movable body 601b becomes an obstructing factor that hinders state switching in the entire ball return prevention mechanism 106K. In this respect, the rotation tip 606b (606a) of the base 602b (602a) provided with the function as the “blocking means” has an arc shape centered on the rotation center of the movable body 601b (601a). . For this reason, when the game ball hits the rotation tip portion 605b of the movable body 601b from the guidance destination of the game ball, the pressing force is transmitted to the rotation center of the movable body 601b, and the pressing force is transmitted. It is possible to avoid the action of rotating the movable body 601b. As a result, even if the preceding game ball collides with the movable body 601b, not only can it be suppressed that it prevents the movable body 601b from rotating, but it can also prevent the left movable body 601a from rotating. It can also be suppressed.

  In the configuration in which the pressing force by the game ball is converted to the power of another movable body by the link mechanism, it is assumed that the behavior of the game ball is likely to be disturbed by an increase in the drag force. In particular, in a configuration in which the amount of protrusion from the game area forming body 80aK changes, the game ball rises from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aK, thereby causing interference between the game ball and the glass panel 23 covering the game area forming body 80aK. It tends to occur. In this respect, in the movable bodies 601a and 601b shown in the present embodiment, the drag angle is reduced because the inclination angle of the contact surface is small at the initial timing when the game ball hits the ball receiving surface portions 604a and 604b. it can. On the other hand, since the inertial force acts on the movable bodies 601a and 601b after a certain degree of rotation, the movable bodies 601a and 601b can be operated with a relatively small pressing force. Therefore, even if the inclination angle of the contact surfaces of the ball receiving surface portions 604a and 604b is increased to promote the rotation of the movable bodies 601a and 601b, it is possible to suppress an excessive drag force. Thereby, it becomes possible to improve the efficiency of the posture change at the time of rotation while suppressing the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball.

<Another form>
As shown in the sixth embodiment, in order to suppress the generation of a foul ball using the ball return prevention mechanism 106K (prevention device), the configuration related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is changed as follows. It is also possible.

<Example 1>
The ball return prevention mechanism 106K has a configuration in which one of the two movable bodies 601a and 601b follows the other and operates. Here, for example, by using a biasing means such as a spring member, the movable body so that the left side prevention device 106aK is in the blocked state and the right side prevention device 106bK is in the permitted state, that is, the ball return prevention mechanism 106K is in the standby state. It is good also as a structure which energizes 601aK and 601aK.

  Specifically, the left movable body 601a may be urged so as to be blocked by a spring member (push spring or pull spring), or the right movable body 601b may be biased by a spring member (push spring or pull spring). It is good also as a structure biased so that it may be in an allowance state. Since both the movable bodies 601a and 601b are connected by the arm portion 607 (shaft pin 608) and the link groove 609, by energizing one of the movable bodies 601a and 601b, the effect extends to the other. Become. It is also possible to use a spring member for the left movable body 601a and a spring member for the right movable body 601b in combination.

  The left movable body 601a and the right movable body 601b may be connected by a single spring member, and the left movable body 601a may be energized together so that the left movable body 601a is in a blocked state and the right movable body 601b is in an allowed state.

  In this way, by assisting (supporting) the return operation of the movable body 601K by using the urging force of the urging means as a power source at the time of return, the movable body 601K in the standby state is suppressed by suppressing flapping of the movable body 601. Variations in postures can be suppressed. Therefore, the function imparted to the ball return prevention mechanism 106K can be stably exhibited by using the urging means.

<Example 2>
As shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 32 (a), it is possible to use a weight to assist the return operation. Specifically, the weight 622 is attached to the movable body 601L (specifically, the portion deviating from the rotation center) via the wire 621. In a situation where the left movable body 601aL is in the blocked state and the right movable body 601bL is in the permitted state, the weight 622 stands by at the lower limit position, and the left movable body 601aL is in the permitted state and the right movable body 601bL is in the blocked state. Thus, following such movement, the weight 622 rises to the upper limit position against gravity. When the weight that has been lifted in this way is lowered to the lower limit position by its own weight, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which the left movable body 601aL is switched to the blocking state and the right movable body 601bL is switched to the permitted state in accordance with the operation of the weight 622. It is. That is, such a weight 622 can be used as an “urging means”.

  In addition, when it is set as the structure which mainly utilizes the urging means shown in <Example 1> and <Example 2>, it is not necessarily required to use a link mechanism together. For example, the link mechanism may be omitted, and the driving force for returning the movable body 601 to the blocking state (standby state) may be secured by the urging force of the urging means.

<Example 3>
In the sixth embodiment, the two movable bodies 601a and 601b are interlocked via the link mechanism by structurally connecting the two movable bodies 601a and 601b using the link mechanism. As a result, as long as the two movable bodies 601a and 601b can be interlocked, the specific configuration may be arbitrarily changed.

  For example, for the ball return prevention mechanism 106M shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 32B, the holder 611M has a detection sensor 625a for detecting the state (position) of the left movable body 601aM and the state (position) of the right movable body 601bM. And a detection sensor 625b for detecting the above. The detection sensors 625a and 625b are connected to the main controller 162. In the main controller 162, the movable bodies 601aM and 601bM are in any state based on detection information (detection signals) from the detection sensors 625a and 625b. It is possible to grasp whether it is.

  In addition, the holder 611M is provided with a solenoid 626a constituting “driving means” for the left movable body 601aM and a solenoid 626b constituting “driving means” for the right movable body 601bM. These solenoids 626a and 626b are connected to the main controller 162, and are driven based on a drive signal from the main controller 162 (switched between an excited state and a non-excited state).

  In the MPU 402 of the main controller 162, posture control processing for the movable bodies 601aM and 601bM is executed based on detection information from the detection sensors 625a and 625b. Specifically, when detection information indicating that the left movable body 601aM is switched to an allowable state is input from the detection sensor 625a, a drive signal is output to the solenoid 626b. Thereby, the right movable body 601bM is switched from the allowed state to the blocked state. Next, when detection information indicating that the right movable body 601bM is switched from the permitted state to the blocked state is input from the detection sensor 625b, a drive signal is output to the solenoid 626a. Thereby, the left movable body 601aM is switched from the allowed state to the blocked state. Thereby, the return to the standby state before the game ball passes is completed.

  Note that the drive signal output period is set to be a period for which the attitude control by the solenoid 626b is completed.

  When relevance is given to the movement of the two movable bodies 601aM and 601bM, a part of the kinetic energy of the game ball is converted into the kinetic energy for the movable body 601aM and the kinetic energy for the movable body 601bM. It is assumed that the momentum of game balls is likely to weaken. That is, when the two movable bodies 601aM and 601bM are connected by the link mechanism, there is a considerable power loss of the game ball.

  In this respect, in the configuration shown in the present modification, it is possible to suppress the operation resistance of the movable body as much as possible while the operation of one movable body is triggered by the operation of the other movable body. Thereby, combined use of a some movable body can be accelerated | stimulated suitably. In addition, reducing the operating resistance of the movable body is also advantageous in realizing improved response by making the movement of the movable body light when the game ball collides.

<Seventh embodiment>
In the ball return prevention mechanism 106K shown in the sixth embodiment, the state in which the left prevention device 106aK is in the blocking state and the right prevention device 106bK is in the permission state is set as the standby state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106K. However, in the ball return prevention mechanism 106N shown in the present embodiment, the state where both the left side prevention device 106aN and the right side prevention device 106bN are in the blocking state is set to be the standby state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106N. However, the configuration is different from the ball return prevention mechanism 106. Hereinafter, the ball return prevention mechanism 106N according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG. In addition, description is used about the structure which is common in the ball return prevention mechanism 106K shown in 6th Embodiment.

  A portion facing the base portion 602 of the left movable body 601aN at the bottom portion (mounting base 612N) of the holder 611N constituting the ball return prevention mechanism 106N stands up from the mounting base 612N on the same side as the housing portion 613N. A support column 617aN is formed. The standing amount of the support column 617aN is set so that the tip portion thereof is aligned with the front end portion (the upper end portion in FIG. 33) of the link groove 609aN. A spring member 618aN (corresponding to “biasing means”) is attached to the tip portion of the column 617aN so as to connect the column 617aN and the guide pin 605aN. The spring member 618aN is slightly extended from the natural state, and the guide pin 605a is pressed against the end of the guide groove 615aN (the end on the open portion side) by the biasing force of the spring member 618aN. Thereby, the left movable body 601aN is maintained in the blocking state.

  In the ball return prevention mechanism 106N shown in the present embodiment, the arm portion (shaft pin) and the link groove constituting the link mechanism are omitted, and the interlocking of the left and right movable bodies 601aN and 601bN is avoided. Thereby, the left movable body 601aN and the right movable body 601bN are configured to operate independently.

  The right movable body 601bN is made common with the left movable body 601aN in accordance with such a change, and the supporting column 617bN and the spring member 618bN which are provided as well are configured in the same manner as the column 617aN and the spring member 618bN. It has become. The left movable body 601aN is also maintained in the blocking state by the biasing force of the spring member 618bN. That is, both the left movable body 601aN and the right movable body 601nN are maintained in the blocking state, and this state is set to be a standby state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106N.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, the operation | movement aspect of the ball return prevention mechanism 106N is demonstrated. FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram showing the movement of each movable body 601aN, 601bN, and FIG. 35 is a timing chart showing the operation flow of the ball return prevention mechanism 106N.

  The game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106N through the guide passage 103. As shown in FIG. 34 (a) → FIG. 34 (b), when the game ball that has reached the ball return prevention mechanism 106N hits the ball receiving surface portion 604aN of the left movable body 601aN, the ball receiving surface portion 604aN is located behind the housing portion 613N. The left movable body 601aN moves backward into the holder 611N against the urging force of the spring member 618aN by being pushed backward. Along with this retraction, the spring member 618aN stores a restoring force for returning the left movable body 601aN to the blocking state (maximum protruding position).

  As shown in FIG. 34 (b) → FIG. 34 (c), the left movable body 601aN is displaced to the maximum retracted position and switched from the blocked state to the permitted state, so that the game ball colliding with the left movable body 601aN is left It passes through the movable body 601aN and moves to the right movable body 601bN. Thereafter, the left movable body 601aN returns from the allowable state to the blocked state by the restoring force stored in the spring member 618aN.

  As shown in FIGS. 34A to 34C, the right movable body 601bN is in a blocking state before the game ball reaches the right movable body 601bN. For this reason, the game ball that has reached the right movable body 601bN hits the ball receiving surface portion 604bN of the right movable body 601bN. As shown in FIG. 34 (c) → FIG. 34 (d), when the ball receiving surface portion 604bN is pushed to the back side (rear side) of the housing portion 613N, the right movable body resists the biasing force of the spring member 618bN. Retreat into 611N. Along with this retraction, the spring member 618bN stores a restoring force for returning the right movable body 601bN to the blocking state (maximum protruding position).

  When the right movable body 601bN is displaced to the retracted position and the right prevention device 106bN is switched from the blocked state to the permitted state, the game ball colliding with the right movable body 601bN passes through the right movable body 601bN and reaches the game area PE. .

  As shown in FIG. 34 (d) → FIG. 34 (a), after the game ball has passed, the right-side prevention device 106bN returns from the permitted state to the blocked state by the restoring force stored in the spring member 618bN. . As a result, before the subsequent game ball reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106N, the ball return prevention mechanism 106N enters a standby state.

  Here, with reference to the timing chart of FIG. 35, it demonstrates supplementarily about the operation timing of each movable body 601aN and 601bN.

  In the present embodiment, the overlap between the period in which the left prevention device 106aN is in the blocking state and the period in which the right prevention device 106bN is in the blocking state is avoided. Specifically, while the right prevention device 106bN is maintained in the blocking state, the left prevention device 106aN is switched from the blocking state to the permission state. A period until the pushing of the right prevention device 106bN is started by the game ball that has passed the left prevention device 106aN in an allowed state, that is, the game ball passes through the gap (specific area SEN) between the two prevention devices 106aN and 106bN. By using the period, at the timing tb4 immediately before the right side prevention device 106bN is pushed by the game ball, the left side prevention device 106aN (the left movable body 601aN) is slightly in front of the game area forming body 80aN (the open portion of the holder 611N). ) Protrudes from. As a result, the return of the game ball that has passed through the left side prevention device 106aN to the guide passage 103 side is prevented. At this timing, the gap dimension between the left movable body 601aN and the glass panel 23 is still larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball, but the game area forming body 80aN is used to move the game ball toward the game area PE. This is done along the front of the. For these reasons, even if the protruding amount of the left movable body 601aN is relatively small, the return of the game ball is preferably suppressed.

  Thereafter, the left prevention device 106aN returns to the blocking state at the timing tb5 before the timing tb7 that is pushed by the game ball and the right prevention device 106bN switches from the blocking state to the permission state. That is, the switching of the blocking state → the permissible state → the blocking state of the left side prevention device 106aN is completed while the right side prevention device 106bN is maintained in the blocking state.

  Thereafter, the right movable body 601bN moves backward, and at the timing tb7, the right prevention device 106bN switches from the blocking state to the permissible state. Thereby, a game ball will pass right side prevention apparatus 106bN. At the timing tb8 when the game ball passes, the return of the right movable body 601bN to the maximum projecting position is started, and the left side prevention device 106aN is maintained in the blocking state (until the subsequent game ball arrives). The return to the blocking state of the right side prevention device 106bN is completed. That is, the switching of the right prevention device 106bN from the blocking state to the permission state to the blocking state is completed while the left prevention device 106aN is maintained in the blocking state.

  Next, with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG. 36, a description will be given of a mode of preventing the return by the ball return prevention mechanism 106N shown in the present embodiment. FIG. 36 is a schematic view showing a state of preventing reversion.

  As shown in FIG. 36A, when the preceding game ball B1 flows into the game area PE through the ball return prevention mechanism 106N and then reflects off the game nail 93 etc. and bounces back to the ball return prevention mechanism 106N side. When the game ball B2 hits the right movable body 601bN, the movement to the left movable body 601aN side is prevented. That is, the right movable body 601bN functions as a barrier for the left movable body 601aN, and the operation of the left movable body 601aN accompanying the passage of the subsequent game ball B2 is secured.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 36B, at the timing when the subsequent game ball B2 passes through the left movable body 601aN and reaches the specific area SEN between the two movable bodies 601aN and 601bN, the right movable body 601bN. When the game ball B1 preceding to bounces back, the operation of the right movable body 601bN may be hindered by the game ball B1. The turning tip 606bN of the right movable body 601bN has an arc shape centered on the turning center of the right movable body 601bN, similarly to the turning tip 606bK shown in the sixth embodiment. For this reason, assuming that the game ball B2 collides with the rotation tip 606bN, the stress generated by the collision is transmitted to the shaft 603bN and the bearing 614bN constituting the rotation center, and the driving force for rotating the right movable body 601bN. Is avoided. However, the game ball B2 may be caught on the tip of the ball receiving surface portion 604N. In such a case, it is assumed that the above situation may occur.

  If the movement of the right movable body 601bN to the retracted position is hindered, it becomes difficult for the subsequent game ball B2 to pass through the right prevention device 106bN. In this case, the subsequent game ball B2 falls to the game area PE through the specific area SEN and is discharged from the ball return prevention mechanism 106N. Thereby, it is suppressed that game ball B2 becomes a factor which obstructs the movement of the following game ball.

  According to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, the movable body 601bN of the right prevention device 106bN can be kept at the maximum projecting position at a timing before the game ball passes through the left prevention device 106aN. For this reason, when the game ball moves from the left side prevention device 106aN to the right side prevention device 106bN, an event such as collision with the movable body 601bN moving toward the maximum protruding position can be suppressed. Thereby, when a game ball and the movable body 601bN hit, it can suppress that the reaction force added to the said game ball becomes large too much.

  Further, the right side prevention device 106bN can be used as a barrier for the left side prevention device 106aN, and the chance that the operation of the left side prevention device 106aN is obstructed by the game ball that has flowed into the game area PE in advance can be suitably reduced. .

<Another form>
As shown in the seventh embodiment, in order to suppress the generation of a foul sphere by using the ball return prevention mechanism 106N (prevention device) including a plurality of prevention devices 106aN and 106bN, the ball return prevention mechanism 106N is used. Such a configuration can be changed as follows.

<Example 1>
In configuring the ball return prevention mechanism 106N using the plurality of movable bodies 601aN and 601bN, the movable body 301 of the type shown in the first embodiment and the like (operating along the front surface of the game area forming body 80a). Type movable body) and movable body 601N of the type shown in the seventh embodiment or the like (movable body of a type that operates so as to intersect the front surface of the game area forming body 80a) can be used in combination. It is.

  In this case, for example, the movable body on the left side (side closer to the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103) is the movable body of the type shown in the first embodiment, and the movable body on the right side (side far from the outlet portion 105) is used. By adopting a movable body of the type shown in the seventh embodiment or the like, it is possible to suitably suppress the game area PE from being compressed due to the improvement of the reverse prevention function.

<Example 2>
In the ball return prevention mechanism 106N, both the movable bodies 601aN and 601bN are configured to retreat to the inner side of the game area forming body 80aN as the game ball passes, but the movable body 401N of the type shown in the present embodiment and It is also possible to construct a ball return prevention mechanism by combining the movable body 301G of the type shown in the fourth embodiment (a movable body of a type that moves forward as the game ball passes).

  In this case, for example, the movable body on the left side (side closer to the outlet portion 105) is the movable body of the type shown in the fourth embodiment, and the movable body on the right side (side far from the outlet portion 105) is used in the seventh embodiment. The movable body of the type shown in the embodiment may be used, or the movable body on the left side (side closer to the outlet portion 105) is the movable body of the type shown in the seventh embodiment, and the right side (side far from the outlet portion 105). The movable body may be the movable body of the type shown in the fourth embodiment.

  Here, in consideration of stabilization of the behavior of the game ball and protection of the glass panel 23, it is preferable to prevent the game ball from rising from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. When the movable body moves in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80a, the trajectory of the game ball colliding with the movable body can be slightly changed by the reaction force from the movable body. Therefore, in the latter case of the two combinations described above, the trajectory of the game ball changed by hitting the upstream movable body in the moving direction of the game ball is corrected by the downstream movable body (to prevent the game ball from rising) Can be corrected). Thus, the latter combination has technical significance.

<Example 3>
In the seventh embodiment, the game ball is discharged through the specific area SEN formed between the movable bodies 601aN and 601bN. For example, by adopting a configuration in which both the movable bodies 601aN and 601bN are brought closer to each other, The compression of the game area PE can be suitably suppressed. In such a configuration, for example, by adopting a configuration in which the return speed of the left movable body 601aN is delayed (delayed), the operation area of the left movable body 601aN is used as a passage area for discharging the game ball. That is, by providing the operation area with the same function as the specific area SEN, both the movable bodies 601aN and 601bN can be brought close to each other while ensuring the function of discharging the game ball from the ball return prevention mechanism. As a result, the above-described problem relating to the compression of the game area PE can be preferably solved.

<Eighth Embodiment>
The ball return prevention mechanism 106P shown in the present embodiment is different from the ball return prevention mechanism 106L shown in the sixth embodiment in the arrangement and operation. Hereinafter, with reference to FIGS. 37 to 41, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P in the present embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the ball return prevention mechanism 106L in the sixth embodiment. 37 is a partially enlarged view of the game board unit 80P showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106P and its peripheral structure, FIG. 38 is a perspective view showing the ball return prevention mechanism 106P and its peripheral structure, and FIG. 39 is removed from the game board unit 80P. 40A is a plan view of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P, FIG. 40B is a cross-sectional view of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P, and FIG. 41 is a ball return prevention mechanism 106P. FIG. In FIG. 40, for convenience of explanation, the configuration related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is schematically shown by a two-dot chain line.

  As shown in FIG. 37, in the game area forming body 80aP, a long hole 92P is formed at the outlet portion 105 of the guide path 103 so as to straddle the guide path 103 and the game area PE. The long hole 92P extends along the outer rail 102 and penetrates in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aP. A ball return prevention mechanism 106P is attached to the long hole 92P from the back side of the game area forming body 80aP. By this ball return prevention mechanism 106P, the return of the game ball moved from the guide passage 103 to the game area PE to the guide passage 103 is avoided.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106P includes two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP arranged along the outer rail 102, that is, two prevention devices arranged side by side on the moving path of the game ball along the outer rail 102. 106aP, 106bP. Specifically, the left movable body 601aP as the “first movable body” and the right prevention device 106bP (corresponding to “second regulating means”) constituting the left prevention apparatus 106aP (“corresponding to the first regulating means”). A right movable body 601bP as a “second movable body” and a holder 611P that holds the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, and the holder 611P is engaged with the elongated hole 92P. The region forming body 80aP is integrated.

  As shown in FIG. 38, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP shown in the present embodiment can be switched between a permissible state that allows the passage of game balls and a restricted state that restricts the passage of game balls. However, the configuration is different from that of the sixth embodiment in that both the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are maintained in a regulated state while waiting for a game ball to pass, although it is similar to the sixth embodiment. doing.

  As shown in FIG. 39, the holder 611P is formed by combining two holder structures, and the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are held between the holder structures. The holder 611P is provided with a flat plate-like mounting base 612P that functions as a mounting portion for the game area forming body 80aP and a housing portion 613P that is provided so as to protrude (stand up) from the mounting base 612P and can accommodate the movable body 601P. And are provided. The housing portion 613P is open to the opposite side (the front of the gaming machine) from the mounting base 612P and has a hollow box shape (annular) with the mounting base 612P as a bottom, and the mounting base 612P is a game area forming body 80aP. The front end portion (opening portion 616P) of the accommodating portion 613P is formed so as to be located on the same plane as the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP. In this way, by avoiding the occurrence of a step with respect to the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP, the behavior of the game ball is prevented from being disturbed when the game ball passes through the holder 611P.

  In the present embodiment, the distance between the two movable bodies 601aP and 601bP is slightly larger than that in the sixth embodiment. In consideration of such circumstances, an open portion 616aP for the left movable body 601aP and an open portion 616bP for the right movable body 601bP are separately provided, and a gap between the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP is filled, so that the game ball Disturbance in the behavior of the game ball when moving from the left movable body 601aP to the right movable body 601bP is suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 40 (a), the elongated hole 92P is formed so that a part thereof overlaps with the guide rail 100 (specifically, the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102) in the front-rear direction. The leading edge (tip portion) of the accommodating portion 613P is located. That is, a part of the accommodating portion 613P faces the guide rail 100 from the rear side in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aP. In this way, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is positioned behind the guide rail 100, so that the ball return prevention mechanism 106P (specifically, the movable body 601aP) is disposed between the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102. In the configuration, restrictions on the size and arrangement are relaxed. Thereby, the coexistence of the guide rail 100 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is suitably realized.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 40A, a supplementary description will be given of the mounting structure of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P. The mounting base 612P formed on the holder 611P has a first mounting base 612aP that extends to a position overlapping the back of the portion where the game area PE is formed in the game area forming body 80aP, and the game area forming body 80aP. And a second mounting base 612bP extending to a position overlapping the back of the portion that is outside the gaming area PE (specifically, the portion that is outside the outer rail 102). The first mounting base 612aP and the second mounting base 612bP are fixed to the game area forming body 80aP by screws 621P (corresponding to “fixing means” or “fixing tool”).

  Regarding the configuration for restricting the return of the game ball to the guide passage 103 using the ball return prevention mechanism 106P, it is possible to prevent the preceding game ball from hindering the launch of the subsequent game ball and smooth the game progress. It is advantageous in planning. However, since various game parts such as game nails are arranged on the front side of the game area forming body 80aP, it is preferable that the area where game parts are arranged is pressed by the presence of such a ball return prevention mechanism 106P. Absent. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, the portion to be fixed by the screw 621P in the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is located on the back side of the game area forming body 80aP, and the game area forming body 80aP On the front side, there is no portion to be fixed by a fixing means (fixing tool) such as a screw or a screw. In this way, by eliminating the occupied area on the front side of the game area forming body 80aP in the configuration related to the fixing of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the gaming parts around the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103 is reduced. Is suppressed.

  In particular, the screw 621P as the “fixing means” is attached using the thickness of the game area forming body 80aP. Specifically, the game area forming body 80aP is formed with screw holes communicating with through holes formed in the mounting bases 612aP and 612bP, and screws 621P are screwed into these screw holes. . In the present embodiment, at least a part of the plurality of screws 621P is disposed at a position where the front and rear overlap with the game area PE is avoided (area where the guide passage 103 and the game area PE are not formed). It becomes the composition which is done. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the said screw 621P obstructs arrangement | positioning (fixation) of game components. Therefore, the above effects can be exhibited more suitably.

(Movable body 601P)
The movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP formed so as to cover at least a part of the opening portions 616aP and 616bP formed to face the front side of the game area forming body 80aP in the housing portion 613P. , And flat plate-like base portions 602aP and 602bP provided upright from the ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP to the back side of the accommodating portion 613P. The base portions 602aP and 602bP extend in the direction in which the above-described prevention devices 106aP and 106bP are arranged in parallel. The lower ends of the base portions 602aP and 602bP, that is, the upstream ends of the game ball guide path by the guide passage 103 The portion is provided with shaft portions 608aP and 608bP formed so as to be parallel to the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP. The shaft portions 608aP and 608bP are orthogonal to the guide path of the game ball in the front view of the game area forming body 80aP, and the shaft portions 608aP and 608bP are engaged with the bearing portions 614aP and 614bP formed on the holder 611P. The movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are held so as to be rotatable about the shaft portions 608aP and 608bP (see FIG. 41).

  As described above, the outer rail 102 is curved so as to protrude outward, and the guide path of the game ball is also curved along the outer rail 102. For these reasons, the inclination of the shaft portion 608aP (rotation center axis line CLaP) of the left movable body 601aP and the shaft portion 608bP (rotation center axis line CLbP) of the right movable body 601bP with respect to the horizontal line is less than the former. Is bigger. As described above, since the two movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are separated from each other, the operation of each of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP is facilitated by individually setting the directions of the rotation center axes CLaP and CLbP. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration in which the directions of both rotation center axes CLaP and CLbP are aligned is also possible.

  The left movable body 601aP is biased to the outer rail 102 side of the inner and outer rails 101, 102, and the base portion 602aP and the ball receiving surface portion 604aP of the left movable body 601aP are along the outer rail 102. It is curved. More specifically, when the game ball moves along the outer rail 102, the base portion 602aP and the ball receiving surface portion 604aP are formed in accordance with the trajectory through which the center of the game ball passes. As described above, the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 move mainly along the outer rail 102. Therefore, by making the base portion 602aP and the ball receiving surface portion 604aP into the above-described shapes, the movement of the left movable body 601aP following the movement of the game ball is made smooth.

  The right movable body 601bP is different in configuration in that it is not in such a biased arrangement. The game ball that has flowed out of the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 100 does not necessarily move along the outer rail 102 as it is. If the firing speed is low, there is a possibility that the game ball is separated from the outer rail 102 in the vicinity of the exit portion 105. is there. In consideration of such circumstances, the right-side movable body 601bP located outside the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 100 is less biased in the arrangement than the left-side movable body 601aP.

  In view of improvement in the responsiveness of the operation of the left movable body 601aP, it is not preferable that the weight of the left movable body 601aP increases. In view of the point where the game ball repeatedly collides, it is necessary to secure the strength of the left movable body 601aP. is there. Here, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, the base portion 602aP is formed into the ball receiving surface portion 604aP by forming the ball receiving surface portion 604aP at the end of the plate-like base portion 602aP intersecting with the rotation center axis line CLaP. It functions as a reinforcing means. Further, by bending the base portion 602a as described above, it is possible to improve the strength while suppressing an increase in the weight of the left movable body 601aP. As a result, it is possible to suppress the deformation of the left movable body 601aP due to the collision of the game balls and improve the responsiveness when switching between the allowable state / restricted state. For the above reasons, the above configuration has technical significance in stably exhibiting the function of the left side prevention device 106aP.

  The lateral width of the ball receiving surface portion 604aP in the left movable body 601aP is smaller than the lateral width of the ball receiving surface portion 604bP in the right movable body 601bP. In accordance with this, the opening 616aP of the holder 611P and the elongated hole 92P of the game area forming body 80aP are also formed so that the lateral width becomes small at the portion corresponding to the left movable body 601aP. In this way, the guide passage 103 is configured to leave as much of the board surface as possible, thereby suppressing the catching with the game ball and stabilizing the behavior of the game ball.

  The holder 611P is formed with a stopper that defines the rotation range of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. Here, with reference to FIG. 40, the structure which concerns on prescription | regulation of a rotation range is supplementarily demonstrated.

  As shown in FIG. 40A, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are formed with protrusions 609aP and 609bP protruding from the base portions 602aP and 602bP to the outer rail 102 side. An opening through which the protrusions 609aP and 609bP are inserted is formed in the peripheral wall portion of the holder 611P. As shown in FIG. 40 (b), the protrusions 609aP and 609bP come into contact with the edge portions (first stoppers 615aP and 615bP) of these openings, so that the maximum protruding positions of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are defined.

  In a state where the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are arranged at the maximum projecting position, the projecting amount from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP is configured to be larger than the diameter dimension of the game ball. However, it is not necessarily limited to such a configuration in order to exhibit the function of preventing the passing of game balls. It is sufficient if the gap with the glass panel 23 is configured to be smaller than the diameter size of the game ball. For example, the protrusion amount in the state where the gap is arranged at the maximum protrusion position is smaller than the diameter size of the game ball. It is also possible to configure as described above.

  When a game ball hits the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP move backward. Then, when the second stoppers 619aP and 619bP formed at the back part (bottom part) of the holder 611P are hit, further retreat (rotation backward) is avoided. In a state where the second stoppers 619aP and 619bP are in contact with each other, the protruding amounts of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP from the accommodating portion 613P are minimum (specifically, “0”). Thereby, the passage of the game ball is allowed.

  In the present embodiment, the rotation range is defined by the first stoppers 615aP and 615bP provided on the peripheral wall portion of the accommodating portion 613P and the second stoppers 619aP and 619bP provided at the back. It is not limited to this. For example, as shown in the sixth embodiment, the rotation range may be defined by the guide groove 615L and the guide pin 605L. However, in such a configuration, sliding resistance is likely to occur between the guide groove 615L and the guide pin 605L. It is technically significant to adopt the configuration shown in the present embodiment in order to suppress the sliding resistance and realize a smooth movement between the maximum protruding position and the standby position.

  In a state where the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are arranged at the maximum projecting position, the separation distance between the opening portions 616aP and 616bP and the ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP becomes large, and there is a gap through which a game ball can flow in between them. Arise. If a game ball enters the gap, it may be a factor that prevents the game ball from turning to the retracted position of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. Therefore, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are devised to avoid such entry of game balls. Specifically, flanges 606aP and 606bP extending in the direction intersecting with the ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP are formed at the rotating front end portions of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, and the gap portions 606aP and 606bP form the gaps. Some are buried.

  In order to improve the responsiveness of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP related to the movement from the maximum protruding position to the retracted position, it is preferable to reduce the weight of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP as much as possible. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the flange portion 606aP, 606bP is not filled with the entire gap as described above, but it is preferable to improve the responsiveness by reducing the weight and avoid the above-mentioned inconvenience. Both can be achieved. Note that the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP shown in the present embodiment are lighter than the game ball by applying the above-described weight reduction.

  The flange portions 606aP and 606bP intersect with the ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP (specifically, orthogonal) and are inclined downward toward the center of the game area PE. Therefore, when a game ball hits the flange portions 606aP and 606bP from the game area PE side, the game ball bounces back to the center side of the game area PE, and the game ball is placed on the flange portions 606aP and 606bP. It is possible to avoid stopping. In particular, the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103 is opened obliquely upward. Here, the flange portion 606aP slightly protrudes from the outlet portion 105 toward the game area PE. By adopting such a configuration, it is avoided that game balls caught on the inner rail 101 and the flange portion 606aP from the game area PE side remain in the exit portion 105, and the preceding game balls hinder the operation of the movable body 601aP. It avoids being a factor.

  Next, the principle of operation of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP when returning from the permitted state to the restricted state will be described with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG. Note that the left and right movable bodies 601aP and 601bP have the same operating principle, and therefore the description will be made without distinguishing both movable bodies.

(Operation principle of movable body 601P)
As described above, the movable body 601P is rotatably held so that the lower end portion is a rotation base end portion (fixed end) and the upper end portion is a rotation tip end portion (free end). Yes. As shown in FIG. 42A, in a state where the movable body 601P is disposed at the maximum projecting position (restricted state), the entire ball receiving surface portion 604P is the opening portion 616P of the holder 611P (the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP). ) Protruding forward. In this state, the ball receiving surface portion 604P is positioned in the game ball passing region in the guide passage 103, and the moving path of the game ball along the guide passage 103 is cut off by the ball receiving surface portion 604P.

  The center of gravity position GPP of the movable body 601P is located above and ahead of the rotation center axis CLP of the movable body 601P. More specifically, the rotation center axis CLP of the movable body 601P is offset backward from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP, while the center of gravity position GPP is from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP. Is also located forward. As a result, the movable body 601P is stable in a posture inclined forward about the rotation center axis CLP.

  When the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 hits the ball receiving surface portion 604P, the ball receiving surface portion 604P is pushed to the back side (rear) of the housing portion 613P due to the collision with the game ball. The urging force (potential energy) directed downward of the movable body 601P depends on the weight and posture (tilt forward) of the movable body 601P. Here, when the moving speed (launching speed) of the game ball and the pressing force (kinetic energy) of the game ball depending on its weight exceed the urging force (potential energy) using the dead weight of the movable body 601P, 42 (a) → As shown in FIG. 42 (b), the movable body 601P rotates backward about the rotation center axis CLP, and the movable body 601P moves from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position. Thereby, the passage of the regulation position by the movable body 601P of the game ball is allowed. Note that the weight of the movable body 601P shown in the present embodiment is lighter than the weight of the game ball, so that the response at the time of the operation is improved and the resistance applied to the game ball is reduced. However, the weight of the movable body 601P is arbitrary, and can be made heavier than the weight of the game ball, for example.

  In the state where the movable body 601P is disposed at the retracted position as shown in FIG. 42 (b), the ball receiving surface portion 604P of the movable body 601P is located on the same plane as the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP. As described above, by eliminating the step between the game area forming body 80aP and the ball receiving surface portion 604P, the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball is suppressed.

  Here, at the retracted position, the gravity center position GPP of the movable body 601P is located behind the game area forming body 80aP and ahead of the rotation center axis CLP. In other words, the trajectory through which the gravity center position GPP passes due to the displacement between the maximum protruding position / retracted position is configured to be positioned in front of the rotation center axis CLP. When the gravity center position GPP remains in front of the rotation center axis CLP, the movable body 601P is maintained in a state where it can be tilted forward by its own weight.

  As shown in FIG. 42 (b) → FIG. 42 (c), after the game ball passes through the movable body 601P, the movable body 601P rotates to the near side by its own weight. As shown in FIG. 42 (c), when the return of the movable body 601P to the maximum projecting position is completed, the gravity center position GPP is positioned in front of the rotation center axis CLP and tilted forward by its own weight. Maintained. Thereby, preparation for the arrival of the next game ball is completed. As described above, the movable body 601P shown in the present embodiment has a configuration in which self-return to the maximum projecting position is performed using its own weight, and the configuration related to the return is simplified.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the self-recovery function of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP depends on the weight of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, the following two points need to be considered.

  (1) Since the weights of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP increase, the torque required during rotation increases, and the increase in the required torque can be a factor that increases the reaction force transmitted to the game ball. When the reaction force increases, when the game ball hits the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, the game ball tends to float to the glass panel 23 side. In order to avoid the interference with the glass panel 23 and stabilize the behavior of the game ball, it is necessary to avoid that the weights of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are unnecessarily increased.

  (2) When the gaming machine is arranged in an island facility such as a gaming hall, there may be some variation in the attitude (tilt: so-called “nekase”) of the gaming machine. In consideration of such circumstances, a small deviation between the rotation center axis lines CLaP and CLbP and the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP may cause a malfunction of the self-return function.

  One of the features of the present embodiment is that the device is devised in consideration of these various circumstances. Hereinafter, the configuration according to the device will be described with reference to FIGS. 41 and 42. As already described, the flanges 606aP and 606bP are formed at the rotating front ends of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP (see FIG. 41). Thereby, the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP can be moved away from the rotation center axes CLaP and CLbP. This makes it easy to shift the center of gravity position GPaP, GPbP to the front side with respect to the rotation center axis lines CLaP, CLbP.

  By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to increase the amount of deviation between the center-of-gravity positions GPaP and GPbP and the rotation center axis lines CLaP and CLbP in the front-rear direction while avoiding unnecessary weight increase of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. It is possible.

  The movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are substantially L-shaped or substantially T-shaped by the base portions 602aP and 602bP (ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP) and the flange portions 606aP and 606b, and the lengths of the flange portions 606aP and 606b. The height dimension is formed to be shorter than the length dimension of the base portions 602aP and 602bP (ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP). As described above, the flanges 606aP and 606bP are deliberately shortened (short side portions) at the rotating front end portions of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, thereby suppressing an unnecessary increase in weight.

  Incidentally, the flange portions 606aP and 606bP are configured to be orthogonal to the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP in a state in which the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are disposed at the retracted position, and the opening portion 616aP is secured by securing the operation gap. , 616bP is prevented from becoming large. In order to enjoy such an effect, like the end portions 606a and 606b shown in the sixth embodiment, the flange portions 606aP and 606bP have an arc shape centering on the rotation center axis lines CLaP and CLbP. It is also possible to form it.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43 and FIG. 44, the operation | movement aspect of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P accompanying the passage of a game ball is demonstrated. 43 and 44 are schematic views showing the movement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P accompanying the passage of the game ball, and the state of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P as the game ball passes is shown in FIG. 43 (a) → FIG. (B) → FIG. 43 (c) → FIG. 44 (d) → FIG. 44 (e) in this order.

  The game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 based on the player's launch operation rises along the guide passage 103 and reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106P provided at the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103. . The left movable body 601aP and the right movable body 601bP that constitute the ball return prevention mechanism 106P are both disposed at the maximum projecting position, and are in a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game ball.

  The game ball that has reached the ball return prevention mechanism 106P first hits the left movable body 601aP as shown in FIG. 43 (a) → FIG. 43 (b). When the game ball hits, the left movable body 601aP rotates from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position, and the game ball is allowed to pass.

  As shown in FIG. 43 (b) → FIG. 43 (c), when the game ball passes through the left movable body 601aP and moves to the right movable body 601bP, the left movable body 601aP returns to the maximum protruding position by its own weight. This return operation is started at a timing before the passage of the game ball in the right movable body 601bP is permitted, and at least one of the two movable bodies 601aP and 601bP is maintained in a state of restricting the passage of the game ball. The That is, by preventing the overlap of the period during which the left movable body 601aP is in the permitted state and the period during which the right movable body 601bP is in the permitted state, at least one of them is maintained in the restricted state, thereby preventing the ball from returning. The function is suitably secured.

  In the ball return prevention mechanism 106P shown in the present embodiment, a gap through which a game ball can pass is secured between the left movable body 601aP and the right movable body 601bP. For this reason, if the right movable body 601bP does not operate well, the game ball falls through the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, so that the game ball is discharged from the ball return prevention mechanism 106P. In this way, by ensuring the preceding game ball discharge function, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of ball clogging in the ball return prevention mechanism 106P and to appropriately cope with repeated game ball launches.

  As shown in FIG. 43 (c) → FIG. 44 (d), the rotation of the right movable body 601bP to the retracted position is completed at the timing after the left movable body 601aP returns to the maximum projecting position. Thereby, the passage of the game ball in the right movable body 601bP is allowed. As shown in FIG. 44 (d) → FIG. 44 (e), when the game ball passes the right movable body 601bP, the right movable body 601bP self-returns from the retracted position to the maximum projecting position by its own weight. As a result, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P returns to a standby state before the game ball arrives (a state in which both the prevention devices 106aP and 106bP are both maintained in a restricted state).

  According to the eighth embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  A game ball that has been launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 (corresponding to “game ball launching means”) and has reached the game area PE via the guide passage 103 (corresponding to “ball passage”) is returned to the ball return prevention mechanism 106P (“regulation means”). To the guide passage 103 is avoided. By suppressing the occurrence of return balls in this way, it is possible to contribute to smooth game progress. However, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the ball return prevention mechanism 106P, the presence of the movable bodies 601aP, 601bP, the holder 611P, and the like constituting the ball return prevention mechanism 106P can be a factor of pressing the game area PE. .

  In this regard, in the ball return prevention mechanism 106P shown in the present embodiment, a function as an operation region of the movable body 601aP is given to the guide passage 103. Thereby, the expansion of the occupied area of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P in the game area PE can be suppressed, and the pressure of the game area PE by the ball return prevention mechanism 106P can be reduced. Therefore, for example, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom related to the arrangement of game parts such as game nails in the vicinity of the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103 (reduction of restrictions related to the arrangement).

  A configuration (mounting bases 612aP and 612bP) related to fixing the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is disposed on the back side of the game area forming body 80aP. Thereby, it is suppressed that the structure concerning the said fixation becomes a factor which compresses the game area | region PE, and game parts, such as the game nail 93 arrange | positioned in the game area | region PE, and the ball return prevention mechanism 106P coexist suitably. be able to.

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106P is embedded in the long hole 92P formed in the game area forming body 80aP, and the operation area of the movable body 601aP is utilized by utilizing the thickness (thickness) of the guide passage 103 and the game area forming body 80aP. Is secured. Thereby, compression of game area | region PE etc. resulting from ensuring of an operation | movement area | region can be suppressed suitably.

  In the configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106P (holder 611P) is disposed behind the guide passage 103, the following inconvenience occurs when the configuration related to fixing the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is exposed to the guide passage 103. That is, when the game ball comes into contact with the exposed portion, the behavior of the game ball is likely to be disturbed. This can hinder smooth gaming. In this regard, by adopting a configuration that suppresses useless exposure as described above, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the above various inconveniences and realize a practically preferable configuration.

  As described above, if the arrangement area and the operation area of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are secured by using the thickness of the game area forming body 80aP, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP while utilizing the compression of the game area PE. Occupying area (volume) can be earned. Thereby, in a configuration in which the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are displaced in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aP, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are returned to the restricted state (maximum protruding position) by using the weight of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. The responsiveness of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP can be preferably improved.

  In particular, when the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are of a pivoting type, the responsiveness for returning to the maximum projecting position varies depending on the positional relationship between the pivot center axes CLaP and CLbP and the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP. It becomes. Specifically, the weights of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are improved by increasing the distance between the rotation center axes CLaP and CLbP and the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP in the front-rear direction (the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aP). It can be used to contribute to improving responsiveness. However, if it is assumed that the rotation center axis lines CLaP and CLbP are separated from the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP, there is a concern that the area occupied by the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP becomes large. Therefore, if the occupied area is secured by using the thickness of the game area forming body 80aP as described above, it is possible to suitably suppress the game area PE from being compressed due to the improved responsiveness.

  In the first place, in order to suppress ball clogging or the like in the guide passage 103, there is some kind of restriction on the width of the passage (for example, the diameter size of the game ball <the passage width <the diameter size of the game ball 1. 5 times / 2 times). This can be a factor that strengthens restrictions on the size and arrangement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P. Here, as shown in the present embodiment, according to the configuration in which the holder 611P is arranged so as to be positioned behind the guide rail 100, the above-described restrictions can be relaxed, and the arrangement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P can be achieved. It can contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom such as size.

  When the guide rail 100 is constituted by the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102 having an arc shape, the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 (game balls passing through the guide passage 103) are mainly the outer rails 102. It will move along. In such a configuration, by placing the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP close to the outer rail 102, the operation stability of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP accompanying the passage of the game ball can be preferably improved. If the holder 611P is arranged so as to overlap the back of the outer rail 102 as shown in the present embodiment, the presence of the holder 611P is a factor that hinders the arrangement of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP described above. It is possible to contribute to improving the function of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P while coexisting with the guide rail 100.

  In the configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106P includes the two movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, even if the game ball that has reached the game area PE bounces off from the game parts such as the game nail 93, the right movable body 601bP It functions as a barrier for the left movable body 601aP. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the movement of the left movable body 601aP from being hindered by the game ball that has reached the game area PE.

  In addition, by using the two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP (movable bodies 601aP and 601bP) in combination, it is possible to shift the timing of the allowable state. Thereby, for example, the reversal of the game ball can be prevented from occurring when the left side prevention device 106aP is in the permitted state, and this can contribute to further strengthening the function of restricting the reversal. Even in the case of such a configuration, since the operation region of at least the left side prevention device 106aP is provided in the guide passage 103, the expansion of the occupied area due to the combined use of the plurality of prevention devices 106aP and 106bP can be reduced. .

  As described above, in a configuration in which a plurality of prevention devices 106aP and 106bP (movable bodies 601aP and 601bP) are used in combination, the resistance generated with the passage of the prevention devices 106aP and 106bP increases, and the momentum of the game ball is greatly increased. Concerned about weakening. For example, if an urging member such as a spring is to be used, it is necessary to consider manufacturing variation of the urging member, deterioration with time, etc. in order to ensure the operational stability of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. Need to be added). Under such circumstances, it becomes difficult in terms of quality control to make the biasing force extremely small. In this regard, in the configuration in which the return function depends on its own weight as shown in the present embodiment, the shift in the center of gravity position does not become so large due to molding variation or the like, and therefore, consideration for the manufacturing variation described above is minimized. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the margin related to the force that prompts the return to the regulated state. Thereby, the resistance to the game ball can be reduced, and the restriction on the arrival position of the launched game ball can be relaxed.

  The ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP to which the game ball hits are preferably secured to some extent from the viewpoint of ensuring durability. From such circumstances, the weights of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are likely to increase. Here, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP and the portions where the game balls come into contact (ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP) with respect to the rotation center axes CLaP and CLbP. Therefore, the weight is easily used as a driving force for returning to the restricted state. Accordingly, it is possible to suitably realize the strength improvement and the function of returning to the restricted state. Moreover, the said structure is advantageous also in suppressing enlargement of movable body 601aP and 601bP and suppressing the expansion of an occupation area | region.

  In the configuration in which the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are displaced in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aP, a step or a gap between the passage wall surface and the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP (ball receiving surface portions 604aP and 604bP) is large in an allowable state. This is not preferable because it causes a disturbance in the behavior of the game ball. Therefore, if the upstream (lower) end portion is the rotation base end portion as shown in the present embodiment, the step is compared with the case where the downstream end portion is the rotation base end portion. It can contribute to the stabilization of the behavior of the game ball by suppressing the generation of gaps and gaps.

  The movement ranges of the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are configured to be in front of the rotation center axes CLaP and CLbP of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. According to such a configuration, the movable body 601aP, 601bP acts so that its own weight promotes tilting forward of the gaming machine regardless of whether the movable body 601aP or 601bP is in the permitted state or the restricted state. As a result, for example, the action direction of the own weight is suppressed from reversing in accordance with changes in the gravity center positions GPaP and GPbP, thereby contributing to smooth switching to the permissible state / restricted state and improving the certainty thereof.

  In the configuration in which the left side prevention device 106aP (left side movable body 601aP) and the right side prevention device 106bP (right side movable body 601bP) are switched from the restricted state to the permitted state as the game ball passes, the movable body with respect to the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP. By reducing the inclinations of 601aP and 601bP, it is possible to suppress the game ball from being displaced in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aP by the reaction force to the game ball. Therefore, by making the total length of the left movable body 601aP located upstream from the total length of the right movable body 601bP located downstream, the inclination of the game ball with respect to the moving direction is reduced while maintaining the protrusion amount. , Can contribute to the reduction of resistance at the initial stage of passage. In such a configuration, although the occupied area related to the left movable body 601aP can be large, the left movable body 601aP uses the guide passage 103 as an operation area, which causes the game area PE to be compressed. Can be suppressed. In other words, the increase in resistance to the game ball and the compression of the game area PE are suppressed by the difference in the total length of the left movable body 601aP provided in the guide passage 103 and the total length of the right movable body 601bP provided outside the guide passage 103. However, the ball return prevention function can be suitably exhibited.

  Note that the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP shown in the present embodiment are also configured so that when the game balls hit the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP from the game area PE side, the force pushes the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP to the protruding side. Acting is avoided. Even if the preceding game ball and the subsequent game ball hit the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP with the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP sandwiched therebetween, the preceding game balls will obstruct the passage of the subsequent game balls. It becomes difficult to become a factor (increasing resistance). For example, as shown in other embodiments, if the flange portions 606aP and 606bP are formed so as to have an arc shape centering on the rotation center axis lines CLaP and CLbP, this effect can be more suitably exhibited. it can.

<Another form>
As shown in the eighth embodiment, in order to suppress the generation of a foul ball using the ball return prevention mechanism 106P (prevention device), the configuration related to the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is changed as follows. It is also possible.

<Example 1>
In the eighth embodiment, the operating area of the left prevention device 106aP (left movable body 601aP) of the two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP is secured by the guide passage 103, and the right prevention device 106bP (right movable body 601bP). ) Is ensured in the game area PE. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is also possible to have a structure in which the operation area of both the prevention devices 106aP and 106bP is secured in the game area PE. is there. That is, in the eighth embodiment, the left prevention device 106aP of the two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP is disposed in the portion where the guide passage 103 is formed in the game board unit 80, and the right prevention device 106bP is provided. The game board unit 80 is arranged in the portion where the game area PE is formed, but the left side prevention device 106aP is also formed with the game board unit 80 in the same manner as the right side prevention device 106bP. It is good also as a structure arrange | positioned in the part which exists (refer the schematic of Fig.45 (a)).

<Example 2>
In the eighth embodiment, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is constructed using the two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP. However, one of these two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP may be omitted. Is possible. For example, as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 45B, the ball return prevention mechanism 106Q may be constructed by a prevention device corresponding to the left side prevention device 106aP provided on the guide passage 103 side.

  It is also possible to construct the ball return prevention mechanism 106P by the right side prevention device 106bP provided on the game area PE side. In this case, a configuration corresponding to the right prevention device 106bP may be moved to the guide passage 103 side.

<Example 3>
In the eighth embodiment, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are displaced to the maximum projecting position / retracted position by the common operating principle for the two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP. That is, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are configured to return from the retracted position to the maximum projecting position by their own weights, but the specific shapes of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP for arbitrarily enabling such an operation principle are arbitrarily changed. May be. For example, the configuration may be such that one of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP shown in the eighth embodiment is aligned with the other, or the shape of the left movable body 601aP and the shape of the right movable body 601bP are interchanged. Good.

  However, in view of the reduction of the initial reaction force (initial resistance) applied to the game ball and the reduction of the occupied area of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P in the game area PE, the combination shown in the eighth embodiment is not included. There is technical significance.

<Example 4>
In the eighth embodiment, the ball receiver and the center of gravity are positioned on the same side by pivotally supporting one end of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP. However, the present invention is not limited to this. Absent. As a configuration for pivotally supporting the intermediate position between the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, it is also possible to configure the portion on the opposite side of the rotation center with respect to the ball receiving portion to be the center of gravity position. However, in the case of such a configuration, the function of returning to the maximum projecting position by its own weight shown in the eighth embodiment can be secured, but this makes the arrangement area and the operation area easily bulky. Or the combined use of the two prevention devices 106aP and 106bP may be difficult. In view of such circumstances, as shown in the eighth embodiment, it is possible to reduce the size of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P and strengthen the function of preventing the ball return by combining the ball receiving portion and the center of gravity position on the same side. This is a preferable configuration for realizing the above.

  In the eighth embodiment, the lower side (upstream end of the guide passage 103) of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP is turned around the rotation base end and the upper side (downstream end of the guide passage 103). Although it is the moving tip, it is possible to reverse this. In other words, the upper ends of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP can be the rotation base end portion and the lower end portion can be the rotation tip end portion. In this case, for example, the trajectory of the center of gravity that moves in accordance with the switching between the allowable state / restricted state may be configured to be behind the rotation center axis.

<Example 5>
In the eighth embodiment, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are pivotable. However, it is sufficient that the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP can be displaced to the maximum projecting position and the retracted position. You may change arbitrarily. For example, a configuration corresponding to the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP may be configured to be slidable back and forth. At this time, by setting the operation paths of these movable bodies to be inclined so as to be lowered forward, it is possible to secure a return function from the retracted position to the maximum projecting position due to its own weight.

<Example 6>
It is sufficient that the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP can be returned from the retracted position to the maximum projecting position by utilizing their own weights, and the movements thereof are those described in the eighth embodiment. It is not limited to. For example, the movable body is arranged at a position closer to the latter of the game area forming body 80aP and the glass panel 23, and when the movable body rotates backward, the movable body is displaced from the standby position to the maximum projecting position, and the movable body moves forward. It is possible to adopt a configuration that displaces from the maximum projecting position to the standby position by rotating. According to such a configuration, floating from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP when the game ball hits the movable body is suppressed, and disorder of the behavior of the game ball (interference between the game ball and the glass panel 23) is preferably suppressed. be able to.

  Here, in order to realize the configuration shown in the sixth embodiment, it is necessary to hold the ball return prevention mechanism in a state of floating from the front surface of the game area forming body 80aP. In this case, for example, it is preferable that the mounting target is the guide rail 100 as in the ball return prevention mechanism 106G shown in the fourth embodiment. Note that the front door frame 14 (for example, the glass panel 23) that can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame 13 can be set as an attachment target, but in this case, the positional relationship with the guide rail 100 (the guide passage 103) varies. Can easily occur, and the influence thereof can be a factor of reducing the reliability of the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P. Therefore, preferably, as shown in the eighth embodiment, it is technically significant that the ball return prevention mechanism 106P belongs to the game area forming body 80aP side.

<Example 7>
In the eighth embodiment, the game area forming body 80aP and the ball return prevention mechanism 106P are integrated by screwing the mounting base 612P of the holder 611P to the game area forming body 80aP. In such a configuration, the configuration corresponding to the ball return prevention mechanism (holder) is compared with the configuration in which the configuration corresponding to the game area forming body 80aP is fixed from the front side, and the configuration related to the fixing compresses the arrangement area of the game parts such as the game nail. Can be suppressed. However, when the screw 621P is used as a fixture, the screw 621P is attached to the game area forming body 80aP, so that there is still a concern that the arrangement of the gaming parts is hindered at the position overlapping with the screw 621P. Therefore, it is preferable to move the fixed portion of the mounting base 612P to a position overlapping the guide passage 103 in the front-rear direction. Thereby, it can suppress that the screw | thread 621P becomes a factor which obstruct | occludes arrangement | positioning of game components, and can contribute to the further improvement of the arrangement | positioning freedom degree of game components in game area | region PE.

<Example 8>
In the eighth embodiment, the movable body 601aP extends in the passage direction of the guide passage 103. However, this can be changed as follows. The guide passage 103 has a certain width. Therefore, as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 46A, the direction (posture) of the movable body 601R can be changed so as to be closer to the vertical in the guide passage 103. That is, by disposing the movable body 601R so as to intersect the longitudinal direction of the long hole 92R formed in the game area forming body 80aP, the lateral component of the movable body 601R is reduced and the vertical component is increased. Is also possible. By setting it as such a structure, the return function to the maximum protrusion position using self-weight can be ensured.

<Example 9>
In the eighth embodiment, the ball receiving surface portion 604aP of the movable body 601aP is disposed at a position along the outer rail 102. However, this can be changed as follows. That is, as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 46B, the ball receiving surface portion 604S of the movable body 601S is provided at a position along the outer ball receiving surface portion 604cS provided at a position along the outer rail 102 and the inner rail 101. It is also possible to configure the inner ball receiving surface portion 604dS so that the movable body 601S has a substantially U-shape. Most of the game balls move along the outer rail 102, but if the firing speed becomes low, the game ball may move along the inner rail 101. Therefore, as described above, the game ball moving along any of the rails 101 and 102 is secured to contact with at least one of the outer ball receiving surface portion 604cS and the inner ball receiving surface portion 604dS, thereby stabilizing the firing function. Can contribute.

  Although it is possible to form the two ball receiving surface portions 604cS and 604dS so as to form a single surface and fill the gap between them, the above configuration requires a lighter movable body 601S. There is a technical significance that can contribute to the improvement of responsiveness.

<Example 10>
In the eighth embodiment, the ball receiving surface portion 604aP is located at the position closer to the outer rail 102 of the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and FIG. As shown in the schematic diagram of c), a configuration in which the ball receiving surface portion 604T is located at a substantially intermediate position between the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102 (a position where the distance from both the rails 102 and 102 is equal), for example, a ball receiver The movable body 601T can be configured to have a substantially T shape by the surface portion 604T and the flange portion 606T. When the distance between the rails 101 and 102 is smaller than twice the diameter of the game ball, the ball receiving surface 604T is present at the above position, thereby ensuring contact between the ball receiving surface 604T and the game ball. The Rukoto. If the configuration shown in the present modification is applied to a configuration in which the distance between the rails 101 and 102 is less than 1.5 times the diameter of the game ball, the movable body 601T is rotated by the pressure applied from the game ball. It is possible to suppress an increase in resistance to be prevented and contribute to stabilization of the operation of the movable body 601T.

<Example 11>
In the eighth embodiment, the ball receiving surface portion 604aP and the flange portion 606aP are configured to be orthogonal to each other. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the angle formed between the ball receiving surface portion and the flange portion is arbitrary. . For example, as shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 46 (d), the flange portion 606U is folded back with respect to the ball receiving surface portion 604U, and is configured to extend in a substantially vertical direction, so that the rotation base end portion in the horizontal direction Of the center of gravity can be suppressed. In this way, by reducing the shift of the center of gravity position, the moment resulting from the shift of the center of gravity position can be reduced, and the resistance (resistance that prevents rotation) generated at the pivotal support location can be minimized.

<Example 12>
In the eighth embodiment, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is attached to the elongated hole 92P formed in the game area forming body 80aP. However, the attachment manner of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is arbitrary. It is. For example, a recess may be formed in the front portion of the game area forming body 80aP, and a ball return prevention mechanism may be embedded in the recess.

  In the eighth embodiment, the ball return preventing mechanism 106P is screwed. However, the ball returning prevention mechanism 106P may be fixed using an adhesive, or may be pressed and fixed.

<Example 13>
In the configuration in which the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are returned from their retracted positions to their maximum projecting positions by their own weights as shown in the eighth embodiment, the deviation in the front-rear direction between the rotation center and the center of gravity is reduced. As a result, the resistance applied to the game ball can be reduced. However, if the resistance is reduced, the driving force for returning to the maximum protruding position is also reduced. For this reason, it cannot be denied that there is a possibility that the return to the maximum projecting position may not be performed successfully due to variations in molding, the installation posture of the gaming machine, and the like. In consideration of such circumstances, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P may be provided with a configuration that prompts the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP to return to the maximum projecting position. For example, you may provide the vibration transmission part which transmits the vibration which generate | occur | produces with one operation | movement among both movable body 601aP and 601bP to the other. More specifically, it may be configured to propagate the vibration generated along with the collision with the stopper when moving from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position, or with the stopper when moving to the standby position. It is good also as a structure which propagates the vibration which generate | occur | produces in connection with the other. Even when the return to the maximum projecting position is hindered due to the occurrence of a catch at the retreat position, if the posture is slightly changed by the vibration, it is a trigger for returning to the maximum projecting position. Accordingly, even when the return from the retracted position to the maximum protruding position is not performed successfully, it is possible to prompt the return of the movable body to the maximum protruding position.

<Ninth embodiment>
As shown in the eighth embodiment, in the configuration in which the return function of the movable body 601aP to the restricted state depends on the weight of the movable body 601aP, the return function can be performed well due to factors such as catching. There is a possibility that it will not be. That is, there is still room for improvement in improving the operational stability and improving the reliability of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P. In the modified example (Example 13) according to the eighth embodiment, the holder 611 is shared by both movable bodies 601aP and 601bP, and vibrations generated by the operation of the right movable body 601bP are transmitted to the left movable body 601aP. Therefore, it is configured to eliminate the catches. Similarly, in the present embodiment, a device for improving reliability is devised, but its specific configuration is characteristic. Therefore, the configuration related to the device will be described below with reference to FIG. FIG. 47 is a schematic view showing a ball return prevention mechanism 106V in the ninth embodiment. Since the main configuration of the ball return prevention mechanism 106V shown in the present embodiment is the same as that of the ball return prevention mechanism 106P shown in the eighth embodiment, the description of the common configuration is incorporated herein. .

  The ball return prevention mechanism 106V includes a left side prevention device 106aV and a right side prevention device 106bV. The right movable body 601bV constituting the right prevention device 106bV has an arm portion 607bV provided at a position opposite to the base portion 602bV (sphere receiving surface portion 604bV) across the rotation center axis line CLbV.

  The arm portion 607bV extends to the opposite side of the base portion 602bV, and is configured to be displaced back and forth as the right movable body 601bV rotates. The flange portion 606aV of the left movable body 601aV is located in the displacement region (on the operation path) of the arm portion 607bV. Under the situation where both the movable bodies 601aV and 601bV are disposed at the maximum projecting position, a gap is secured between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV, thereby avoiding contact between them.

  Here, the positional relationship between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV when the ball return prevention mechanism 106V is operating normally will be described with reference to the schematic diagrams of FIGS.

  At the timing when the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 reaches the ball return prevention mechanism 106V, both movable bodies 601aV and 601bV are disposed at the maximum projecting position. For this reason, the launched game ball first hits the left movable body 601aV. As shown in FIG. 48 (a) → FIG. 48 (b), when the left movable body 601aV is pushed by the game ball and retreats from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position, the flange portion is synchronized with the rotation of the left movable body 601aV. 606aV is displaced backward.

  In the present embodiment, the second stopper 619aV for the left movable body 601aV is moved to a position facing the base portion 602aV so as to avoid interference with the arm portion 607aV. When the left movable body 601aV reaches the retracted position, the base portion 602aV comes into contact with the second stopper 619aV, thereby preventing further backward movement.

  In this state, a gap is maintained between the flange portion 606aV and the arm portion 607bV, and contact between both is avoided. That is, the contact between the flange portion 606aV and the arm portion 607bV does not occur simply by moving the left movable body 601aV from the maximum projecting position to the retracted position.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 48 (b) → FIG. 48 (c), in the process in which the game ball moves from the left movable body 601aV to the right movable body 601bV, the game ball moves away from the left movable body 601aV, so 601aV starts self-return toward the maximum projecting position. That is, the rotation of the left movable body 601aV to the maximum projecting position is started prior to the rotation of the right movable body 601bV to the retracted position. The right movable body 601bV starts to rotate with a delay, and the contact between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV is avoided.

  As shown in FIG. 48C, when the right movable body 601bV reaches the retracted position, the left movable body 601aV has already reached the maximum protruding position. In this state, although the arm portion 607bV reaches the foremost position, the state where the arm portion 607bV is still separated from the flange portion 606aV of the left movable body 601aV is maintained. As shown in FIG. 48 (c) → FIG. 49 (a), the left movable body 601aV that has returned to the maximum protruding position is prevented from moving from the maximum protruding position by its own weight. For this reason, the distance between the flange portion 606aV and the arm portion 607bV is not reduced.

  As shown in FIG. 49 (d) → FIG. 49 (e), when the game ball moves away from the right movable body 601bV, the right movable body 601bV self-returns from the retracted position to the maximum protruding position. The arm portion 607bV is displaced to the side away from the flange portion 606aV in accordance with the movement of the right movable body 601bV. As a result, the distance between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV increases.

  As described in detail above, when the ball return prevention mechanism 106V is operating normally, the interference between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV is avoided, and the individual operations of the movable bodies 601aV and 601bV are ensured. It will be.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 50 and FIG. 51, a description will be given of the flow of forced return when the self-recovery is not normally performed due to occurrence of an abnormality such as a catch on the left movable body 601aV. FIG. 50 is a timing chart showing the flow of forced return, and FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram showing the positional relationship between the flange portion 606aV and the arm portion 607bV when forced return is performed.

  As shown in FIG. 50, at the timing of tc1 when the game ball reaches the left movable body 601aV, the left movable body 601aV pushed by the game ball starts to rotate from the maximum protruding position to the retracted position. Thereafter, at the timing of tc2, the protruding amount of the left movable body 601aV decreases, and a gap through which the game ball can pass through the left movable body 601aV is secured. At the timing of tc3, the left movable body 601aV reaches the retracted position.

  After the left movable body 601aV reaches the retracted position from the maximum projecting position, the left movable body 601aV normally returns to the maximum projecting position by its own weight (see a two-dot chain line). However, if the left movable body 601aV remains in the retracted position without any normal self-recovery for some reason, the state is maintained even after the game ball leaves the left movable body 601aV. It will be.

  At the timing of tc4, the game ball leaving the left movable body 601aV moves to the right movable body 601bV, and the right movable body 601bV pushed by the game ball starts to rotate from the maximum protruding position to the retracted position (FIG. 51 (a) → see FIG. 51 (b)). As a result, the arm portion 607bV of the right movable body 601bV is displaced toward the flange portion 606aV of the left movable body 601aV, and the gap between them is reduced.

  At the timing of tc5 when the rotation of the right movable body 601bV advances to some extent, the arm portion 607bV hits the flange portion 606aV, and the left movable body 601aV is pushed toward the maximum projecting position. Thereby, both movable bodies 601aV and 601bV are temporarily interlocked.

  The left movable body 601aV pushed by the arm portion 607bV tries to return to the maximum projecting position by its own weight by being given a turning stake. Thereby, although both movable bodies 601aV and 601bV are interlocked, the resistance applied to the right movable body 601bV is reduced.

  At the subsequent timing of tc6, the protrusion amount X11 of the left movable body 601aV reaches a predetermined amount, and the left side prevention device 106aV is switched from the allowed state to the restricted state. At the timing of tc7 immediately after the left movable body 601aV is switched to the restricted state, the protrusion amount X12 of the right movable body 601bV is decreased and the right prevention device 106bV is switched to the allowable state. It will be. As described above, even when the forced return is performed, the original function (function to prevent the ball return) of the ball return prevention mechanism 106V is ensured by avoiding the overlap of the periods in the allowable state.

  At the timing of tC8, the right movable body 601bV reaches the retracted position, and further rotation is prevented (see FIG. 51 (c)). Thereafter, the left movable body 601aV continues to rotate, and the contact between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV is released at the timing of tc8.

  At the timing of tc9 when the game ball passes the right movable body, the right movable body 601bV starts to return from the retracted position to the maximum protruding position by its own weight, and at the timing of tc10, the right prevention device 106bV switches from the permitted state to the restricted state. It will be. Thereafter, the gap between the arm portion 607bV and the flange portion 606aV increases until the right movable body 601bV returns to the maximum projecting position at the timing of tc11.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the movable bodies 601aV and 601bV perform self-recovery due to their own weight, if the return to the restricted state is not performed due to various circumstances such as operation failure, the above-described reversion regulating function cannot be performed well. . This can be a factor that reduces the reliability of the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106V. Therefore, as shown in the present embodiment, when the left movable body 601aV is in a state where it should be returned to the restricted state, but the self-recovery is not performed, the left movable body 601aV is forced by the right movable body 601bV. By setting it as the structure which returns to a control state, generation | occurrence | production of the disadvantage mentioned above can be suppressed. Thereby, it can contribute to the guarantee of the reliability concerning the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism 106V.

  In the configuration in which the self-return function depends on the weight of the movable body 601aV, for example, manufacturing variations to be taken into consideration are compared to a configuration in which a biasing means such as a spring is used to promote the return to the restricted state. Get smaller. Therefore, the resistance applied to the game ball when switching from the restricted state to the restricted state can be reduced. However, in such a configuration in which the return force depends on its own weight, it cannot be denied that the return operation may not be performed successfully due to the installation state (tilt) of the gaming machine or the like. This can be a factor that reduces the reliability of the ball return prevention mechanism 106V. Therefore, by providing the above-described forced return function for such a configuration and ensuring the return operation, it is possible to stabilize the behavior of the game ball and suitably suppress the decrease in reliability caused thereby. Can do.

  In particular, in the configuration in which the movable body 601aV is displaced in the thickness direction of the game area forming body 80aV, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom of arrangement of game parts such as game nails due to securing the operation area of the movable body 601aV. . However, on the other hand, for example, as compared with a movable body of a type that is displaced along the front surface of the game area forming body 80aV, there is a tendency to restrict the shift between the rotation center and the center of gravity. As a result, it is difficult to ensure the stability of the operation, and there is a concern that the reliability of the ball return prevention mechanism 106V is lowered. Therefore, by giving the above-mentioned forced return function to such a configuration to ensure the return operation, it is preferable to improve the degree of freedom of arrangement of game parts and to reduce the reliability related to the operation caused by it. Can be suppressed.

  In the present embodiment, the right movable body 601bV is configured to support the self-return of the left movable body 601aV using the force with which the game ball pushes the right movable body 601bV. In this way, by using the momentum of the game ball as the driving force for forced return, the various effects described above can be enjoyed with a simple configuration.

  When the left movable body 601aV is forcibly returned, the resistance transmitted to the game ball via the left movable body 601aV (flange portion 606aV) → arm portion 607bV → ball receiving surface portion 604bV increases. In other words, when the right movable body 601bV is provided with a support function, the configuration can be simplified, but the momentum of the game ball is likely to decrease. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when self-recovery is performed by the left movable body 601aV, support (forced return) by the right movable body 601bV is avoided, that is, the arm portion 607bV is swung. As described above, at least as long as the self-return is normally performed, the resistance generated in the right movable body 601bV is suppressed so as to be as small as possible. The decrease in the momentum of the played game ball can be suitably reduced.

  If the arm portion 607bV of the right movable body 601bV is displaced toward the flange portion 606aV of the left movable body 601aV in the process in which the left prevention device 106aV is switched from the restricted state to the permitted state, the arm portion 607bV prevents the left preventive device 106aV from being switched. Such resistance occurs. This can be a factor that prevents a game ball that should originally pass through the left side prevention device 106aV from passing through the left side prevention device 106aV. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in the present embodiment, since the right prevention device 106bV is disposed at a position where the game ball can reach after the left prevention device 106aV is allowed, the left prevention device 106aV The movement of the arm portion 607bV of the right prevention device 106bV can be delayed with respect to the switching of the allowable state. Thereby, the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suppressed.

  In the ball return prevention mechanism 106V shown in the present embodiment, the distance from the rotation center axis CLbV of the right movable body 601bV to the contact portion of the arm portion 607bV with the flange portion 606aV is the rotation of the left movable body 601aV. The moving center axis line CLaV is configured to be shorter than the distance from the contact portion with the arm portion 607bV.

  For example, if it is necessary to greatly displace the left movable body 601aV at the time of return, it is preferable that the pressed position (contact position) be as close as possible to the rotation center axis CLaV of the left movable body 601aV, but this moves the left movable body 601aV. Therefore, the necessary pressing force is increased. In the first place, the left movable body 601aV is provided with a self-recovery function, and even if some trouble occurs and the self-recovery is not performed well, if there is a slight boost (cut), Can work. That is, in many cases, a very large stroke is not required when solving the above problem. Therefore, if the rotation center axis lines CLaV and CLbV of both the movable bodies 601aV and 601bV, the contact location on the arm portion 607bV, and the contact location on the flange portion 606aV are set as described above, the stroke of pressing by the arm portion 607bV is secured to some extent. However, the pressing force can be reduced as much as possible. Thereby, it can suppress that the resistance added to a game ball becomes large when performing forced return.

  Further, the right movable body 601bV is configured so that the flange portion in the arm portion 607bV from the rotation center axis CLbV is longer than the distance from the rotation center axis CLbV of the right movable body 601bV to the contact position of the game ball in the ball receiving surface portion 604bV. It is formed so that the distance to the contact portion with 606aV is longer. According to this configuration, when the right movable body 601bV is rotated by the game ball hitting the ball receiving surface portion 604bV, the arm portion 607bV can be largely displaced toward the left movable body 601aV. As a result, even if the self-recovery function of the left movable body 601aV is not successfully demonstrated, the right movable body 601bV can quickly return the left movable body 601aV to the restricted state.

<Another form>
As shown in the ninth embodiment, in order to suppress the occurrence of ball return using the ball return prevention mechanism 106V (prevention device), the specific configuration can be changed as follows. is there.

<Example 1>
In the ninth embodiment, the left movable body 601aV located on the upstream side of the right movable body 601bV is forced to the maximum projecting position by the right movable body 601bV located on the downstream side in the movement path of the launched game ball. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a configuration corresponding to the right movable body 601bV serving as a return trigger can be arranged at a position further upstream than the left movable body 601aV. That is, it is also possible to employ a configuration in which the left movable body 601aV is forcibly returned to the maximum projecting position by using a subsequent game ball with respect to the game ball that triggered the stay of the left movable body 601aV. When making such a change, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which the return of the left movable body 601aV to the maximum projecting position is completed before the subsequent game ball reaches the left movable body 601aV.

<Example 2>
In the ninth embodiment, the left movable body 601aV located on the upstream side is forcibly returned to the maximum projecting position by the right movable body 601bV located on the downstream side in the movement path of the launched game ball. However, instead of or in addition to this, the right movable body 601bV can be forcibly returned to the maximum projecting position on the left movable body 601aV. That is, if the right movable body 601bV does not return to the maximum protruding position in spite of the situation where the right movable body 601bV should return to the maximum protruding position, the next left side When the movable body 601aV moves to the retracted position, the left movable body 601aV may be configured to prompt the return of the right movable body 601bV to the maximum projecting position. In realizing the technical idea shown in the second embodiment, an arm is formed on the left movable body 601aV, and when the left movable body 601aV moves to the retracted position, the right movable body 601bV (for example, The base portion 612bV) may be pushed forward of the gaming machine.

<Example 3>
The function related to the forced return shown in the ninth embodiment is not limited to a movable body that returns to the maximum projecting position using its own weight. For example, even in the case of a movable body that returns to the maximum protruding position using an urging means such as a spring, if the urging force does not work well due to factors such as deterioration, the returning to the maximum protruding position is performed successfully. There is a possibility of disappearing. That is, there is room for improvement in the reliability related to the operation of the ball return prevention mechanism. Therefore, if the configuration related to the forced return described above is applied to this type of ball return prevention mechanism, it is possible to contribute to ensuring the reliability of the ball return prevention mechanism.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of each embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. It is also possible to arbitrarily combine all or some of the various configurations shown in the above embodiments. In this case, it is preferable that the technical significance (effects to be exerted) of the components to be combined is ensured. Each of the following configurations may be applied individually to a new configuration that is a combination of the embodiments, or a part or all of the configurations may be applied in combination.

  (1) In the first embodiment, the right-side prevention device 106b serving as the “first regulation device” and the left-side prevention device 106a serving as the “second regulation device” are formed in a specific region between them. SEs (corresponding to “inflow portions”) are arranged apart so that game balls can pass. In the arrangement of both the prevention devices 106a and 106b, the interval is set in consideration of the case where the left side prevention device 106a is in an allowable state. That is, even when the left side prevention device 106a is in an allowable state, an allowance is added to the interval between the two prevention devices 106a and 106b so that the game ball can pass through the specific area SE. It is also possible to arrange the prevention devices 106a and 106b closer to each other by eliminating such margin. Thereby, by using together the some prevention apparatus 106a, 106b, it can suppress suitably that the landing range of the launched game ball is reduced.

  In the first embodiment, the right prevention device 106b is allowed in the configuration in which the game ball can pass through the specific area SE formed between the prevention devices 106a and 106b. Considered the case. That is, even when the right side prevention device 106b is in an allowable state, a margin is added to the interval between the two prevention devices 106a and 106b so that the game ball can pass through the specific area SE. It is also possible to arrange the prevention devices 106a and 106b closer to each other by eliminating such margin. Thereby, by using together the some prevention apparatus 106a, 106b, it can suppress suitably that the landing range of the launched game ball is reduced.

  Actually, when the game ball that has reached the game area PE in advance hits the movable body 301b and the passage of the subsequent game ball through the right side prevention device 106b is blocked, both the prevention devices 106a and 106b are both blocked. Therefore, it is assumed that the cases where the prevention devices 106a and 106b are both allowed are extremely rare. In consideration of such circumstances, even if one of the two margins is eliminated, the function of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 does not extremely decrease. If the two margins are eliminated, the distance between the two prevention devices 106a and 106b can be further reduced, and the effect relating to the landing range can be exhibited more remarkably.

  (2) When a game ball that cannot pass through the right side prevention device 106b and flows into the specific area SE hits the left side prevention device 106a (particularly the movable body 301a), the left side prevention device 106a is prevented from being switched to an allowable state. As a result, there is a possibility that it is impossible or difficult for the subsequent game ball to pass through the left side prevention device 106a. In view of such circumstances, a practically preferable configuration can be realized by disposing a means for preventing the game ball reaching the specific area SE from hitting the movable body 301a of the left side prevention device 106a. For example, a wall or the like facing the movable body 301a from the side opposite to the outlet portion 105 (on the right side prevention device 106b side) may be provided. By preventing the game ball that is directed to the specific area SE or passes through the specific area SE from hitting the movable body 301a by the wall portion, it is possible to suitably suppress the occurrence of the secondary inconvenience described above.

  (3) In the second embodiment, the main body 305b is surrounded by the upright portion 314bA provided in the right prevention device 106bA, so that the game ball that cannot pass through the right prevention device 106bA is main body 305b. Avoided hitting. However, in order to exert such an effect, it is only necessary that the main body 305b has a portion corresponding to the facing portion 317bA facing from the outer rail 102 side or the outlet portion 105 side, and the main body 305b is not necessarily limited by the standing portion 314bA. There is no need to surround.

  (4) In the third embodiment, the guide passage 103 is located at a position above the portion where the flow direction of the game ball changes from the oblique horizontal direction to the vertical direction in the left route formed in the game area PE. The outlet portion 105 is arranged. As a result, even if the exit portion 105 and the ball return prevention mechanism 106B are separated from each other, the game balls in the game area PE are prevented from returning to the guide passage 103 through the separated portion. The position of the exit portion of the guide passage 103 may be arbitrarily changed as long as it is possible to prevent the game ball from returning to the guide passage 103 through the separated portion.

  For example, if it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the left route from flowing into the exit portion 105 through the gap by arranging the game nails 93 or the like, the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103 is made more than the changing portion. It is also possible to arrange it on the lower side.

  (5) In the fourth embodiment, the length of the protruding piece 303 is such that the game ball cannot flow into the gap formed between the movable body 301 and the glass panel 23 (the operation gap of the movable body 301). Stipulated. However, if such a technical idea can be realized, it does not necessarily depend on the shape of the protruding piece 303. For example, if a member (pad or spring member) that can be elastically deformed is disposed in the operation gap, the inflow of game balls into the operation gap is ensured by the member while ensuring the restoring force from the allowed state to the blocked state. Can be avoided.

  (6) In the fourth embodiment, the movable body 301G is pivotal. However, it is sufficient if it can be displaced at least in the direction intersecting the game area forming body 80a, and its operation mode is limited to pivotal. Is not to be done. For example, a sliding type can be used. However, since the gap between the game area forming body 80a and the glass panel 23 is limited, it is possible to secure an occupied area such as an operation gap as compared with the configuration in which the movable body is displaced along the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. Becomes difficult. In view of such a situation, making the operation mode of the movable body a rotational type has a technical significance of suppressing the expansion of the occupied area while, for example, releasing the impact when the game ball hits well.

  (7) In the fourth embodiment, the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is disposed at a position near the glass panel 23 in the game area forming body 80a and the glass panel 23. However, the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is disposed in the game area. It is also possible to arrange it at a position close to the formed body 80a. Specifically, it can be disposed in a recess formed in the game area forming body 80a in a state where it is inverted back and forth.

  However, in such a configuration, a force that lifts from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a is applied to the game ball that hits the movable body 301G, and displacement to the glass panel 23 side occurs. In suppressing the floating of the game ball from the game area forming body 80a and moving it along the game area forming body 80a, as shown in the fourth embodiment, the movable body 301G is moved to the glass panel. It is preferable to use a configuration that is arranged closer to 23.

  (8) In the fourth embodiment, the ball return prevention mechanism 106G is attached to the guide rail 100. However, in such an attachment mode, the ball return prevention mechanism 106G and the guide rail 100 are It is preferable to interpose a cushioning member such as a cushion between them. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the vibration at the time of the ball return prevention mechanism 106G operating propagates to the guide rail 100. When considering such vibration propagation, it is possible to attach the ball return prevention mechanism 106G to the game area forming body 80a as in the other embodiments.

  (9) The guiding portion 308 so that the flowing direction of the game ball when passing through the specific area SE as the “inflow portion” is, for example, a direction (substantially vertical direction) intersecting the juxtaposed direction of the prevention devices 106a and 106b. However, the guiding direction of the game ball by the guiding unit 308 is not limited to the above direction. For example, in order to shorten the period required for the passage of the specific area SE, the flow direction of the game balls passing through the specific area SE may be configured to be the vertical direction.

  (10) In the above embodiment, the guide unit 308 for guiding the game ball to the specific area SE is configured by the ball receiving surface unit 304 and the plane unit 306. However, the function as the guide unit 308 has the function of the ball receiving surface unit 304 and the plane unit 306. It is also possible to adopt a configuration that can be exhibited by any of the above.

  As shown in the above embodiment, making the angle formed by the ball receiving surface portion 304 and the flat surface portion 306 an obtuse angle has a certain technical significance in smoothly guiding the game ball. Here, it is preferable to further increase the angle formed by the ball receiving surface portion 304 and the flat surface portion 306 in order to shorten the required period when passing through the specific area SE and to bring the moving direction of the game ball closer to the vertical direction. Specifically, it may be configured to be larger than 180 degrees. Thereby, it can avoid that a game ball moves to the plane part 306 from the ball | bowl receiving surface part 304, and it can suppress suitably that a game ball decelerates in both boundary position. In addition, this configuration is also advantageous in bringing the flow direction of the game ball when passing through the specific area SE close to the vertical direction as shown in the modification (9).

  (11) In each of the above embodiments, the movable body 301 is urged to return to the blocking state by its own weight by shifting the center of gravity position and the pivot support position (rotation center) of the movable body 301. The means for generating the driving force for returning to the state is not limited to the weight of the movable body 301. For example, an elastic force by a spring or the like, or a magnetic force by a magnet or the like may be used as a driving force. It is also possible to apply the above-described various configurations relating to the return to the blocking state in combination with each other.

  (12) In the above embodiment, the main configurations and operation modes of the respective prevention devices 106a and 106b are shared, but it is not always necessary to share the configuration and operation modes related to the respective prevention devices. For example, if any of the prevention devices is configured by a leaf spring, and the game ball hits the leaf spring and the leaf spring is elastically deformed, the state is switched from the blocked state to the allowed state, and the force for returning to the blocked state It is also possible to have a configuration in which is stored.

  (13) Although the left side prevention device 106a and the right side prevention device 106b are provided separately in the above embodiment, the prevention devices 106a and 106b can be integrated into one unit. For example, the holders 311a and 311b constituting the respective prevention devices 106a and 106b may be integrally formed. That is, for example, as shown in the sixth embodiment and the seventh embodiment, a configuration in which a plurality of movable bodies are attached to one base member is also possible.

  Note that the configuration is not limited to the configuration in which the movable body 301 is attached with the holder 311 interposed, and a configuration corresponding to the movable body 301 can be directly attached to the game area forming body 80a.

  (14) In the fifth embodiment, the signal from the touch sensor 42 or the like is input to the main control device 162 via the power / fire control device 243. However, the signal from the touch sensor 42 or the like is directly input to the main control device 162. A configuration for inputting to the control device 162 is also possible. In addition, the function of setting the timing for launching the game ball may be transferred from the power supply / launch control device 243 to the main control device 162.

  (15) In the fifth embodiment, the main control is performed by synchronizing the first timer counter TC1 provided in the main control device 162 with the second timer counter TC2 provided in the power / fire control device 243. Although the operation mode of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H that is driven and controlled by the device 162 and the operation mode of the game ball launching mechanism 110 that is driven and controlled by the power supply / launch control device 243 are related, As long as a game ball can be launched in accordance with the movement of the prevention mechanism 106H, the specific configuration may be arbitrarily changed. For example, information regarding the movement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is transmitted from the main control device 162 to the power / fire control device 243 as appropriate or as needed, and the power / fire control device 243 prevents the ball return based on the transmitted information. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the state of the mechanism 106 is grasped and the firing timing is set.

  However, when consideration is given to the control load and responsiveness improvement associated with both control devices 162 and 243, the operation mode of the ball return prevention mechanism 106H depends on the main control device 162 as shown in the above embodiment. It is preferable to adopt a configuration that can be grasped without doing. The same technical idea is realized by, for example, providing a detection sensor that detects the movement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 and inputting information (signals) from the detection sensor to the power supply / launch control device 243. Although possible, it is preferable to adopt the configuration described in the above embodiment in order to suppress the complexity of the structure and simplify the configuration attached to the game area forming body 80a.

  (16) In the fifth embodiment, the configuration is such that the launch timing of the game ball is set in accordance with the movement of the ball return prevention mechanism 106 provided in the game area PE, but it is arranged in the game area PE. In realizing the technical idea of setting the launch timing of the game ball in accordance with the movement of the movable body, a configuration other than the ball return prevention mechanism 106 may be used as a reference configuration when setting the launch timing. Is possible.

  For example, in the case where a ball feeding device that operates at a predetermined cycle or a predetermined timing is provided, it is possible to set the timing for launching a game ball in accordance with the movement of the ball feeding device. . More specifically, when the ball feeding device has a movable stage that allows movement of the game ball toward the working port 83 on the upstream side (upper side) of the working port 83, this stage is used. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the launch timing of the game ball is set according to the movement of the game ball.

  (17) In the sixth and seventh embodiments, the two prevention devices 106a and 106b are used in combination. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, any one of these prevention devices 106a and 106b can be omitted. In particular, as shown in the modification of the sixth embodiment, if the return from the allowable state to the restricted state is performed using an urging means such as a spring, the return to the above-described link mechanism is performed. Dependency can be resolved.

  (18) In the fourth, sixth and seventh embodiments, the movable bodies 301G and 601 are configured to be pivotably held. However, the portion where the game ball from the guide passage 103 abuts is the game area. In order to realize a configuration in which the formed body 80a is displaced in the thickness direction, the movable bodies 301G and 601 can be slidable instead of rotating.

  (19) In the fourth, sixth and seventh embodiments, the posture is changed by the rotation of the movable bodies 301G and 601. As a result, the ball receiving surface portions 304 and 604 of the game area forming body 80a are changed. Although it is configured to be displaced in the thickness direction, it is not limited to this. For example, the ball receiving surface portions 304 and 604 may be displaced when the movable bodies 301G and 601 are deformed (elastically deformed), or the posture is changed when the ball receiving surface portions 304 and 604 themselves are deformed (elastically deformed). It is good also as composition to do.

  (20) Although the ball receiving surface portion 604 shown in the sixth and seventh embodiments is bent so that the inclination angle changes at an intermediate position, the movable body 601 accompanying the passage of the game ball is used. In consideration of the efficiency of movement of the game ball, the inclination of the ball receiving surface portion 604 gradually increases from the front side to the back side in the moving direction of the game ball (in the back side of the game area forming body 80a). It is also possible to form a curved surface curved so as to be convex. However, when making such a change, it is necessary to devise a technique for suppressing the movement component that moves away from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a when the game ball leaves the ball receiving surface portion 604.

  (21) In the sixth and seventh embodiments, the movable body 601 is attached to the game area forming body 80a via the holder 611 as the “holding portion”. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The movable body 601 may be directly attached to the game area forming body 80a.

  (22) In the sixth and seventh embodiments, the ball receiving surface portion 604 is positioned behind the front surface of the game area forming body 80a when the movable body 601 is disposed at the retracted position. Although not limited thereto, the ball receiving surface portion 604 may be aligned with the front surface of the game area forming body 80a in a state of being disposed at the retracted position, or slightly protrude from the front surface of the game area forming body 80a. It does not deny the composition to do.

  (23) In each of the above embodiments, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is returned to the state before the passage when the game ball passes through the ball return prevention mechanism 106. It is not limited to the passage of the return prevention mechanism 106 ". For example, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106 returns to the state before passing when the game ball that has passed the ball return prevention mechanism 106 reaches a predetermined location in the game area PE.

  For example, a ball receiving portion for hitting a game ball is provided at a predetermined location in the game area PE (specifically, on a passage route through which a game ball flowing into the game area PE from the guide passage 103 passes). When the game ball hits the ball receiving portion, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 may be returned to the state before the game ball passes, triggered by the collision.

  (24) In each of the above embodiments, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 is returned to the state before passing when the game ball passes through the ball return prevention mechanism 106. However, the present invention is not limited to this. is not. The game ball that triggers the return is not limited to this, and may be a game ball that precedes the game ball or a game ball that follows the game ball.

  For example, the ball return prevention mechanism 106 may be configured to return to the state before passing when the game ball preceding the game ball reaches a predetermined position in the game area PE after the game ball passes. is there. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the ball return prevention mechanism 106 returns to the state before passing when the game ball subsequent to the game ball reaches a predetermined position in the guide passage 103.

  The configuration for realizing such a return operation may be the link mechanism shown in the sixth embodiment or the like, or a sensor or an actuator such as a motor disposed at the predetermined location is used. It is good also as composition to do.

  It should be noted that the game ball preceding the corresponding game ball is not limited to only one game ball ahead, and can be two or more game balls ahead. Further, the succeeding game ball with respect to the corresponding game ball is not limited to the next game ball, but may be two or more game balls after.

  (25) In each of the above embodiments, a part of the left side prevention device 106aP (left movable body 601aP) protrudes from the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103, specifically, one of the left side prevention device 106aP (left movable body 601aP). However, the present invention is not limited to this, although the portion straddles the perpendicular extending from the end portion of the inner rail 101 to the outer rail 102 in the passage direction of the guide passage 103. The left movable body 601aP may be configured such that the end of the left movable body 601aP is located on the perpendicular line, and the left prevention device 106aP (left movable body 601aP) is configured such that the protrusion from the outlet portion 105 of the guide passage 103 is completely avoided. Also good.

  It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the degree of protrusion changes depending on the state. For example, one of the restricted state and the allowable state may be configured to protrude from the outlet portion 105, may be configured to protrude in any state, and the protrusion is avoided in any state. It is good also as a structure to be made.

  (26) In each of the above embodiments, the configuration is such that the inflow (ball return) of the game ball to the guide passage 103 through the outlet portion 105 is avoided by the planar flange portion 606aP formed at the end of the base portion 602aP. However, as long as the movable body 601aP can prevent the ball from returning, the specific shape thereof is arbitrary. For example, as shown in the sixth embodiment and the like, the configuration may be such that the ball return is avoided by the end portion of the base portion 602L.

  However, when the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103 faces obliquely upward, there is a possibility that the game ball is stopped while being caught by both the movable body 601 and the inner rail 101. Therefore, it is preferable that an end of the movable body 601 is provided with an inclination for guiding the game ball to be detached from the outlet portion 105.

  (27) In each of the above embodiments, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are attached to the game area forming body 80aP via the holder 611P. However, the holder 611P is omitted and the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are replaced with the game area forming body. It is also possible to adopt a configuration for directly attaching to 80aP.

  Further, although the slot 92P for the holder 611P (corresponding to “accommodating portion” or “insertion portion”) is formed in the game area forming body 80aP, the attachment structure of the holder 611P is arbitrary. For example, it is possible to form a recess recessed backward in the game area forming body 80aP and attach the holder 611P to this recess.

  (28) In each of the above-described embodiments, the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP are biased toward the maximum protruding position by their own weights, regardless of the position between the maximum protruding position and the retracted position. It was set as the structure maintained by the state. If this is changed and the maximum protruding position is reached, the biasing can be released. With such a configuration, the reaction force applied to the game ball when the game ball collides can be reduced, and the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball can be suppressed.

  (29) In each of the above embodiments, when the game ball passes through the ball return prevention mechanism 106V, the left side prevention device 106aV returns to the blocking state before the right side prevention device 106bV switches from the restricted state to the permitted state. In addition, although the period required for the passage between the left side prevention device 106aV and the right side prevention device 106bV is longer than the period required for the return of the left side prevention device 106aV, the two prevention devices 106aV and 106bV are not necessarily provided. It is not limited to this. That is, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the switching of the right prevention device 106bV from the restricted state to the permitted state starts while the left prevention device 106aV is returning to the restricted state.

  That is, in using a plurality of prevention devices 106aV and 106bV in combination, it is preferable to devise measures to suppress the forced return function from being a factor that excessively decreases the momentum of the game ball, but such a function is ensured. In the above, if the operation of returning the left prevention device 106aV to the restricted state precedes the operation of switching the right prevention device 106bV to the permissible state, it is sufficient that the operations of both are not necessarily in series and in parallel. It is also possible to do.

  When a plurality of prevention devices are used in combination, it is preferable that at least one of the prevention devices is maintained in a restricted state by shifting the operation timing of both prevention devices.

  (30) In each of the above embodiments, the rotation center axis of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP extends in a direction orthogonal to the passage direction of the guide passage 103, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the rotation center axes of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP cross each other obliquely with respect to the passage direction.

  (31) In each of the above embodiments, the ball return prevention mechanism 106P is disposed at an intermediate position between the upper top portion of the outer rail 102 and the protruding portion that protrudes most to the left side. It suffices if it is disposed in the vicinity of the exit portion 105 of the guide passage 103, and its specific position may be arbitrarily changed. However, in order to use the weights of the movable bodies 601aP and 601bP to promote the self-return to the restricted state, the inclination of the movable body 601 with respect to the horizontal axis of the rotation center axis is made as small as possible (specifically, the horizontal direction It is preferable that the vertical component is larger than the component (where the vertical component is larger).

  (32) Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiment, for example, a pachinko machine in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball in a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine that generates a right if a player enters, a pachinko machine equipped with other objects, an arrangement ball machine, a sparrow ball, and the like.

<Invention Group Extracted from Each Embodiment>
Hereinafter, the characteristics of the invention group extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, for ease of understanding, the corresponding configuration in the above embodiment is appropriately shown in parentheses, but is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses.

  The following group A of features is that “a game machine such as a pachinko machine has a game board in which a game area is formed, a game ball launching means for launching a game ball when a player performs a launch operation, In some cases, a game ball or the like that leads the game ball to the game area is returned to the ball path if the game ball or the like that has reached the game area returns to the game area. Therefore, at the exit portion of the ball passage, inflow of game balls from the ball passage to the game area is allowed, while return balls such as inflow of game balls from the game area to the ball passage are generated. Regarding the background technology, “a configuration for regulating the generation of a return ball is still improved in terms of ensuring its function. There is room for It has a problem to be Kesshiyo has been made.

<Feature A group>
Feature A1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V) that is provided in the game area and regulates the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage;
An inflow portion (specific area SE) in which the inflow of game balls into the game area is allowed is formed at an intermediate position in the path where the game balls launched by the game ball launching means reach the regulation means. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, if the restricting means does not function well due to the influence of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball passes through the inflow portion from the midpoint of the route to the restricting means. It will flow into the game area. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said inconvenience can be suppressed suitably and the smooth progress of a game can be ensured.

  Note that the position of the inflow portion may be devised so that the game balls that have flowed into the game area through the inflow portion join the flow path through which the game balls that have flowed into the game area through the ball passage → restricting means flow down. Thereby, it can suppress that presence of an inflow part acts disadvantageously for a player etc. For example, the regulating means and the inflow portion may be provided side by side.

Feature A2. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V) that is provided in the game area and regulates the return of the game ball from the game area to the exit portion of the ball passage;
The restricting means is disposed so as to be spaced apart from the outlet portion so that a gap through which the game ball can pass is formed between the restricting means and the extension of the ball passage in the gaming area. A gaming machine configured such that a gaming ball can be detached from the predetermined area through the gap.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, if the restricting means does not function well due to the influence of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball is restricted from the exit portion (eg, the exit portion 105) of the ball passage. It will leave | separate from the predetermined area | region which becomes the extension of a ball path through the clearance gap with a means. Thereby, it can suppress that the said following game ball becomes a factor which obstructs the motion of the game ball which follows, and can ensure the smooth advance of a game.

  As for this feature, “a game board in which a game area is formed, a game ball launching means for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player, and a game ball launched from the game ball launching means A ball passage that guides the area, and a restriction means that is provided in the game area and restricts the return of the game ball from the game area to the exit portion of the ball passage, and the restriction means includes the ball in the game area. A gap is formed between the outlet portion and the restricting means, which is located in a predetermined area that is an extension of the passage, and a game ball can flow out of the predetermined area through the gap. It is also possible to use a gaming machine characterized in that

  Incidentally, the “gap” shown in this feature corresponds to the “inflow portion” shown in the feature A1.

Feature A3. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A game ball that is formed by an outer first rail portion (outer rail 102) and an inner second rail portion (inner rail 101) that face each other across a gap through which a game ball can pass, and is launched from the game ball launching means. A ball path (guide path 103) for guiding the game area to the game area;
A regulation means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V) that is provided in the game area and regulates the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage;
The restricting means is located on an extension line of the second rail portion in the game area, and a gap through which a game ball can pass is formed between the end of the second rail portion and the restricting means. A gaming machine characterized by

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, if the restricting means does not function well due to the influence of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball is restricted from the exit portion (eg, the exit portion 105) of the ball passage. It will leave | separate from the predetermined area | region which becomes the extension of a ball path through the clearance gap with a means. Thereby, it can suppress that the said following game ball becomes a factor which obstructs the motion of the game ball which follows, and can ensure the smooth advance of a game.

Feature A4. The regulating means has movable bodies (movable bodies 301, 301A to 301G, 601 and 601L to 601N) that rotate along the front surface of the game board.
The movable body is formed with a ball receiving portion (projecting piece 303) that extends in a specific direction from a rotation center portion of the movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball passage, When the game ball hits the ball receiving portion from the side of the ball passage and the movable body rotates, the passage of the game ball at the restricted position from the restricted state where the passage of the game ball at the restricted position by the restriction means is restricted. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A3, wherein the gaming machine is configured to switch to an allowable state.

  As shown in this feature, in the configuration that switches to the restricted state / allowed state when the game ball hits, the following disadvantages arise due to the restriction means being arranged in the game area. When a game ball that has already reached the game area hits the restricting means from the side opposite to the ball passage, switching of the restricting means from the restricted state to the permitted state is prevented. This is not preferable because it causes the above-mentioned return ball. If the technical idea shown in the feature A1 or the like is applied to a gaming machine provided with this kind of regulating means, the occurrence of the above inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

  In the combination with the feature A3, “a state where a gap through which a game ball can pass is formed between the ball receiving portion and the first rail portion” is referred to as “allowable state”, “the ball receiving portion and It is also possible to set the “restricted state” to “a state in which a gap through which a game ball can pass is not formed between the first rail part”.

  Feature A5. The movable body is provided with a guide portion (guidance portion 308) for guiding the game ball to the inflow portion when the game ball that has reached the restriction means via the ball passage does not pass the restriction position. A gaming machine according to Feature A4, wherein

  When the event shown in the feature A4 or the like occurs and the switching of the restricting means to the permissible state is prevented, the game ball that has failed to pass the position (restricted position) where passage is restricted by the restricting means, It is guided to the inflow part (gap) by the movable body (guide part). Thereby, it is possible to smoothly dislodge the game ball subject to passage restriction, and it is possible to suitably suppress the game ball from interfering with the subsequent movement of the game ball.

  Feature A6. The ball receiving portion is configured to function as a guide portion that guides the game ball to the inflow portion when the game ball that has reached the restriction means via the ball passage does not pass the restriction position. The gaming machine according to Feature A4, wherein

  When the event shown in the feature A4 or the like occurs and the switching of the restricting means to the permissible state is prevented, the game ball that has failed to pass the position (restricted position) where passage is restricted by the restricting means, It will be guided to the inflow part (gap) by the movable body. Thereby, it is possible to smoothly dislodge the game ball subject to passage restriction, and it is possible to suitably suppress the game ball from interfering with the subsequent movement of the game ball.

  In particular, by causing the ball receiving portion to function as the guide portion, it is possible to simplify the configuration related to the regulating means while exhibiting the effects shown in the feature A1 and the like.

  Note that according to the configuration shown in the feature A5 or the feature A6, a game ball that has failed to pass the restriction position by the restriction means due to insufficient launch speed or the like is guided to the game area through the inflow portion. Thus, even if the operation is not performed well, it is possible to suitably suppress the preceding game ball from being a factor that hinders the movement of the subsequent game ball.

  Incidentally, when the technical idea shown in the feature A4 to the feature A6 is applied to the feature A2 or the feature A3, the “inflow portion” shown in the feature A4 to the feature A6 may be set to “the gap”.

  Feature A7. The guide portion has a planar shape extending in a predetermined direction, and the outlet portion (exit portion 105) of the ball passage is more in the restricted state than in the allowed state. The game machine according to Feature A5 or Feature A6, characterized in that the inclination with respect to the direction in which the movable body and the movable body are juxtaposed increases.

  According to the feature A7, the inclination of the guide portion with respect to the juxtaposed direction of the exit portion of the ball passage and the movable body is greater in the restricted state than in the permitted state. According to such a configuration, a game ball that has failed to pass through the restriction position can be quickly moved to the inflow portion (gap) using the weight of the game ball. In other words, it can be suitably suppressed that the presence of the guide portion becomes a factor that decreases the moving speed of the game ball toward the ball entry portion (gap).

Feature A8. The guide portion has a planar shape extending in a predetermined direction,
The movable body is configured such that the guide portion is vertically oriented when the restricting means is in the restricted state, according to any one of features A5 to A7, Gaming machine.

  According to the feature A8, when the game ball bounced back to the restricting means is separated from the region (predetermined region) located on the extension of the ball passage by its own weight or the like, the movement of the game ball is preferably prevented from being obstructed by the movable body. be able to. Thereby, quick detachment of the game ball from the predetermined area can be promoted.

  The feature shown in this feature is “feature A4 to feature A7, wherein the movable body is configured such that the ball receiving portion is substantially vertical or vertical when in the restricted state. It is also possible to use “the gaming machine described in any one of the above”.

  Feature A9. The movable body is configured such that the ball receiving portion is configured to face an area outside the exit portion of the ball passage in the game area when the movable body is in the restricted state. The gaming machine according to any one of A8.

  A game ball that has reached the restriction means in a situation where switching of the restriction means from the restricted state to the permitted state is hindered cannot be further moved in the same movement direction. Here, when the game ball hitting the ball receiving portion bounces back to the exit portion of the ball passage, the game ball may return to the ball passage and hinder the launch of the game ball.

  In this regard, according to this feature, the ball receiving portion is configured to face a direction (displaced direction) opposite to the exit portion of the ball passage when in the restricted state. That is, the ball receiving portion is configured not to face the outlet portion. For this reason, it can suppress suitably that the game ball which bounced off to the said ball receiving part returns to a ball path. Thereby, it can suppress that the original function (function which suppresses generation | occurrence | production of a return ball) of a control means falls.

Feature A10. A rail portion (outer rail 102) provided upright from the front surface of the game board is provided, and a region along the rail portion is the predetermined region,
The game according to any one of features A4 to A9, wherein the movable body is configured such that the ball receiving portion faces the rail portion when in the restricted state. Machine.

  A game ball that has reached the restriction means in a situation where switching of the restriction means from the restricted state to the permitted state is hindered cannot be further moved in the same movement direction. Here, when the game ball that hits the ball receiving portion bounces back to the exit portion of the ball passage, the game ball can be a hindrance to the subsequent game ball launch. In this regard, according to this feature, the ball receiving portion is configured to face the direction away from the exit portion of the ball passage when in the restricted state. That is, the ball receiving portion is configured not to face the outlet portion. For this reason, it can suppress suitably that the game ball which bounced off to the said ball | bowl receiving part goes to the ball path side. Thereby, it can suppress that the original function (function which suppresses generation | occurrence | production of a return ball) of a control means falls.

  In particular, when a game ball that hits the ball receiving part bounces back, the momentum is weakened by hitting the rail part. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the period required for heading to an inflow part, for example because the behavior of a game ball is disturbed is prolonged. In addition, by restraining the game ball from passing through the inflow portion vigorously, even if the game ball passing through the inflow portion hits the restricting means again, the occurrence of an impact due to it is suppressed, and the game ball re-collision Can be a factor that reduces the durability of the regulating means.

Feature A11. In the game area, a flow path of the game ball is formed so as to cross the inflow part in an area below the inflow part.
The movable body is provided with a guide portion (guidance portion 308) for guiding the game ball to the inflow portion when the game ball that has reached the restriction means via the ball passage does not pass the restriction position. And
The game ball guided by the guide unit is configured to join the flow path so as to go downstream of the flow path, and any one of features A4 to A10 The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature A11, a game ball that reaches the flow path through the inflow portion moves at least toward the downstream side of the flow path. Even if game balls from the upstream side (for example, the game ball that triggered the inflow to the inflow part) merged on the flow down path, the game balls that have passed through the inflow part will have a flow down path. Since no retroactive moving component is given, the occurrence of clogged balls can be suitably suppressed.

  The configuration shown in this feature may be “a configuration in which a component facing the downstream side of the flow path is given to the flow direction of the game ball passing through the inflow portion through the guide portion”.

Feature A12. In the game area, a flow path of the game ball is formed so as to cross the inflow part in an area below the inflow part.
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A11, wherein the predetermined region directly below the inflow portion in the flow-down path is a non-arranged region in which no gaming parts are arranged. .

  According to the feature A12, a portion immediately below the inflow portion (gap) is a non-arrangement region for game parts such as game nails. Thereby, it can suppress that the movement of the game ball through the said inflow part is prevented by game parts. Further, even when the game balls that have passed through the inflow portion merge into the flow-down path, even if the game balls interfere with the game ball flowing down the flow-down path, it can be suitably suppressed from becoming a factor such as a ball clogging.

Feature A13. The regulating means has movable bodies (movable bodies 301, 301A to 301G, 601 and 601L to 601N) that rotate along the front surface of the game board.
The movable body is formed with a ball receiving portion (protruding piece 303) that extends in a specific direction from the rotation center portion of the movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path, The game ball hits the ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the movable body rotates to change from a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game ball to an allowed state that permits the passage of the game ball,
In the restricted state, the portion of the movable body that extends to the opposite side of the ball receiving portion with respect to the rotation center of the movable body (main body portion 305) is less inclined with respect to the vertical line than the ball receiving portion. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A12, which is configured as follows.

  As shown in this feature, in the configuration that switches to the restricted state / allowed state when the game ball hits, the following disadvantages arise due to the restriction means being arranged in the game area. When a game ball that has already reached the game area hits the restricting means from the side opposite to the ball passage, switching of the restricting means from the restricted state to the permitted state is prevented. This is not preferable because it causes the above-mentioned return ball. If the technical idea shown in the feature A1 or the like is applied to a gaming machine provided with this kind of regulating means, the occurrence of the above inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

  In particular, the extension of the movable body that extends to the opposite side of the ball receiving portion across the rotation center of the movable body (for example, the portion provided with a function as a weight) is inclined more with respect to the vertical line than the ball receiving portion. It is comprised so that it may become small. For this reason, when the game ball that hits the ball receiving portion falls along the ball receiving portion, it is possible to suppress the movement of the game ball from being hindered by the extended portion, and the gap (inflow of the game ball) Part) can contribute to smooth movement. That is, it can suppress suitably that presence of an extension part becomes a factor which obstructs the motion of a game ball (decelerates).

  For the movable body shown in this feature, “the movable body has a ball receiving portion (projecting piece) that extends in a specific direction from the center of rotation of the movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path. 303) and an extending portion (main body portion 305) extending to the opposite side of the ball receiving portion, and the center of gravity of the movable body is closer to the extending portion than the rotation center portion of the movable body. It is configured as described above, and the game ball hits the ball receiving portion from the side of the ball passage, and the movable body rotates against the weight of the extension portion to allow the game ball to pass. A configuration in which the state is switched to a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game ball from the state ”is also possible.

Feature A14. The regulating means has movable bodies (movable bodies 301, 301A to 301G, 601 and 601L to 601N) that rotate along the front surface of the game board.
The movable body is formed with a ball receiving portion (protruding piece 303) that extends in a specific direction from the rotation center portion of the movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path, The game ball hits the ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the movable body rotates to change from a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game ball to an allowed state that permits the passage of the game ball,
The movable body is provided with blocking means for preventing a game ball from hitting from the ball path side at a portion opposite to the ball receiving portion across the rotation center portion of the movable body. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A13.

  When the preceding game ball hits the movable body and switching from the restricted state to the permitted state is prevented, there is a possibility that the subsequent game ball cannot pass through the restricting means. As shown in the feature A1 or the like, when the game ball that could not pass in this way (corresponding game ball) moves toward the inflow portion or passes through the inflow portion, for example, it becomes the opposite side to the ball receiving portion. If the portion is pushed, when the following game ball reaches the restricting means, switching to the permitted state is prevented again, and secondary inconvenience may occur (normal game ball launch is chained to be blocked) Will be.) Such an inconvenience is likely to occur when the period required for discharging the game ball is prolonged due to the game ball being shaken in a predetermined area on the extension of the ball passage.

  In this regard, according to this feature, the game ball is prevented from coming into contact with the portion opposite to the ball receiving portion across the rotation center of the movable body from the ball passage side. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suppressed by avoiding a factor that hinders switching to an allowable state. In particular, the behavior of the game ball is not determined uniformly and may vary from time to time. In this feature, such a variation in behavior is allowed, and the effect shown in feature 1 or the like can be suitably exhibited.

Feature A15. The restriction means is a first restriction means (right-side prevention devices 106b and 601b),
The outlet portion of the ball passage is provided with second restricting means (left-side prevention devices 106a and 601a) for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the exit portion.
The inflow portion is formed by disposing the first restricting means and the second restricting means so as to allow a game ball to pass between the restricting means. Thru | or the game machine as described in any one of characteristics A14.

  According to the feature A15, the game ball launched from the game ball launching means passes through the second regulation means → the first regulation means in the process of reaching the game area via the ball passage (exit part). Here, as shown in the feature A1 and the like, the movement of the first restricting means is hindered because the game ball bounced off the game parts such as game nails arranged in the game area hits the first restricting means. Even if it is a case, the game ball which reached | attained the 1st control means via the 2nd control means will pass between both control means, and will fall below. That is, it is possible to prevent the game ball from returning to the ball passage while allowing the subsequent game ball to flow into the game area from the ball passage.

  However, if there is a gap allowing the passage of the game ball between the two restricting means, there is a possibility that the game ball bounced back to the game part such as a game nail will avoid the first restricting means and go to the exit portion. Remains. In this regard, even if such an event occurs, the second restricting means prevents the game ball from flowing into the outlet portion. As a result, the effects shown in the feature A1 and the like can be further enhanced.

  Feature A16. The gaming machine according to Feature A15, wherein a gaming nail non-arranged section is provided between the first regulating means and the second regulating means.

  According to feature A16, when a game ball that has not successfully passed the restriction position in the second restriction means falls (flows down) along the second restriction means, the game ball is smoothly detached from between the restriction means. Can be made. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the said game ball becomes a factor which obstructs the motion of a subsequent game ball.

Feature A17. The second restricting means includes a second movable body (left movable bodies 301a and 601a) that rotates along the front surface of the game board.
The second movable body is formed with a second ball receiving portion (left protruding piece 303a) that extends in a specific direction from the center of rotation of the second movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path. When the game ball hits the second ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the second movable body rotates, the regulation state restricts the passage of the game ball from the restricted state to allow the game ball to pass. It has a configuration that switches,
The first restricting means is disposed such that at least a part of the first restricting means faces the second ball receiving portion of the second restricting means from the opposite side to the outlet portion of the ball passage. The gaming machine according to Feature A15 or Feature A16, wherein

  When a game ball that has reached the game area hits a game nail and bounces off, it avoids (bypasses) the first restricting means to the second restricting means (specifically, the second ball receiving portion of the second movable body). If it reaches, the effect by providing the inflow part will not be exhibited well in the first place. That is, if the game ball hits the second ball receiving portion from the side opposite to the exit portion, the subsequent game ball is prevented from passing through the second restricting means, and the above-mentioned foul ball is generated. . In this regard, according to this feature, the first restricting means can be used as a barrier for the second restricting means. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said problem can be suppressed suitably.

Feature A18. The first restricting means includes a first movable body (right movable bodies 301b and 601b) and a first holder (holder 311b) that holds the first movable body so as to be rotatable along the front surface of the game board. Having
The first movable body includes a first ball receiving portion (right protruding piece 303b) that extends in a specific direction from a rotation center portion of the first movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path; A first extending portion (main body portion 305b) extending on the opposite side of the first ball receiving portion is formed, and the center of gravity of the first movable body is closer to the extending portion than the rotation center portion of the movable body. The game ball hits the first ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the first movable body rotates against the weight of the extension portion. It is configured to switch from a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game to an allowed state that permits the passage of game balls,
The first restricting means is configured such that, in the restricted state, the extension part is located below the first ball receiving part, and at least a part of the first holder or the extension part is the second part. The gaming machine according to Feature A17, wherein the gaming machine is disposed so as to face the ball receiving portion from the opposite side to the outlet portion of the ball passage.

  As shown in feature A17, in the configuration in which the first restricting means is used as a barrier for the second restricting means, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suitably suppressed, but the game ball easily hits the first restricting means. . In the first place, the situation where the inflow part is frequently used is not preferable in view of the fact that the inflow part functions as a backup in the case where the operation of the first regulating means is not performed well.

  In this regard, according to this feature, the first restricting means is configured to protect the second restricting means by a portion other than the first ball receiving portion of the first restricting means (extension portion or first holder). 2 It is possible to suitably suppress inconvenience caused by use as a barrier for the regulating means.

Feature A19. The first restricting means includes a first movable body (right movable bodies 301b and 601b) that rotates along the front surface of the game board.
The first movable body is formed with a first ball receiving portion (right protruding piece 303b) that extends in a specific direction from the rotation center of the first movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path. Then, the game ball hits the first ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the first movable body rotates to change from a restricted state to restrict the passage of the game ball to an allowed state to allow the passage of the game ball. It has a configuration that switches,
The second restricting means includes a second movable body (left movable bodies 301a and 601a) that rotates along the front surface of the game board.
The second movable body is formed with a second ball receiving portion (left protruding piece 303a) that extends in a specific direction from the center of rotation of the second movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path. When the game ball hits the second ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the second movable body rotates, the regulation state restricts the passage of the game ball from the restricted state to allow the game ball to pass. It has a configuration that switches,
The ball receiving portion is configured to function as a guide portion that guides the game ball to the inflow portion when the game ball that has reached the restriction means via the ball passage does not pass the restriction position. And
The inclination of the first ball receiving portion when the first restricting means is in the restricting state is greater than the inclination of the second ball receiving portion when the second restricting means is in the restricting state. The gaming machine according to any one of features A15 to A18, wherein the gaming machine has a configuration close to vertical.

  If the succeeding game ball cannot pass through the first restricting means due to the influence of the preceding game ball, etc., the game ball (corresponding game ball) should be quickly removed from the predetermined area on the extension of the ball passage. Is preferred. Here, the first ball receiving portion constituting the first restricting means is provided with a function of guiding the corresponding game ball to the inflow portion, and the first ball receiving portion is provided by the second ball receiving portion. Has a configuration close to vertical. Thereby, when the corresponding game ball moves along the second ball receiving portion, it can be suitably accelerated using the own weight of the corresponding game ball. Therefore, it is possible to quickly move to the inflow portion (gap), and the game ball can be suitably detached from the predetermined area before the next game ball reaches the first restricting means.

Feature A20. A center frame (center frame 95) provided below the first restricting means and provided so as to protrude from the front surface of the game board;
In the game area, a guide passage for guiding a game ball is formed by the upper surface of the center frame,
The downstream end of the guide passage is located below the second restricting means;
The inclination of the first ball receiving portion with respect to the direction of the guide passage when the first restricting means is in the restricted state is the second when the second restricting means is in the restricted state. The gaming machine according to Feature A19, wherein the ball receiving portion is configured to have a large inclination with respect to the passage direction.

  According to the feature A20, in the portion on the downstream side in the passage direction of the guide passage, that is, in the vicinity of the exit portion of the ball passage, the inclination of the second sphere receiving portion is made closer to the passage direction of the guide passage so The distance from the means can be suitably secured. Thereby, it can suppress that presence of a 2nd control means becomes a factor which compresses a guide passage too much in the downstream part of a guide passage.

  On the other hand, by increasing the inclination of the first ball receiving portion at a portion on the upstream side of the guide passage, that is, a portion away from the exit portion of the ball passage, the discharge function of the corresponding game ball can be enhanced. Further, as described above, when the first restricting means is used as a barrier for the second restricting means, the function of the barrier is preferably achieved by increasing the inclination of the first restricting means (first ball receiving portion). It can be demonstrated.

  For the above reasons, even when a plurality of restricting means are used in combination, the above-mentioned ball return is avoided while avoiding that it causes a pressure on the flow area (guide passage) of the game ball in the game area. The regulation function can be suitably exhibited.

Feature A21. The first restricting means includes a first movable body (right movable bodies 301b and 601b) that rotates along the front surface of the game board.
The first movable body is formed with a first ball receiving portion (right protruding piece 303b) that extends in a specific direction from the rotation center of the first movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path. Then, the game ball hits the first ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the first movable body rotates to change from a restricted state to restrict the passage of the game ball to an allowed state to allow the passage of the game ball. It has a configuration that switches,
The second restricting means includes a second movable body (left movable bodies 301a and 601a) that rotates along the front surface of the game board.
The second movable body is formed with a second ball receiving portion (left protruding piece 303a) that extends in a specific direction from the center of rotation of the second movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball path. When the game ball hits the second ball receiving portion from the ball passage side and the second movable body rotates, the regulation state restricts the passage of the game ball from the restricted state to allow the game ball to pass. It has a configuration that switches,
A rail portion (outer rail 102) provided upright from the front surface of the game board is provided, and a region along the rail portion is the predetermined region,
The rotation center portion of the first restricting means is configured to be farther from the rail portion than the rotation center portion of the second restricting means,
The gaming machine according to any one of features A15 to A20, wherein the first ball receiving portion is longer than the second ball receiving portion.

  The launched game balls pass in the order of the ball passage → second restriction means → first restriction means. Here, if a plurality of restricting means are used in combination, it is advantageous in that the various effects described above can be enjoyed. However, the position at which the game ball is detached from the restricting means is shifted in the extending direction of the ball path, so that the game ball is landed. The position adjustment range is reduced. This becomes a factor that hinders the player from proceeding with the advantage of the game as much as possible by firing the game ball toward the position desired by the player.

  In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the second ball receiving portion constituting the second restricting means is lengthened, the distance from the rotation center portion to the tip of the second ball receiving portion is increased, so that the same rotation amount is obtained. Even so, the amount of displacement of the tip portion increases. Thereby, the restriction | limiting which concerns on the adjustment range of the landing position of a game ball can be reduced, and it can suppress suitably that the charm of a game machine falls.

Feature A22. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V) that is provided in the game area and regulates the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage;
A gaming machine, characterized in that a ball passage portion through which a game ball can flow from the ball passage to the game area is formed at an intermediate position of the ball passage.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, if the regulating means does not function well due to the influence of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball passes through the ball passage portion provided in the middle position of the ball passage. It will flow into the game area. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said inconvenience can be suppressed suitably and the smooth progress of a game can be ensured.

Feature A23. The ball passage is formed by an outer first rail portion (outer rail 102) and an inner second rail portion (inner rail 101) facing each other with a gap through which a game ball can pass.
The first rail portion and the second rail portion are curved so as to protrude to the side of the gaming machine,
The gaming machine according to Feature A22, wherein the ball passing portion is disposed above a portion of the second rail portion that is convex to the side of the gaming machine.

  In the configuration in which the ball passage is formed by the first rail portion and the second rail portion, the game ball launched by the game ball launching means reaches the regulating means by moving along the first rail part. Here, when the game ball moves backward in the ball path without switching the restricting means to the allowable state, it moves along the second rail portion at least above the convex portion. . Therefore, as shown in this feature, if the ball passing portion is formed in the second rail portion, the effect shown in the feature A22 can be suitably exhibited.

Feature A24. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A movable body (movable bodies 301, 601) supported so as to be rotatable, and allowing the game ball to pass through the exit portion of the ball passage by rotating the movable body and the exit portion. A regulation means (ball return prevention mechanism 106, 106A to 106V) that switches to a regulation state that regulates the passage of the game ball,
The movable body is formed with a ball receiving portion (projecting piece 303) that extends in a specific direction from the center of rotation and hits a game ball that has moved along the ball path. It is configured to switch from the restricted state to the allowed state when a game ball hits the receiving part from the ball passage side,
A gaming machine comprising: a restricting portion that confronts the ball receiving portion with a gap from the gaming region side and restricts a collision of a gaming ball from the gaming region side to the ball receiving portion.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the present feature, the collision of the game ball from the game area side to the ball receiving unit is regulated by the regulation unit. Thus, if it is set as the structure which protects a ball receiving part from the collision of a game ball by a control part, generation | occurrence | production of the said problem can be suppressed suitably.

Feature A25. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A permitting state having a movable body (movable body 301) and allowing the game ball to pass through the exit portion of the ball passage by the displacement of the movable body, and a regulation state regulating the passage of the game ball at the exit portion; And a regulating means (ball return prevention mechanism 106, 106A to 106V) for switching to
The movable body is provided so as to be displaceable in the front-rear direction.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  Since the game ball that has reached the game area moves along the front surface of the game board, if the movable body also moves along the front surface of the game board, it is possible that the game ball hits the movable body. It tends to be a factor that affects operation. Therefore, the restricting means shown in this feature is configured such that the movable body is switched back and forth (for example, in the thickness direction of the game board) to switch between the permitted state and the restricted state. With such an operation mode, even if the game ball hits the movable body from the game area side, it can be suitably suppressed that the influence acts to prevent the switching to the allowable state. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-described event can be suppressed, and the restriction function by the restriction means can be suitably exhibited.

Feature A26. A gaming machine comprising a panel portion (glass panel 23) facing the front surface of the gaming board with a gap therebetween, the gaming area being visible through the panel portion,
The movable body is supported in a state in which it can rotate back and forth,
The gaming machine according to Feature A25, wherein the restricting means is configured to switch between the allowed state and the restricted state when the movable body rotates.

  There is a limit to the gap formed between the game board and the panel portion. For this reason, for example, as compared with a configuration in which the movable body is displaced along the front surface of the game board, it is difficult to secure an occupied area such as an operation gap of the movable body. In addition, for the movable body, the game ball collides every time the game ball is fired, and thus, it is necessary to devise durability related measures such as reducing the impact generated by the collision. Here, if the movable body is a rotation type, when a game ball collides with the movable body, the movable body escapes by rotating, so that the drag (resistance) generated at the time of collision can be minimized. . In particular, when the movable body is a rotation type, it is possible to suitably contribute to the reduction of the drag force by increasing the distance from the rotation center to the collision position of the game ball. Therefore, by setting the operation mode of the movable body to the pivoting type, it is possible to suppress the expansion of the occupied area related to the movable body while releasing the impact when the game ball hits well.

Feature A27. A gaming machine comprising a panel portion (glass panel 23) facing the front surface of the gaming board with a gap therebetween, the gaming area being visible through the panel portion,
The movable body is opposed to one of the game board or the panel part with a passing area of the game ball interposed therebetween, and when the restricting means is in the allowable state, the gap with the object to be opposed allows the game ball to pass. It is configured to change to an allowable size,
The feature A25 or feature A26 is characterized in that the movable body is configured such that, in the restricted state, a gap between the game board and the other of the panel portion is smaller than a diameter size of the game ball. Game machines.

  According to the feature A27, there is no room for the game ball to enter the gap between the movable body and the object to be confronted, and the movement of the movable body can be prevented from being hindered by the game ball entering the gap.

Feature A28. A gaming machine comprising a panel portion (glass panel 23) facing the front surface of the gaming board with a gap therebetween, the gaming area being visible through the panel portion,
The movable body is opposed to the game board with a game ball passing area in between, and the restricting means is in the allowable state so that a gap between the movable board and the game board is allowed to pass. The gaming machine according to any one of features A25 to A27, wherein the gaming machine is configured to change as described above.

  According to the configuration shown in this feature, it is possible to suppress the change of the trajectory of the game ball hitting the restricting means (movable body) in the direction toward the panel unit. Thereby, it can suppress that the game ball which bounced off to the movable body hits a panel part, and can protect the said panel part suitably.

Feature A29. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A movable body (movable bodies 301, 601) supported so as to be rotatable and a drive unit (drive unit 321) for rotating the movable body, and an exit portion of the spherical passage as the movable body rotates. A restricting means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V) that switches between a permissible state that permits the passage of the game ball at the outlet and a restrictive state that restricts the passage of the game ball at the exit portion;
A gaming machine comprising switching control means (main control device 162) that switches the restricting means to the permissible state by driving the drive unit.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the restricting means is disposed in the game area, the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back to a game part such as a game nail (for example, the game nail 93) and is restricted from the side opposite to the ball passage, for example. There is no denying the possibility of collision. In particular, it is assumed that the possibility of such a collision increases if the flow area of the game ball in the vicinity of the restricting means becomes small.

  If the operation of the restricting means is hindered by the collision of the preceding game ball, the subsequent game ball that should have reached the game area cannot reach the game area, and the subsequent game ball returns to the ball path. (A so-called foul ball or the like is generated). Such a reversal of the game ball is not preferable because it prevents the game ball from firing and hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, in the configuration shown in this feature, the operation of the movable body does not depend on the momentum of the game ball that has been launched. For this reason, even if the preceding game ball hits the movable body from the game area side as described above and attempts to hinder the movement of the movable body, the movable body itself is operated by the driving force from the drive unit. You can push away the disturbing game balls. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said problem can be suppressed suitably.

Feature A30. The switching control means is configured to switch the restricting means to the allowable state at a predetermined cycle,
A launch timing setting means (power supply / launch control device 243) for setting a launch timing of the game ball by the game ball launching means in accordance with a switching situation by the switch control means when the launch operation is being performed; The gaming machine according to Feature A29, wherein:

  The timing at which the player performs the launch operation is arbitrary. For this reason, when a game ball is launched regardless of the movement of the movable body in a configuration in which the movable body (regulating means) operates at a predetermined cycle, the game ball hits the movable body and reaches the game area. The possibility of not being possible arises. Therefore, as shown in this feature, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suitably suppressed by adopting a configuration in which the game ball firing timing is set in accordance with the switching state of the movable body (regulating means).

  Contrary to the configuration shown in this feature, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the regulating means is switched from the regulated state to the allowed state in accordance with the game ball launch operation. However, the period required from the game ball being fired to reaching the restricting means is often extremely short, and such a configuration causes inconveniences such as switching of the restricting means in time. Such inconvenience causes a new problem such as an improvement in the operation speed and response of the switching means. Therefore, it is desirable that the timing of launching the game ball is set in accordance with the movement of the restricting means as shown in this feature.

Feature A31. A rotating operation is performed during the game ball launching operation, and an operation member capable of adjusting the launching speed of the game ball based on the rotational operation amount is provided.
The gaming machine according to Feature A30, wherein the firing timing setting means is configured to set the firing timing in accordance with a rotation operation amount of the operation member.

  The launching speed of the game ball changes in accordance with the rotation operation amount of the operation member. In the case where the launch timing is uniquely determined in consideration of the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the firing speed, it is assumed that the period for maintaining the ball return regulating means in the allowable state is extended. This is not preferable because it can easily cause a disadvantage that the game ball ejected to the game area avoids the ball return restricting means and returns to the ball passage. In this respect, according to the configuration shown in this feature, the firing timing is corrected according to the amount of rotation operation, so that it is possible to avoid the unnecessary maintenance of the ball return as described above. The period during which the restricting means is allowed can be shortened as much as possible. Therefore, the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

Feature A32. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball to the game area based on a launch operation by a player;
A movable body provided in the game area and operating in a predetermined manner;
A gaming machine comprising: a firing timing setting means for setting a firing timing of a game ball by the game ball launching means in accordance with an operation mode of the movable body when the firing operation is performed. .

  According to the feature A32, it is possible to suitably improve the relationship between the movement of the movable body (particularly, one that may affect the movement of the game ball) provided in the game area and the launch timing of the game ball. .

Feature A33. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (such as the guide path 103) for guiding the game ball fired from the game ball launching means to a predetermined area in the game area (above the game area PE);
Regulation means (ball return prevention mechanism 106) for regulating the return of the game ball from the predetermined area to the ball passage,
The restricting means includes a movable body (movable body 301) that rotates along the front surface of the game board.
The movable body is formed with a ball receiving portion (protruding piece 303) that extends from the rotation center portion of the movable body and hits a game ball moved along the ball passage, and the restricting means is the ball receiving portion. The game ball hits from the side of the ball passage and the movable body rotates to switch from a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game ball to an allowed state that permits the passage of the game ball,
The movable body has an extending portion extending on the opposite side of the ball receiving portion across the rotation center portion of the movable body,
A gaming machine comprising a blocking means for blocking a game ball from hitting the extension portion from the ball passage side.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression.

  In particular, for the pivotable movable body shown in this feature, if the game ball hits the ball receiving portion, it rotates in a predetermined direction and switches from the restricted state to the permitted state. When a game ball hits a part opposite to the part (extension part), the movable body is prevented from rotating in a predetermined direction, or the movable body is rotated in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction. Will be a factor. That is, if the game ball that has reached the restriction means first cannot successfully pass the restriction means, the game ball may be a factor that prevents the subsequent game balls from passing. This is not preferable because it becomes a factor that hinders the smooth progress of the game.

  In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, even when the preceding game ball cannot pass through the regulating means due to factors such as lack of momentum, it is the time when the subsequent game ball reaches the movable body. It can be suppressed that it becomes a factor that hinders the movement of the movable body (switching from the allowable state to the restricted state). Therefore, smooth progress of the game can be ensured.

  Feature A34. The gaming machine according to Feature A33, wherein the blocking means has a wall shape facing the extended portion from the ball passage side with a gap.

  The blocking means shown in the feature A33 is formed in a wall shape facing the extension portion with a gap, thereby ensuring the blocking function described above and suppressing the useless expansion of the occupied area of the blocking means. Can do.

  Feature A35. The gaming machine according to Feature A33 or Feature A34, wherein a gap larger than the diameter size of the game ball is formed between the ball passage and the blocking means.

  According to the feature A35, even when the succeeding game ball reaches the restricting means in a situation where the hitting of the game ball to the extending portion is blocked by the blocking means, the game ball blocked by the blocking means That is, it is possible to suppress the gaming ball hitting the blocking means from interfering with the subsequent gaming ball. Thereby, even if the succeeding game ball is fired at a short launch interval, it is possible to prevent the preceding game ball from interfering and preventing the subsequent game ball from reaching the predetermined area.

  In addition, the structure shown in this feature is “provided standing from the front surface of the game board, and includes a rail part (outer rail 102) that defines the ball path, and the gap dimension between the rail part and the blocking means is: The gaming machine according to Feature A33, which is larger than twice the diameter of the game ball.

  Feature A36. The game according to any one of features A33 to A35, wherein the blocking means is provided with a function of guiding a game ball that has reached the blocking means to a side away from the ball receiving portion. Machine.

  According to the feature A36, it is possible to avoid the game ball that has reached the blocking means from moving again to the ball receiving portion side. Thereby, it can suppress that a movable body rotates in a predetermined direction, such as being pushed by the said game ball, and can suppress suitably the fall of the original regulation function of a control means.

Feature A37. An inflow portion through which a game ball can flow from the ball passage into an area different from the predetermined area in the game area;
The gaming machine according to any one of features A33 to A36, wherein the blocking means is configured to guide a game ball that has reached the blocking means to the inflow portion.

  A game ball that has not successfully passed through the restricting means is moved away from the restricting means through the inflow portion. Thereby, it can suppress suitably that the said game ball becomes a factor which prevents passage of the control means of a subsequent game ball.

  Feature A38. The blocking means stands along the front surface of the game board and is formed so as to surround the extension portion, and the blocking means prevents the game ball from hitting the extension portion from the predetermined area side. The gaming machine according to any one of features A33 to A37, wherein:

  When the restricting means (movable body) has an extending portion, the restricting means (movable body) can be switched from the restricted state to the permitted state by hitting the extended portion with a game ball from the predetermined area side. There is sex. When the game ball is switched to an allowable state other than at the timing when it passes through the restricting means, the original function of the restricting means is reduced, but by providing a blocking means surrounding the restricting means as shown in this feature, Such inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

  Further, by forming the blocking means in a substantially annular shape, it is possible to suitably disperse the stress generated due to the collision of the game balls, etc., and contribute to ensuring the durability of the blocking means.

Feature A39. The extension part is formed so that the center of gravity of the movable body is closer to the extension part than the rotation center part of the movable body,
In any one of features A33 to A38, the movable body is configured to return to the restricted state by its own weight when the blocking means is in the allowed state. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature A39, after the movable body is switched from the restricted state to the permitted state due to the collision of the game ball with the ball receiving portion, the movable body returns to the permitted state → the restricted state due to its own weight. By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to reduce the influence of deterioration or the like accompanying the repeated operation of the restricting means. However, the presence of such an extension portion is a preferable configuration in order to exert the above-mentioned effect, but it is not a configuration for forcibly switching to the allowable state / blocking state and the game ball hits the extension portion. This may cause the movable body to rotate in an unintended direction.

  Therefore, by applying the technical idea shown in the feature A33 or the like to the restricting means shown in this feature, it is possible to eliminate the disadvantages of having the extending portion and realize a practically preferable configuration.

  As for the configuration of “extending in a specific direction from the rotation center” shown in the above features, for example, a configuration extending in a direction along the front surface of the game board (extending in the radial direction from the rotation center) (Configuration).

  Each of the following B to G groups is “a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game board in which a game area is formed, and a game ball launching means for launching a game ball when a player performs a launch operation; However, if a game ball or the like that has reached the game area returns to the ball path, the game ball moves to the game area of the subsequent game ball. Therefore, at the exit portion of the ball passage, inflow of game balls from the ball passage to the game area is allowed, while return balls such as inflow of game balls from the game area to the ball passage are allowed. Regarding the background technology that “a configuration that suppresses the occurrence of the return ball is provided (for example, see Patent Document 1)”, the invention that “the configuration relating to the suppression of the return sphere described above still has room for improvement”. With a problem to be solved It is those that have been.

<Feature B group>
Feature B1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
Restriction means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V) having a restriction portion (for example, movable body 601) for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball path,
The restricting means is a restriction state that restricts the passage of the game ball at the restriction position by the restriction portion and the passage of the game ball at the restriction position by the displacement of the restriction portion in the thickness direction of the game board. A gaming machine that is configured to switch to a state.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression.

  Here, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the restricting means, the presence of the restricting portion that constitutes the restricting means and other components that accompany the restricting portion can be a factor that compresses the game area. In the configuration shown in this feature, the restricting portion is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board (for example, the front-rear direction in the gaming machine), so that the restricting means is switched between the permitted state and the restricted state. Thereby, the expansion of the occupation area of a control means can be suppressed, and the compression of the game area mentioned above can be suppressed. In addition, the configuration in which the restricting portion is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board is advantageous for making the movement of the restricting portion less noticeable.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “a game board (game area formation body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed” and a game ball launching means (game) that launches a game ball based on a launch operation by the player. A ball launching mechanism 110), a ball passage (guide passage 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area, and a regulation for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage Means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106V), and the restricting means is provided in opposition to a wall portion (for example, a glass panel 23) constituting either the front wall surface or the rear wall surface of the game area. The movable body (for example, the movable body 601) can be switched between an allowable state in which a game ball can pass and a restricted state in which the passage of the game ball is restricted based on a change in the distance between the movable body and the wall portion. It has become Game machine and said. "And it is also possible to.

Feature B2. A door body (front door frame 14) provided so as to cover the gaming board from the front of the gaming machine;
A gaming machine in which the gaming area is visible through a panel portion (glass panel 23) provided on the door body,
The restricting portion is disposed on the game board,
The restriction means is configured such that the restriction portion enters the restriction state when the restriction portion approaches the panel portion, and the restriction portion enters the permission state when the restriction portion moves away from the panel portion. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the feature B2, the movable body is positioned on the rear side of the game ball passing area. Thereby, avoiding that the movable body becomes a factor that hinders the visual recognition of the game ball, it is preferable to reduce the visibility of the game ball due to the benefit of the restriction of ball return and the effect shown in the feature B1 Can be suppressed.

  Feature B3. The gaming machine according to Feature B2, wherein the restricting portion is configured to be displaced so as to intersect with a front surface of the gaming board.

  In a configuration in which the restricting portion is displaced so as to intersect the front surface of the game board, the operating area of the restricting portion is secured by using the thickness of the game board. By securing the operation area in this way, it is possible to prevent the operation area from being bulky in the direction of the surface expansion of the game board. Thereby, the effect shown to the characteristic B1 etc. can be exhibited more suitably.

  It should be noted that, in order to secure the operation area on the game board side, it is possible to avoid the influence of securing the operation area from affecting the relationship between the panel portion and the front surface of the game board and to suppress the complexity of the peripheral structure as much as possible. There is technical significance.

  Feature B4. The restriction means is configured to avoid the protrusion of the restriction portion with respect to the front surface of the game board when the restriction means is in the restricted state. A gaming machine according to B3.

  According to the feature B4, in the restricted state, the restricting portion is disposed at a position retracted from the front surface of the game board. By suppressing the protrusion of the restricting portion in this manner, it is possible to suppress the disorder of the behavior of the game ball when passing the restricting means. This is advantageous in stabilizing the movement of the game ball toward the game area. Thereby, for example, the contact between the game ball and the panel portion can be avoided to contribute to the protection of the panel portion, the reduction of the hitting sound, and the like.

  It should be noted that the feature is that, when the restricting means is in the restricted state, the restricting portion is prevented from projecting from the front surface of the game board and the front surface of the game board and the restricting portion. The gaming machine described in the feature B2 or the feature B3 is characterized in that the inner wall surface of the passing area of the gaming ball is formed in front of the gaming machine.

Feature B5. The restricting means has a holding part (holder 611) for holding the restricting part,
One of the features B2 to B4, wherein the game board is formed with a housing portion (for example, an opening 85) that is opened to the front side of the game board and houses the holding portion. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the feature B5, by embedding the configuration related to the holding of the restricting portion in the game board, it is possible to suppress the configuration related to the holding (holding portion) from being a factor of pressing the game area. Note that embedding the holding portion in the game board is advantageous in improving the appearance of the game board.

  Feature B6. The gaming machine according to Feature B5, wherein when the restricting means is in the restricted state, at least a part of the opening portion (the long hole 85K) of the housing portion is covered by the restricting portion.

  According to the configuration in which the restricting means is embedded in the game board as shown in the feature B5, a recessed portion (open portion) is generated on the front surface of the game board. The presence of such a recessed portion can be a factor in disturbing the behavior of the game ball. Therefore, for example, by supplementing such a recessed portion by the restricting portion, it is possible to enjoy the effect shown in the feature B5 and to suppress the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball due to it.

  Feature B7. When the restricting means is switched from the restricted state to the allowed state in accordance with the passage of the game ball, a return means (for example, a link mechanism) that returns the restricting means to the restricted state is provided. The gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B6.

  According to the feature B7, the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage can be suitably suppressed by returning the restriction means to the restricted state.

  Feature B8. The return means includes a ball receiving portion (a ball receiving surface portion 604b of the right movable body 601b) to which the game ball hits when a game ball that has passed the restriction position reaches a predetermined position, and a push applied to the ball receiving portion. A transmission unit (for example, an arm unit 607) that transmits pressure to the regulation unit, and configured to return the regulation unit to the regulation state by the pressing force. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature B8, the game ball that has passed through the restriction position hits the ball receiving portion after that. At this time, by preparing the configuration in which the regulating means is returned to the regulated state by transmitting the pressing force applied to the ball receiving unit to the regulating unit, preparation for the next game ball to be launched is made. In driving the restricting means using the movement of the game ball, for example, a reaction force is generated that moves the game ball away from the restricting portion in the thickness direction of the game board. This can be a factor in disturbing the behavior of the game ball. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, the reaction force received from the restricting portion when the game ball passes the restricting position is provided by providing a return trigger separately from the restricting state to the permitting state of the restricting means. Can be small. Thereby, the movement of the game ball can be contributed to stabilization. If it is possible to suppress the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball in the vicinity of the restriction position, it is advantageous in realizing restriction means protection and functional security.

  Further, since the return to the restricted state can be realized without using an urging means such as a spring as a power source, it is not necessary to take into account the influence of variations in the elastic force of the spring (individual differences, deterioration over time, etc.). Thereby, reduction of the reaction force mentioned above can be realized more suitably.

  Feature B9. The ball receiving portion of the return means is arranged in parallel with the restricting means so as to be positioned opposite to the restricting means with respect to the exit portion (exit portion 105) of the ball passage. The gaming machine according to Feature B8.

  According to the feature B9, it is possible to suitably improve the responsiveness when the restricting means is switched from the restricted state → the allowed state → the restricted state as the game ball passes.

  In view of the point that the game balls are periodically fired, the distance between the restricting means (the restricting portion) and the ball receiving portion is required until the game ball that has passed the restricting position passes through the ball receiving portion. The period is preferably set to be shorter than the period required for the launched game ball to reach the ball receiver.

Feature B10. The ball receiving surface portion is positioned on the moving path of the game ball that has passed the regulation position, and can be displaced to a standby position (for example, a maximum protruding position) where the game ball hits and a retracted position that is separated from the moving path. And
The transmission unit is configured to displace the ball receiving unit from the retracted position to the standby position based on a displacement of the regulating unit when the regulating unit is switched from the regulated state to the allowed state. The gaming machine according to Feature B8 or Feature B9, characterized by

  According to the feature B10, since the ball receiving portion can be arranged at the standby position as necessary, it is possible to suppress the game area from being pressed due to the presence of the ball receiving portion. Further, since the restricting means (the restricting portion) and the ball receiving portion have a mutually complementary relationship, it is not necessary to separately provide a power source for arranging the ball receiving portion at the standby position. Thereby, simplification of a structure is realizable.

Feature B11. The restricting portion has a plate shape, and one plate surface of the restricting portion functions as a receiving surface portion (ball receiving surface portion 604a) on which a game ball from the ball passage hits,
The restricting means is provided on a plate surface opposite to the receiving surface portion in the restricting portion, and has an upright portion (a rotating tip portion 606a of the base portion 602a) that stands up from the plate surface. The gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B10.

  As shown in the feature B11, when the restricting portion has a plate shape, there is a possibility that a gap is generated between the restricting portion and the arrangement target due to the displacement of the restricting portion. If a game ball preceding the gap enters the gap, there is a possibility that the displacement of the restricting portion (regulating means) when the succeeding game ball arrives is hindered. In consideration of such circumstances, for example, the amount of displacement of the restricting portion can be reduced, or the thickness of the restricting portion can be increased. However, when such measures are taken, a new problem relating to responsiveness when switching between the restricted state and the allowable state occurs. In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the structure is provided with an upright portion, the upright portion can function as a blocking means for preventing the game ball from entering the gap. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the new subject etc. which were mentioned above can be suppressed, and a practically preferable structure can be implement | achieved.

Feature B12. The restricting means is configured to switch to the allowed state and the restricted state as the restricting portion rotates,
The gaming machine according to Feature B11, wherein the upright portion has an arc shape centering on a rotation center of the restricting portion.

  According to the feature B12, even when the preceding game ball hits the standing part, it is possible to suppress the stress generated due to the action from urging the restricting part to act. Thereby, it can avoid suitably that presence of an upright part becomes factors, such as a fall of the responsiveness which concerns on operation | movement of a control part.

  When the movable body is constituted by the restricting portion and the upright portion, the upright portion is formed in a plate shape extending radially from the rotation center portion of the restricting portion, and the upright portion is rotatably held. With this configuration, it is possible to suppress the increase in the weight of the movable body due to reinforcement of the restricting portion by the standing portion. As a result, it is possible to contribute to the reduction of the drag generated due to the guarantee of responsiveness and the collision of game balls when switching between the permissible state / restricted state.

Feature B13. A door body (front door frame 14) provided so as to cover the gaming board from the front of the gaming machine;
A gaming machine in which the gaming area is visible through a panel portion (glass panel 23) provided on the door body,
The restricting portion is disposed at a position closer to the panel portion of the game board and the panel portion, and the restricting means has a relative distance between the restricting portion and the game board due to the displacement of the restricting portion. The game according to Feature B1, wherein the game is configured to be in the permissible state by becoming larger and to be in the restricted state by relatively reducing the distance between the restriction portion and the game board. Machine.

  According to the feature B13, when the game ball hits the restricting portion, the game ball is pressed against the game board side by a reaction force acting on the game ball. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the floating of the game ball from the game board and to suppress the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball.

Feature B14. The game board is provided with a guide rail (guide rail 100) constituting the ball passage,
The gaming machine according to Feature B13, wherein the guide rail is provided with a holding portion (holder 311G) that holds the restricting portion.

  By providing the guide rail with the holding portion for the restricting portion, it is possible to suitably suppress the holding portion from being a factor of pressing the game area in realizing the technical idea shown in the feature B13.

  The technical idea shown in the feature B2 and the like may be applied to the feature B13 or the feature B14.

<Feature C group>
Feature C1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means (for example, a ball return prevention mechanism 106K to 106V) provided in the game area and regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball path;
The regulating means is
The first movable body (the left movable body 601a) has a permissible state in which the passage of the game ball at the first restricted position and the passage of the game ball at the first restricted position due to the displacement of the first movable body. A first restriction unit (left side prevention devices 106aK to 106aV) that switches to a restriction state to be restricted;
There is a second movable body (right movable body 601b) provided side by side with the first movable body at a position that is an extension of the ball path, and the game at the second restricted position is caused by the displacement of the second movable body. A second restricting portion (right side prevention devices 106bK to 106bV) that switches to a permissible state that allows passage of the ball and a restricted state that restricts passage of the game ball at the second restricting position;
Switching means (link mechanism) for switching the state of the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion by displacing the other of the first movable member and the second movable member based on the displacement of one of the first movable member and the second movable member. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  As shown in the feature C1, with respect to the type of restriction means in which the restriction state / allowance state is switched by the movement of the movable body, the following game ball is used when the preceding game ball of the movable body interferes with the movable body. There is a possibility that the displacement of the movable body accompanying the passage of hinders. In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion located on the extension of the ball passage are used in combination, for example, the second restricting portion is used as a barrier for the first restricting portion. And the occurrence of the obstacles as described above can be suppressed.

  Further, in the configuration that can be switched between the permitted state / restricted state, the ball return can be preferably avoided in the restricted state, but the possibility of a reverse return occurring in the permitted state cannot be denied. In this regard, according to the configuration in which the two movable bodies are interlocked by the switching unit, for example, when one of the movable bodies is in an allowable state, it is possible to cooperate such that the other is in a restricted state. If it becomes possible to make up for each other's weak points in this way, it can contribute to further improvement of the ball return regulation function.

Feature C2. The first restricting portion and the second restricting portion are arranged such that the first restricting portion is closer to the exit portion of the ball passage than the second restricting portion,
The gaming machine according to C1, wherein the switching means includes means for setting the second restricting portion in a restricted state when the first restricting portion is in an allowed state.

  According to the feature C2, the second restricting portion farther from the exit portion of the two restricting portions is in a restricted state when the game ball passes through the first restricting position (first restricting portion). With such a configuration, it is possible to avoid the second restricting portion from being unnecessarily maintained in the restricted state. For example, in a type of restriction unit that increases the occupied area on the front side of the game board by entering the restricted state, it is possible to suitably reduce the chance that the game area is compressed due to the presence of the restriction part.

Feature C3. The first restricting portion and the second restricting portion are arranged such that the first restricting portion is closer to the exit portion (exit portion 105) of the ball passage than the second restricting portion,
The gaming machine according to Feature C1 or Feature C2, wherein the switching means includes means for setting the first restricting portion in a restricted state when the second restricting portion is in an allowed state.

  According to the feature C3, when the second restricting portion is allowed in response to the passing of the game ball at the second restricting position, the first restricting portion is in the restricting state. The movement of the game ball is hindered by the first restricting portion. Thereby, a ball return regulation function can be suitably secured.

  Further, by returning the first restricting portion to the restricting state before the second restricting portion enters the permitted state, a game ball or the like that has not successfully passed the second restricting position passes through the first restricting position. Returning to the ball passage can be suitably suppressed.

  In particular, in the combination with the feature C2, the first restricting means returns to the restricted state when the game ball passes in the order of the first restricted position → the second restricted position. As a result, it is possible to prepare for the arrival of the next game ball, and it is possible to deal with repeated launch of the game ball. As described above, the configuration in which both restricting means return to the original state each time the game ball is fired can favorably suppress variation in the decrease in the moving speed of the game ball accompanying the passage of the restricting means.

  Feature C4. The restricting means is configured such that when the first restricting portion is in a permitted state, the second restricting portion is in a restricted state, and when the second restricting portion is in a permitted state, the first restricting portion. The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C3, wherein the game machine is configured to be in a restricted state.

  As shown in feature C4, when the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion are used in combination and one of them is in an allowable state, the configuration in which the ball return is restricted by the other (a configuration that performs mutual complementation) is described above. It is possible to suitably regulate the occurrence of the returned ball.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “the switching means is configured so that the state of the first restricting portion and the state of the second restricting portion are opposite to each other, the first movable body and the second movable body. The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C3, characterized in that the game machine is configured to be displaced.

  Further, “the switching means switches one of the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion in the order of the blocking state, the permitting state, and the blocking state in accordance with the passage of the game ball. The game according to any one of features C1 to C3, wherein the other of the two restricting portions is configured to be switched in the order of a permitted state, a blocked state, and a permitted state as the game ball passes. It is also possible to use “machine”.

  Feature C5. Any one of the features C1 to C4, wherein the restricting means is configured such that at least one of the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion is in a restricting state in the process of switching. The gaming machine described in one.

  According to the feature C5, it is possible to overlap the period in which the first restricting portion is in the restricted state and the period in which the second restricting portion is in the restricted state. Thereby, the mutual complement function mentioned above can be strengthened suitably. In addition, it is possible to favorably allow manufacturing variations and operation variations in securing the ball return regulation function, thereby contributing to the promotion of the use of the regulation means.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “the switching means is configured such that the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion are in the first restricting state so that the other is in the restricting state before the restricting state is changed to the permitting state. The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C4, characterized in that switching between the first and second restricting portions is possible. "

Feature C6. The first movable body is displaced with the passage of the game ball at the first restriction position, and the second movable body is displaced with the passage of the game ball at the second restriction position,
The switching means displaces the second movable body based on the displacement of the first movable body when the first restricting portion switches from the restricted state to the permitted state based on the displacement of the first movable body. The second restricting portion is switched from the permitted state to the restricted state, and when the second restricting portion is switched from the restricted state to the permitted state based on the displacement of the second movable body, the displacement of the second movable body is The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C5, wherein the first restricting unit is switched from a permitted state to a restricted state by displacing the first movable body.

  According to the feature C6, the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion are alternately switched to the restricted state (allowed state). Thus, by providing relevance to the movement of the first movable body and the second movable body, it is possible to contribute to the stabilization of the operation of the restricting means.

Feature C7. The first movable body has a first ball receiving portion (ball receiving surface portion 604a) to which a game ball moved along the ball path hits,
The second movable body has a second ball receiving portion (ball receiving surface portion 604b) to which a game ball moved along the ball path hits,
The switching means urges the displacement of the second movable body by transmitting the pressing force to the second movable body when the first movable body is displaced when the first ball receiving portion is pushed by the game ball. When the second ball receiving portion is pushed by the game ball and the second movable body is displaced, the pressing force is transmitted to the first movable body to promote the displacement of the first movable body. The gaming machine according to Feature C6, wherein:

  According to the feature C7, it is possible to alternately set the two restricting portions in the restricted state (allowable state) using the pressing force by the game ball. In this way, since the driving means for generating the driving force for switching the state of the restricting portion is unnecessary, it is possible to contribute to the simplification of the configuration related to the restricting means.

  Moreover, even in view of the fact that the game ball firing speed is generally adjustable, the state switching speeds of the two restricting parts are proportional to the game ball firing speed, and the ability to follow the speed adjustment function is improved. It can be secured by a simple configuration.

Feature C8. The first movable body and the second movable body are rotatably held,
The switching means includes a connection mechanism that connects the first movable body and the second movable body in a state in which relative displacement is allowed.
The connection location of the first movable body and the second movable body by the coupling mechanism is displaced so as to straddle between the rotation center of the first movable body and the rotation center of the second movable body. The gaming machine according to Feature C7, wherein the gaming machine is configured.

  In the configuration in which the kinetic energy of the game ball is diverted to the state switching of the restriction unit as shown in the feature C7, the kinetic energy of the game ball is reduced by passing through the restriction means, and the moving speed of the game ball is lowered. It will be. Such a large decrease in speed can be a factor that makes it difficult to make the game ball reach the target position. Here, according to the configuration shown in this feature, the transmission efficiency can be improved by adopting a configuration in which the connecting portion moves so as to cross the virtual plane connecting the two rotation centers. Further, by reducing the drag when the movable body is displaced, the reaction force applied to the game ball from the movable body can be suppressed, and disturbance of the behavior of the game ball can be suppressed. For the above reasons, it is possible to suitably suppress a decrease in the moving speed of the game ball and a disturbance in behavior.

Feature C9. The first restricting portion and the second restricting portion are arranged such that the first restricting portion is closer to the exit portion of the ball passage than the second restricting portion,
The first movable body and the second movable body are rotatably held,
The switching means has a connection mechanism for connecting the first movable body and the second movable body in a state allowing relative displacement,
The connection mechanism includes a first connection portion (link groove 609a) provided in the first movable body and a second connection portion (arm portion 607b and the like) provided in the second movable body. ,
The second connecting portion extends from the second movable body to the first movable body, and a tip portion thereof is on a side opposite to a portion where the game ball from the ball passage hits in the first ball receiving portion. The gaming machine according to Feature C7 or C8, wherein the gaming machine is formed so as to face the portion.

  In the configuration in which the first movable body and the second movable body are interlocked as shown in the feature C1, when one movement is hindered, the influence is exerted on the other. Therefore, in order to ensure the operation of the entire regulation means, it is necessary to take care that one movement is not hindered by the other. For example, in the configuration having a rotating movable body as described above, there is a possibility that the rotation is hindered when the game ball enters the operation area. In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the second connecting portion is used to suppress the entry of the game ball into the first movable body, the movement of the first movable body and the subsequent game ball is caused by the preceding game ball. It is possible to suppress obstruction.

  Feature C10. The game according to Feature C8 or Feature C9, wherein the rotation tip portion (rotation tip portion 606b) of the two movable bodies has an arc shape centered on the rotation center of the second movable body. Machine.

  In the configuration in which the first movable body and the second movable body are interlocked as shown in the feature C1, when one movement is hindered, the influence is exerted on the other. Therefore, in order to ensure the operation of the entire regulation means, it is necessary to take care that one movement is not hindered by the other. In particular, since the second movable body may have a wider exposed portion on the game area side, it is assumed that there are more opportunities for the preceding game ball to come into contact. If the movement of the second movable body is hindered by the preceding game ball, there is a concern that the presence of the second movable body will be an inhibiting factor that hinders the state switching of the regulating means. In this regard, in the configuration shown in this feature, when the game ball hits the second movable body (rotating tip portion) from the guidance destination of the game ball, the pressing force is the center of rotation of the second movable body. Therefore, it can be avoided that the pressing force acts to rotate the second movable body. Thereby, even if the preceding game ball collides with the second movable body, not only can it be suppressed that it prevents the second movable body from rotating, but it also prevents the first movable body from rotating. It can also be suppressed.

  The technical idea shown in this feature can be applied to the “first movable body”. In this case, the configuration may be such that “the rotation tip portion of the one movable body has an arc shape centered on the rotation center of the first movable body”.

  Feature C11. The rotation directions of the first movable body and the second movable body are defined so that the amount of protrusion of the first movable body and the second movable body from the front surface of the game board changes according to the change in posture. The gaming machine according to any one of features C8 to C10, wherein:

  According to the feature C11, the influence of gravity or the like can be suppressed. Thereby, the bias of the pressing force required when the movable body is displaced can be reduced. If the required maximum value of the pressing force can be lowered, it is possible to suitably suppress disturbance of the behavior of the game ball when the game ball collides with each movable body.

Feature C12. When the first restricting portion is in a restricted state, the first ball receiving portion has a rotation tip that is more inclined than a portion where the inclination with respect to the front surface of the game board is on the rotation base end side of the first movable body. It is formed so that the side part becomes larger,
When the second restricting portion is in a restricting state, the second ball receiving portion has a rotation tip that is more inclined than a portion in which the inclination relative to the front surface of the game board is on the rotation base end side of the first movable body. The gaming machine according to Feature C11, wherein the side portion is formed so as to be larger.

  In the configuration in which the pressing force by the game ball is converted into the power of another movable body by the coupling mechanism shown in the feature C8 or the like, it is assumed that the behavior of the game ball is likely to be disturbed by the increase in the drag force. In particular, in a configuration in which the amount of protrusion from the game board changes, the game ball rises from the front surface of the game board, and interference between the game ball and the panel portion (glass panel 23) covering the game board is likely to occur. In this regard, in the configuration shown in this feature, the drag angle can be reduced because the inclination angle of the contact surface is small at the initial timing when the game ball hits the ball receiving portion. On the other hand, after the rotation has progressed to some extent, the inertial force acts on the movable body, so that the movable body can be operated with a relatively small pressing force. Therefore, even if the inclination angle of the contact surface of the ball receiving portion is increased to promote the rotation of the movable body, it is possible to suppress an excessive drag force. Thereby, it becomes possible to improve the efficiency of the posture change at the time of rotation while suppressing the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball.

  Feature C13. The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C12, wherein the first movable body and the second movable body are separated from each other.

  According to the feature C13, it is possible to avoid the presence of the game ball so as to straddle the first restriction position and the second restriction position. For this reason, even if the interlocking of two movable bodies is realized by a simple switching means (link structure or the like), the reverse displacement of the other movable body is started at the timing before the displacement of one movable body is completed. For example, it is possible to suppress an excessive load generated in the switching unit. By thus protecting the switching means, it is possible to contribute to improving the durability of the regulating means.

  Feature C14. A gap between the first movable body and the second movable body is formed such that a game ball discharged from the restriction means can flow into the game area through the gap. The gaming machine described in 1.

  Even in the case where two restricting portions are used in combination, it is impossible to deny the possibility that the preceding game ball or the like may hinder the movement of the subsequent game ball. For example, if a game ball that has passed through one of the first restriction position and the second restriction position cannot pass through the other, and the game ball remains in the restriction means, the game ball will later reach the restriction means It can be an obstacle that prevents the movement of the game ball. In this regard, if the game ball can be discharged through the gap between the two movable bodies, the occurrence of the above-described event can be suitably suppressed.

Feature C15. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulating means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106K to 106V) provided in the gaming area and regulating the return of the gaming ball from the gaming area to the ball passage;
The regulating means is
The first movable body (the left movable body 601a) has a permissible state in which the passage of the game ball at the first restricted position and the passage of the game ball at the first restricted position due to the displacement of the first movable body. A first restriction unit (left side prevention devices 106aK to 106aV) that switches to a restriction state to be restricted;
There is a second movable body (right movable body 601b) provided side by side with the first movable body at a position that is an extension of the ball path, and the game at the second restricted position is caused by the displacement of the second movable body. A second restricting portion (right side prevention devices 106bK to 106bV) that switches to a permissible state that allows passage of the ball and a restricted state that restricts passage of the game ball at the second restricting position;
The state of the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion based on whether the game ball passes through a predetermined location away from the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion or the game ball reaches the predetermined location. A gaming machine comprising switching means for switching between.

  As shown in feature C15, regarding the type of restriction means in which the restriction state / allowance state is switched by the movement of the movable body, when the game ball preceding the movable body interferes with the movable body, the subsequent game ball There is a possibility that the displacement of the movable body accompanying the passage of hinders. In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion located on the extension of the ball passage are used in combination, for example, the second restricting portion is used as a barrier for the first restricting portion. And the occurrence of the obstacles as described above can be suppressed.

  By having a configuration in which the state of the two restricting portions is switched based on the game ball passing through a predetermined location away from the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion or reaching the predetermined location, the next game Preparations before passing the ball will be ready.

  For example, when the switching means is constituted by a link mechanism or the like, the kinetic energy of the game ball becomes a power source. In such a configuration, the behavior of the game ball may be disturbed. Therefore, by providing the predetermined portion away from the restricting portion, it is possible to suppress the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball that occurs when passing through the restricting portion as much as possible.

  Further, when the switching means is constituted by a sensor or a drive unit, it may be necessary to ensure the operational accuracy when performing the detection → switching operation. By providing the sensor apart from the restricting portion, it is not necessary to secure a sensor arrangement area around the switching portion. In addition, there is a possibility that the behavior of the game ball becomes complicated around the restriction part. If a game ball is detected at a timing that should not be detected, the restriction means will return unintentionally. Even in consideration of such circumstances, it is technically significant to dare to provide the predetermined location away from the regulating means.

  In the configuration that can be switched between the permitted state / restricted state, the ball return can be preferably avoided in the restricted state, but it cannot be denied that the return may occur when the permitted state is reached. In this regard, according to the configuration in which the two movable bodies are interlocked by the switching unit, for example, when one of the movable bodies is in an allowable state, it is possible to cooperate such that the other is in a restricted state. If it becomes possible to compensate for each other's weak points in this way, it can contribute to further improvement of the regulation function of ball return.

Feature C16. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulating means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106K to 106V) provided in the gaming area and regulating the return of the gaming ball from the gaming area to the ball passage;
The regulating means is
The first movable body (the left movable body 601a) has a permissible state in which the passage of the game ball at the first restricted position and the passage of the game ball at the first restricted position due to the displacement of the first movable body. A first restriction unit (left side prevention devices 106aK to 106aV) that switches to a restriction state to be restricted;
There is a second movable body (right movable body 601b) provided side by side with the first movable body at a position that is an extension of the ball path, and the game at the second restricted position is caused by the displacement of the second movable body. A second restricting portion (right side prevention devices 106bK to 106bV) that switches to a permissible state that allows passage of the ball and a restricted state that restricts passage of the game ball at the second restricting position;
Based on the game ball passing through the regulation means, the game ball preceding or following the game ball passing through or reaching the predetermined location, the first regulation unit and the second A gaming machine comprising switching means for switching the state of the restricting portion.

  As shown in the feature C16, regarding the type of restriction means in which the restriction state / allowance state is switched by the movement of the movable body, when the game ball preceding the movable body interferes with the movable body, the subsequent game ball There is a possibility that the displacement of the movable body accompanying the passage of hinders. In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion located on the extension of the ball passage are used in combination, for example, the second restricting portion is used as a barrier for the first restricting portion. And the occurrence of the obstacles as described above can be suppressed.

  The game ball (corresponding game ball) passing through the first restriction unit and the second restriction unit, the game ball preceding the game ball or the subsequent game ball passing through the predetermined location or reaching the predetermined location Based on the configuration in which the states of the two restricting portions are switched based on this, preparations for the next game ball to pass through are completed.

  In the configuration that can be switched between the permitted state / restricted state, the ball return can be preferably avoided in the restricted state, but it cannot be denied that the return may occur when the permitted state is reached. In this regard, according to the configuration in which the two movable bodies are interlocked by the switching unit, for example, when one of the movable bodies is in an allowable state, it is possible to cooperate such that the other is in a restricted state. If it becomes possible to compensate for each other's weak points in this way, it can contribute to further improvement of the regulation function of ball return.

  In particular, it is possible to diversify the switching timing and reduce the burden on the corresponding game ball by using the game ball that precedes the game ball and the subsequent game ball to switch the states of both regulating units. be able to.

  In addition, it is preferable that the preceding or subsequent game balls are moved forward or backward when considering responsiveness. However, depending on the game ball firing interval, the firing speed, the distance between the game ball launching means and the regulating means, etc., the game balls before or after two may be targeted, or three or more before or three. The game balls after the above may be targeted.

Feature C17. The predetermined portion is provided in a portion downstream of the restricting means in the moving path of the game balls launched by the game ball launching means,
The switching means is configured to perform the switching when a game ball that has passed through the restriction means passes through the predetermined place or reaches the predetermined place immediately before a game ball that passes through the restriction means. The gaming machine according to Feature C16, wherein

  According to the feature C17, the state of the switching unit is switched when the game ball that has reached the game area reaches or passes a predetermined location in the game area. As described above, when the game ball itself functions as a power source for switching the restricting means, the previous operation is performed before reaching the game area, and the subsequent operation is performed after reaching the game area. As a result, it is possible to suitably suppress the occurrence of inconvenience that the momentum of the game ball weakens rapidly at one place.

  In addition, by adopting a configuration in which post-processing is performed after the passing of the subsequent game ball by the previous game ball, the responsiveness is improved, and the regulation function is demonstrated well by the delay in returning the regulation unit to the original state. It can suppress suitably that a period arises.

Feature C18. The predetermined location is provided in a portion on the upstream side of the restricting means in the movement path of the game balls launched by the game ball launching means,
The switching means is configured to perform the switching when a game ball passing through the restriction means passes one of the predetermined places after the game ball passing through the restriction means or reaches the predetermined place. The gaming machine according to Feature C16, wherein

  According to the feature C18, the state of the switching unit is switched when the subsequent game ball before reaching the game area reaches or passes a predetermined location. As described above, when the corresponding game ball itself functions as a power source for switching the regulating means, the previous operation is performed before reaching the regulating unit, and the subsequent operation is performed when reaching the regulating unit. By doing so, it is possible to suitably suppress the occurrence of inconvenience such as the momentum of the game ball rapidly weakening at one place.

  In addition, by adopting a configuration in which post-processing after passing the previous game ball is performed by the later game ball, the responsiveness is improved, and the regulation function is demonstrated well due to the delay in returning to the original state of the regulation unit. It can suppress suitably that a period arises. In particular, the behavior of the game ball before reaching the game area is relatively stable. Therefore, performing a state return using such a game ball has a technical significance in improving the operation stability of the restricting means. Then, if the switching is completed at a timing before the subsequent game ball itself reaches the regulation unit, the game ball preparation in the regulation unit is executed by the game ball itself before passing, It can be suitably avoided that the preparation of the restricting portion is delayed when the ball passes.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
Regulation means (for example, prevention devices 106aG, 106aK to 106aV) for regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage,
The restricting means is a movable body (for example, movable bodies 301G, 601 and 601) that can be switched between an allowable state that allows passage of game balls at the exit portion of the ball passage and a restricted state that restricts passage of game balls at the exit portion. 601L-601V)
A gaming machine, wherein the ball passage is provided with a function as an operation area when the movable body is switched between the allowed state and the restricted state.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of return balls in this way, it is possible to contribute to smooth game progress. However, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the restricting means, the existence of the movable body constituting the restricting means and other structures attached to the movable body may be a factor that compresses the game area.

  In this regard, in the configuration shown in this feature, a function as an operation region of the movable body is given to the spherical passage. Thereby, the expansion of the area occupied by the restriction means in the game area can be suppressed, and the compression of the game area by the restriction means can be alleviated. Therefore, for example, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom related to the arrangement of game parts such as game nails in the vicinity of the exit portion of the ball passage (reduction of restrictions on the arrangement).

Feature D2. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
Regulation means (for example, prevention devices 106aG, 106aK to 106aV) for regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage,
The restricting means is a movable body (for example, movable bodies 301G, 601 and 601) that can be switched between an allowable state that allows passage of game balls at the exit portion of the ball passage and a restricted state that restricts passage of game balls at the exit portion. 601L to 601V), and the movable body is disposed so as to be positioned in the ball passage.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of return balls in this way, it is possible to contribute to smooth game progress. However, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the restricting means, the existence of the movable body constituting the restricting means and other structures attached to the movable body may be a factor that compresses the game area.

  In this regard, in the configuration shown in this feature, the movable body is positioned in the ball passage, and the protrusion from the exit portion to the game area side is suppressed. Thereby, the expansion of the area occupied by the restriction means in the game area can be suppressed, and the compression of the game area by the restriction means can be alleviated. Therefore, for example, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom related to the arrangement of game parts such as game nails in the vicinity of the exit portion of the ball passage (reduction of restrictions on the arrangement).

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “a game board (game area formation body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed” and a game ball launching means (game) that launches a game ball based on a launch operation by the player. A ball launching mechanism 110), a ball passage (guide passage 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area, and a regulation for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage Means (for example, ball return prevention mechanisms 106, 106A to 106N), and the restricting means is disposed so that at least a part thereof is located in a portion where the ball passage is formed in the game board. It is also possible to use a gaming machine characterized by

Feature D3. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
Regulation means (for example, prevention devices 106aG, 106aK to 106aV) for regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage,
The restricting means is a movable body (for example, movable bodies 301G, 601) that can be switched between a permissible state that allows the passage of game balls at the exit portion of the ball passage and a restricted state that restricts the passage of game balls at the exit portion. , 601L to 601V), and the movable body is disposed so as to be positioned on the upstream side of the ball passage from the outlet portion of the ball passage.

  Game balls that have been launched from the game ball launching means and have reached the game area via the ball path are prevented from returning to the ball path by the regulating means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression. However, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the restricting means, the existence of the movable body constituting the restricting means and other structures attached to the movable body may be a factor that compresses the game area.

  In this regard, in the configuration shown in this feature, the movable body is located upstream from the exit portion (upstream side in the ball path, game ball launching unit side or non-game area side), so that the exit part moves to the game area side. Will be suppressed. Thereby, the expansion of the area occupied by the restriction means in the game area can be suppressed, and the compression of the game area by the restriction means can be alleviated. Therefore, for example, it is possible to contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom related to the arrangement of game parts such as game nails in the vicinity of the exit portion of the ball passage (reduction of restrictions on the arrangement).

Feature D4. The exit portion of the ball passage is opened obliquely upward,
The movable body is configured such that a part of the movable body protrudes from the exit portion to the game area side in the restricted state. The gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  In the configuration in which the exit portion faces obliquely upward as shown in the feature D4, it is advantageous for suppressing returning to the exit portion after flowing out from the exit portion when the momentum of the game ball is not so strong. However, with such a configuration, there is a possibility that the game ball bounced off from the game area will be placed on the exit portion, and as a result, it cannot be denied that it may interfere with the subsequent launch of the game ball. Therefore, if a configuration is adopted in which a part of the movable body protrudes from the exit portion to the game area side in a restricted state, the game ball that has bounced back from the game area side to the exit portion is And it can suppress suitably stopping so that it may be caught in a rail part).

  In addition, regarding the configuration shown in this feature, “the movable body is configured to straddle the ball passage and the game area,” according to any one of features D1 to D3, It is also possible to use “a game machine”.

Feature D5. A door body (front door frame 14) provided so as to cover the gaming board from the front of the gaming machine;
A gaming machine in which the gaming area is visible through a panel portion (glass panel 23) provided on the door body,
One of the features D1 to D4, wherein the restricting means is disposed on the game board so as to face the door body with a game ball passing area in the ball passage interposed therebetween. The gaming machine described in 1.

  In view of the opening / closing function of the door body, by disposing the restricting means on the door body side, there is a high possibility that the restricting function will not be performed satisfactorily due to the influence of variation in the positional relationship between the restricting means and the ball passage. In this regard, as shown in this feature, the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suitably suppressed by disposing the restricting means on the game board side. Further, the restricting means (movable body) is positioned behind the passing area of the game ball, and the game ball passes through the front of the movable body. For this reason, it is a case where the function as an operation area | region of a movable body is provided to a ball path, Comprising: It can suppress that presence of the said movable body becomes a factor which obstructs visual recognition of the game ball which moves a ball path. Therefore, it can contribute to ensuring the visibility of the game ball.

Feature D6. The restricting means is accommodated in an accommodating portion (for example, the opening 85 or the long hole 92) formed in the game board,
The movable body protrudes forward from the front surface of the game board in the restricted state, and is configured to be in the allowable state by moving backward from the protruding position. The gaming machine according to any one of features D5.

  According to the feature D6, the operation area of the movable body can be secured by using the ball passage and the thickness (thickness) of the game board. Thereby, compression of the game area | region etc. resulting from ensuring of an operation | movement area | region can be suppressed suitably. For example, a recess or an opening may be formed in the game board as the housing portion, and a restricting means may be embedded in the housing portion.

Feature D7. The game board has an insertion portion (for example, an opening 85 or a long hole 92) through which the restriction means is inserted from the back side of the game board.
The restricting means is fixed to the game board from the back side of the game board,
The game machine according to any one of features D1 to D6, wherein an operation region of the movable body is provided so as to straddle the insertion portion and the ball passage.

  According to the feature D7, by securing the motion area of the movable body using the ball passage and the thickness (thickness) of the game board, it is possible to suitably suppress the compression of the game area and the like due to the securing of the motion area. .

  In the configuration in which the restricting means (holder) is disposed behind the spherical passage, the following inconvenience arises because the configuration related to fixing the restricting means is exposed to the spherical passage. That is, when the game ball comes into contact with the exposed portion, the behavior of the game ball is likely to be disturbed. This can hinder smooth gaming. In this regard, by adopting a configuration that suppresses useless exposure as described above, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the above various inconveniences and realize a practically preferable configuration.

  Feature D8. The movable body is configured to switch between the allowed state and the restricted state by displacing in the thickness direction of the game board (for example, the front-rear direction in the gaming machine), and with the passage of the game ball, The gaming machine according to Feature D6 or Feature D7, wherein the gaming machine is configured to return to the restricted state by the weight of the movable body when the permitted state is reached.

  As shown in the feature D8, if the arrangement area and the operation area of the movable body are secured by using the thickness of the game board, the occupation area (volume) of the movable body is gained while using the compression of the game area. be able to. Accordingly, the movable body is preferably responsive to the movable body in a configuration in which the movable body is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board (the front-rear direction in the gaming machine), and the movable body is returned to the restricted state using its own weight. Can be improved.

Feature D9. The movable body is pivotally supported so as to change its inclination in the front-rear direction,
The trajectory through which the center of gravity (the center of gravity position GP) of the movable body passes in the process of switching the movable body to the permitted state and the restricted state is relative to the rotation center (rotation center axis CL) of the movable body. The gaming machine according to Feature D8, wherein the gaming machine is configured to be either the front side or the rear side.

  According to the feature D9, the technical idea shown in the feature D8 can be suitably realized. Here, when the movable body is a pivoting type, the responsiveness related to the return to the restricted state changes depending on the positional relationship between the pivot center and the center of gravity. Specifically, the distance between the center of rotation and the position of the center of gravity in the front-rear direction (thickness direction of the game board) is increased, so that the weight of the movable body can be used well and the response can be improved. However, if it is assumed that the center of rotation and the center of gravity are separated from each other, there is a concern that the occupied area of the movable body becomes large. Therefore, as shown in the feature D6 and the feature D7, if the occupation area is secured by using the thickness of the game board, it is possible to suitably suppress the game area from being pressed due to the improvement of the responsiveness. .

  In addition, when the center of rotation of the movable body is located at the upper end thereof, the trajectory of the center of gravity is configured to be behind the center of rotation, and the center of rotation of the movable body is In the case of being located at the lower end, it is preferable to configure the trajectory of the center of gravity to be in front of the rotation center.

Feature D10. The restricting means has a holder (holders 611, 611L to 611V) for holding the movable body,
The holder is formed with a facing portion (mounting bases 612, 612L to 612V) facing the back portion of the game board, and the facing portion is fixed to the game board, whereby the game board and the restricting means are formed. And the game machine according to any one of features D6 to D9.

  According to the feature D10, the configuration relating to the fixing of the restricting means is disposed on the back side of the game board. Thereby, it can suppress that the structure concerning the said fixation becomes a factor which compresses a game area | region, and the game components etc. which were arrange | positioned in the game area | region, and a regulation means can coexist suitably.

  Moreover, in the structure which arrange | positions a control means (holder) behind a ball path, the following inconvenience arises because the structure which concerns on the said fixation is exposed to a ball path. That is, when the game ball comes into contact with the exposed portion, the behavior of the game ball is likely to be disturbed. This can hinder smooth gaming. In this regard, by adopting a configuration that suppresses useless exposure as described above, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the above various inconveniences and realize a practically preferable configuration.

Feature D11. A pair of rail portions (guide rails 100) provided upright from the front surface of the game board and defining the ball passage;
The restricting means has a holder (holders 611, 611L to 611V) for holding the movable body,
The gaming machine according to any one of features D6 to D10, wherein the holder overlaps the rail portion from the back of the gaming machine.

  In the first place, in order to suppress the ball clogging or the like in the ball passage, there is a certain restriction on the passage width (for example, the diameter size of the game ball <the passage width <1.5 times the diameter size of the game ball). / 2 times). This can be a factor that strengthens restrictions on the size and arrangement of the restricting means. Here, as shown in this feature, according to the configuration in which the holder is disposed so as to be located behind the rail portion, the above-described restrictions can be relaxed, and the arrangement is made to effectively function the regulating means. It can contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom such as size.

Feature D12. The rail portion is configured by an inner rail (inner rail 101) and an outer rail (outer rail 102) that are curved so as to protrude outward from the game board.
The gaming machine according to Feature D11, wherein the holder overlaps the outer rail from behind the gaming machine.

  In the gaming machine having the inner rail and the outer rail of the type shown in the feature D12, the game ball (game ball passing through the ball passage) launched from the game ball launching means moves mainly along the outer rail. . In such a configuration, by placing the movable body close to the outer rail, it is possible to suitably improve the stability of the operation of the movable body accompanying the passage of the game ball. Here, as shown in this feature, if the holder is arranged so as to overlap the outer rail, the presence of the holder is suppressed from being a factor that hinders the arrangement of the movable body described above, and coexistence with the rail portion is prevented. While trying, it can contribute to the improvement of the function of the regulation means.

  Feature D13. The movable body has a ball receiving portion (ball receiving surface portion 604) to which a game ball hits, and the ball receiving portion is flush with or substantially flush with the front surface of the game board when the movable body is in the allowable state. The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D12, wherein the gaming machine is configured to be positioned on the same plane.

  According to the feature D13, the passage wall surface of the ball passage is formed together with the front surface of the game board by the ball receiving portion of the restriction means when the restriction means is allowed. Thereby, disorder of the behavior of a game ball at the time of passing a regulation means can be controlled. In particular, when the game ball is lifted from the front of the game board, interference with the panel portion (glass panel 23) is likely to occur, but the above configuration suppresses the lift of the game ball when passing through the regulating means. Thus, occurrence of such inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

Feature D14. The restricting means is a first restricting means,
The movable body is a first movable body,
A second movable body that can be switched between a permissible state allowing passage of a game ball at a predetermined restricting position on the extension of the ball passage and a restricting state restricting passage of the game ball at the predetermined restricting position; The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D13, comprising a second restricting means.

  According to the feature D14, the second restricting means is disposed ahead (downstream) in the moving direction of the game ball with respect to the first restricting means. Even when the game ball that has reached the game area bounces off from a game part such as a game nail, the second restriction means functions as a barrier for the first restriction means. Thereby, it can suppress that the motion of a 1st movable body is prevented by the game ball which has reached | attained the game area | region.

  In addition, by using the two restricting means in combination, the timing of the allowable state can be shifted. Thereby, for example, it is possible to suppress the reversal of the game ball in the gap when the first restricting means is in the permitted state, and to contribute to further strengthening the function of restricting the reversal. Even in such a configuration, since the operation area of at least one (first restriction means) is provided in the spherical passage, the expansion of the occupied area due to the combined use of the plurality of restriction means can be reduced.

Feature D15. The operation area of the second movable body is provided outside the spherical passage,
The game machine according to Feature D14, wherein a gap through which a game ball can pass is provided between the first movable body and the second movable body.

  According to feature D15, even if the second restricting means does not switch to the permitted state successfully, the game ball that has passed through the first restricting means passes between the movable bodies and leaves the restricting means. Further, it is possible to suitably suppress the malfunction of the second restricting means from hindering the movement of the subsequent game ball. Thereby, the effect shown to the means D14 can be exhibited suitably.

  Feature D16. The first movable body and the second movable body are held so as to be displaceable in the thickness direction of the game board (for example, the front-rear direction in the gaming machine). The gaming machine according to Feature D14 or Feature D15, wherein the gaming machine is configured to return to the restricted state by the weight of the body and the second movable body.

  As shown in the feature D14 and the like, in the configuration using a plurality of restricting means (movable bodies) in combination, there is a concern that the resistance generated with the passage of the restricting means will increase and the momentum of the game ball will be greatly weakened. The For example, if an urging member such as a spring is to be used, it is necessary to consider manufacturing variation of the urging member, deterioration with time, etc. in order to ensure the operational stability of the movable body (need to add a margin to the setting of the urging force) ) Occurs. Under such circumstances, it becomes difficult in terms of quality control to make the biasing force extremely small. In this regard, in the configuration in which the return function depends on its own weight as shown in this feature, the shift in the center of gravity position does not become so large due to molding variation or the like, so that the above-described manufacturing variation can be minimized. it can. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the margin related to the force that prompts the return to the regulated state. Thereby, the resistance to the game ball can be reduced, and the restriction on the arrival position of the launched game ball can be relaxed.

Feature D17. The first movable body and the second movable body are rotatably held,
The distance from the rotation base end of the first movable body to the rotation front end is longer than the distance from the rotation base end of the second movable body to the rotation front end. The gaming machine according to feature D15 or feature D16.

  In the configuration in which the first movable body and the second movable body are switched from the restricted state to the permitted state as the game ball passes, the reaction force to the game ball is reduced by reducing the inclination of both movable bodies with respect to the front surface of the game board. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the game ball from being displaced in the thickness direction of the game board. Therefore, the protrusion amount is maintained by making the total length of the first movable body located upstream (the upstream side in the ball passage or the game ball launching means side) longer than the total length of the second movable body located downstream. However, it is possible to reduce the inclination of the game ball with respect to the moving direction and contribute to the reduction of the resistance in the initial passage. In such a configuration, although the occupation area related to the first movable body can be increased, the ball path is used as the operation area for the first movable body, which may cause a pressure on the game area. Can be suppressed. That is, the difference between the total length of the first movable body provided in the ball passage and the second movable body provided outside the ball passage prevents the increase in resistance to the game ball and the compression of the game area. The return prevention function can be suitably exhibited.

Feature D18. A gaming machine comprising a panel portion (glass panel 23) facing the front surface of the gaming board with a gap therebetween, the gaming area being visible through the panel portion,
The movable body is supported in a state in which it can rotate back and forth,
The gaming machine according to any one of the features D1 to D17, wherein the regulating means is configured to switch between the allowed state and the restricted state when the movable body rotates.

  There is a limit to the gap formed between the game board and the panel portion. For this reason, for example, as compared with a configuration in which the movable body is displaced along the front surface of the game board, it is difficult to secure an occupied area such as an operation gap of the movable body. In addition, for the movable body, the game ball collides every time the game ball is fired, and thus, it is necessary to devise durability related measures such as reducing the impact generated by the collision. Here, if the movable body is a rotation type, when a game ball collides with the movable body, the movable body escapes by rotating, so that the drag (resistance) generated at the time of collision can be minimized. . In particular, when the movable body is a rotation type, it is possible to suitably contribute to the reduction of the drag force by increasing the distance from the rotation center to the collision position of the game ball. Therefore, by setting the operation mode of the movable body to the pivoting type, it is possible to suppress the expansion of the occupied area related to the movable body while releasing the impact when the game ball hits well.

Feature D19. A gaming machine comprising a panel portion (glass panel 23) facing the front surface of the gaming board with a gap therebetween, the gaming area being visible through the panel portion,
The movable body is opposed to one of the game board or the panel portion with a passing area of a game ball interposed therebetween, and a gap between the movable body and the object to be opposed is a game in a situation where the restricting means is in the allowable state. It is configured to allow the passage of a sphere,
Any of the features D1 to D18, wherein the movable body is configured such that, in the restricted state, a gap between the game board and the other of the panel portion is smaller than a diameter dimension of the game ball. A gaming machine according to claim 1.

  According to the feature D19, there is no room for the game ball to enter the gap between the movable body and the object to be confronted, and the movement of the movable body can be prevented from being hindered by the game ball entering the gap.

Feature D20. A gaming machine comprising a panel portion (glass panel 23) facing the front surface of the gaming board with a gap therebetween, the gaming area being visible through the panel portion,
The movable body is opposed to the game board with a game ball passing area in between, and the restricting means is in the allowable state so that a gap between the movable board and the game board is allowed to pass. The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D6, wherein the gaming machine is configured to change as described above.

  According to the configuration shown in this feature, it is possible to suppress the change of the trajectory of the game ball hitting the restricting means (movable body) in the direction toward the panel unit. Thereby, it can suppress that the game ball which bounced off to the movable body hits a panel part, and can protect the said panel part suitably.

Feature D21. A pair of rail portions (guide rails 100) provided upright from the front surface of the game board and defining the ball passage;
The gaming machine according to Feature D20, wherein the restricting means is attached to a front end portion of the rail portion.

  As shown in the feature D20, in the configuration in which the movable body is disposed away from the front surface of the game board, for example, the object to be disposed of the movable body can be a panel portion or the like. However, the panel portion (specifically, the door provided with the panel portion) is generally openable and closable for the purpose of maintenance of the game board, etc. In the configuration in which the panel portion is opened and closed, the rail portion And the positional relationship between the movable body and the movable body will vary. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suitably suppressed by setting the movable body to be attached to the front end portion of the rail portion attached to the game board as shown in this feature.

  Feature D22. The gaming machine according to Feature D21, wherein the holding portion (holder 311) that holds the movable body is attached so as to straddle the pair of rail portions.

  When the mounting target of the movable body is the rail portion, a load generated when the game ball hits the movable body is transmitted to the rail portion. This urges the deformation of the rail part, and the possibility of affecting the movement of the game ball along the rail part cannot be denied. Then, if it is set as the structure which attaches a holding part so that it may span over a pair of rail part, a rail part will be reinforced by a holding part and the said influence can be reduced. Thereby, the influence on the movement of the game ball can be suppressed, and the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suppressed.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
Restriction means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106P to 106V) having restriction portions (for example, movable bodies 601P to 601V) for restricting the return of the game balls from the game area to the ball passage,
The restricting means is configured to allow the game ball to pass through the restricting position by the restricting portion when the restricting portion is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board (for example, the front-rear direction in the gaming machine) and the restricting position. It is possible to switch to a restricted state that restricts the passage of game balls, and is configured to return to the restricted state by the weight of the restricting portion when the allowed state is reached as the game ball passes. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  For the game balls that are launched from the game ball launching means and reach the game area via the ball path, the return to the ball path is avoided by the regulation means. By suppressing the occurrence of the return ball in this way, it is possible to promote smooth game progression.

  Here, in the configuration in which the return of the game ball is avoided by the restricting means, the presence of the restricting portion that constitutes the restricting means and other components that accompany the restricting portion can be a factor that compresses the game area. In the configuration shown in this feature, the restricting portion is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board (for example, the front-rear direction in the gaming machine), so that the restricting means is switched between the permitted state and the restricted state. Thereby, the expansion of the occupation area of a control means can be suppressed, and the compression of the game area mentioned above can be suppressed. In addition, the configuration in which the restricting portion is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board is advantageous for making the movement of the restricting portion less noticeable.

  In the configuration having the restricting portion, there is a possibility that the behavior of the game ball is disturbed due to the resistance generated in the game ball when the game ball hits. In particular, in a restricting portion of a type that is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board, there is a possibility that the game ball will be lifted, and the influence of the disturbance of behavior may be increased. In consideration of such circumstances, it is preferable to keep the resistance as small as possible. Here, as shown in this feature, in the configuration where the restricting portion returns from the permitted state to the restricted state due to its own weight, for example, compared to the configuration that prompts the return to the restricted state using an urging means such as a spring, When switching from the restricted state to the restricted state, it is possible to prevent the resistance applied to the game ball from becoming unnecessarily large, and fine adjustment is possible while keeping the resistance small. That is, as compared with the case where the urging force of the urging means is adjusted to reduce the resistance, it is possible to suitably realize the guarantee of the operation stability and the reduction of individual differences while reducing the resistance. .

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “a game board (game area formation body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed” and a game ball launching means (game) that launches a game ball based on a launch operation by the player. A ball launching mechanism 110), a ball passage (guide passage 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area, and a regulation for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage Means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106P to 106V), and the restricting means is provided so as to face a wall portion (for example, the glass panel 23) constituting either the front wall surface or the rear wall surface of the game area. It has a body (for example, movable bodies 601P to 601V) and can be switched between an allowable state in which a game ball can pass and a restricted state in which the passage of the game ball is restricted based on a change in the distance between the movable body and the wall portion. Become The gaming machine is configured to return to the restricted state by the weight of the restricting portion when the allowed state is reached as the game ball passes. is there.

Feature E2. The restricting portion is pivotally supported at one end of the restricting portion in the passage direction of the ball passage so as to be rotatable.
The restricting means is configured to switch between the allowed state and the restricted state when the restricting portion rotates, and the gaming machine restricted to feature E1 is characterized in that

  It is preferable to secure a certain degree of strength from the viewpoint of ensuring durability, etc., for the portion hit by the game ball. From such circumstances, the weight of the restricting portion tends to increase. Here, according to the configuration shown in this feature, the gravity center position of the restricting portion and the portion where the game ball hits are located on the same side with respect to the rotation center portion (rotation base end portion), and the weight is It becomes easy to use as a driving force for returning to the regulated state. Accordingly, it is possible to suitably realize the strength improvement and the function of returning to the restricted state. Moreover, it is advantageous also in suppressing the enlargement of the occupied area by suppressing the enlargement of the restricting portion. For example, in a configuration in which the restricting portion extends in the passage direction of the spherical passage (a configuration in which the passage direction of the spherical passage is the longitudinal direction of the restricting portion), one end portion in the longitudinal direction of the restricting portion is the rotation base end portion. It is good to form so that it may become.

  Feature E3. Or a support portion (bearing portions 614P to 614V) that pivotally supports an upstream (lower) end portion of the restricting portion in the passage direction of the ball passage. The gaming machine according to feature E2.

  In a configuration in which the restricting portion is displaced in the thickness direction of the game board, an increase in a gap (step difference, etc.) between the passage wall surface and the restricting portion in an allowable state causes a disturbance in the behavior of the game ball. Therefore, it is not preferable. Therefore, as shown in this feature, if the end on the upstream side (game ball launching means side or non-game area side) is the rotation base end, the downstream end is the rotation base end. In comparison, the occurrence of the gap can be suppressed and the behavior of the game ball can be stabilized.

  Feature E4. The restricting portion is configured such that the center of gravity of the restricting portion is located on the front side of the rotation center portion of the restricting portion in the permitted state. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the feature E4, in the allowable state, the position of the center of gravity is located on the front side of the rotation center portion of the restricting portion. For this reason, after the game ball has passed, the restricting portion tilts forward due to its own weight and returns from the allowed state to the restricted state. Thereby, the return of the regulating means to the regulated state can be urged.

  Feature E5. The gaming machine according to Feature E3 or Feature E4, wherein the movement range of the gravity center position of the restriction portion is configured to be in front of the rotation center portion of the restriction portion.

  According to the feature E5, the self-weight acts on the restricting portion so as to promote tilting forward of the gaming machine regardless of the permitted state or the restricted state. As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress the reverse direction of the action direction of its own weight according to the change in the position of the center of gravity, and to contribute to smooth switching to the permissible state / restricted state and to improving the certainty thereof.

  Feature E6. The restricting portion extends in a direction intersecting with the rotation center axis of the restricting portion, and receives a game ball moved along the ball path (for example, ball receiving surface portions 604aP to 604aV), and the ball receiving portion And an extension portion (for example, arm portions 607aP to 607aV) extending in a direction intersecting with the ball receiving portion, and a game ball hits the ball receiving portion and the restricting portion. The feature E2 is configured to switch from a restricted state that restricts the passage of the game ball at the restriction position by the restriction means to a permissible state that permits the passage of the game ball at the restriction position by rotating. Thru | or the game machine as described in any one of characteristics E5.

According to the feature E6, by providing the extending portion on the rotating distal end side, the center of gravity position of the restricting portion can be as far as possible from the rotation center portion (rotating base end portion) of the restricting portion. Responsiveness when returning from the allowable state to the restricted state can be improved.
You can.

  Feature E7. The gaming machine according to Feature E6, wherein the extending portion is located on a boundary between the ball passage and the gaming area.

  According to the feature E7, when the game ball that has reached the game area bounces back and reaches the restricting means (exit portion), it is possible to suitably suppress the entry of the game ball into the exit portion. That is, as shown in the feature E6, by utilizing the configuration that promotes the return of its own weight, by restricting the movement of the game ball toward the exit portion by the extending portion, the ball receiving portion and the exit portion (rail portion) It is possible to favorably prevent the game ball from entering between them (the occurrence of ball biting).

  Feature E8. The gaming machine according to Feature E6 or Feature E7, wherein the extending portion extends in a direction intersecting with the rotation direction of the restricting portion and is inclined downward toward the center of the game board.

  In the configuration in which the extending portion extends in the direction intersecting the rotation direction of the restricting portion as shown in the feature E8, the return of the game ball through the outlet portion can be suppressed. Here, for example, there is a concern that the above-described shift in the center of gravity position is alleviated due to the weight of the rotation tip portion of the restriction portion as compared with the configuration in which the extension portion extends in the rotation direction (backward). According to the configuration shown in this feature, the weight of the extending portion can be favorably contributed to guaranteeing the shift amount of the center of gravity position.

  Here, when the extension portion is provided, the return of the game ball can be suppressed, but there is a possibility that the game ball is placed on the extension portion. If the game ball remains on the extension, there is a concern that the subsequent game ball will be blocked from passing. In this regard, as shown in this feature, if the extension portion is configured to be inclined downward toward the center of the game board, the game ball placed on the extension portion is extended by moving along the extension portion. I will leave the club. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the said problem can be suppressed suitably.

  Feature E9. A feature E1 or feature comprising a support portion (bearing portions 614P to 614V) that pivotally supports a downstream (upper) end of the restricting portion in the passage direction of the ball passage. A gaming machine according to E2.

  According to the configuration shown in the feature E9, a portion where the game ball launched by the game ball launching unit first hits can be set closer to the turning tip of the restricting portion. By adopting a configuration in which the game ball hits a position as far as possible from the center of rotation, it is possible to reduce resistance applied to the game ball when the restricting portion is rotated. This is preferable, for example, in realizing stabilization of the behavior of the game ball when passing through the regulating means.

  Feature E10. The restricting portion is configured such that the center of gravity of the restricting portion is located on the rear side of the rotation center portion of the restricting portion under the permitted state. A gaming machine according to E9.

  According to the feature E10, in the allowable state, the center of gravity position is located on the front side of the rotation center portion of the restricting portion. For this reason, after the game ball has passed, the restricting portion tilts forward due to its own weight and returns from the allowed state to the restricted state. Thereby, the return of the regulating means to the regulated state can be urged.

  Feature E11. The game machine according to Feature E9 or Feature E10, wherein the movement range of the center of gravity position of the restriction portion is configured to be a range that is not in front of the rotation center portion of the restriction portion.

  According to the feature E11, the self-weight acts on the restricting portion so as to promote tilting forward of the gaming machine in any state of the allowable state to the restricting state. As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress the reverse direction of the action direction of its own weight according to the change in the position of the center of gravity, and to contribute to smooth switching to the permissible state / restricted state and to improving the certainty thereof.

  Feature E12. E9 characterized in that under the condition that the restricting portion is in the restricting state, the front and rear positions of the center of gravity of the restricting portion and the rotation center portion of the restricting portion are aligned. Thru | or the game machine as described in any one of the characteristics E11.

  According to the feature E12, in the restricted state, the rotation due to its own weight is in a calm state, and the initial load when the game ball hits the restricting portion can be reduced. Thereby, disorder of the behavior of the game ball when reaching the restricting portion can be suitably suppressed.

Feature E13. The rotation center axis of the restricting portion extends in a direction intersecting the passage direction of the spherical passage,
A rail part (guide rail 100) provided so as to stand up from the front surface of the game board and defining the ball passage;
The rail portion has an arc shape that is convex to the outside of the game area,
The gaming machine according to any one of features E2 to E12, wherein the restricting means is disposed between a top portion of the rail portion and a protruding portion protruding sideways.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the restricting portion is returned from the permitted state to the restricted state using its own weight, the driving force for the return can be increased by increasing the weight of the restricting portion. However, if the motive force is increased by increasing the weight, the degree of deactivation of the game ball when passing through the restricting portion can also be increased. Under such circumstances, if the increase in weight is suppressed so as not to weaken the momentum of the game ball as much as possible, there is an increased risk that the return function of the restricting portion will not be successfully demonstrated. Therefore, as shown in this feature, by defining the direction of the rotation center axis and the position of the restricting means, the resistance generated in accordance with the switching between the permissible state and the restricting state is suppressed, and the weight is increased darkly. The return function can be secured without any problems.

Feature E14. An inner rail portion (inner rail 101) and an outer rail portion (outer rail 102) provided upright from the front surface of the game board and defining the ball passage;
The outer rail portion is curved to be convex to the side of the gaming machine,
The restricting portion has a plate-like main body portion (base portions 602P to 602V) intersecting with the rotation center axis of the restricting portion, and a game ball moved along the ball path on the end surface of the main body portion. The function as a ball receiving part that hits is given,
The gaming machine according to any one of features E2 to E13, wherein the restriction portion is disposed so as to be closer to the outer rail of the inner rail and the outer rail.

  In the configuration in which the outer rail portion is curved so as to be convex to the side, the game ball fired from the game ball launching means moves along the outer rail portion when passing through the ball passage. It becomes. Therefore, if the restricting portion is configured such that the main body portion (ball receiving portion) is disposed closer to the outer rail portion, it is possible to ensure the function of switching between the permitted state and the restricted state while suppressing an increase in size of the restricting portion.

  In addition, by making the main body portion plate-like, it is possible to suitably prevent the weight and occupied area of the main body portion from being unnecessarily increased in securing the amount of shift of the center of gravity position with respect to the rotation center portion. By imparting a function as a ball receiving portion to the end surface of the main body portion, it is possible to prevent the restricting portion from being bent and deformed when a game ball hits the restricting portion. By reducing the distortion generated in the restricting portion in this way, an increase in resistance (friction resistance) generated with the turning of the restricting portion can be suppressed, and the turning function (returning function to the restricted state) can be secured. .

  Feature E15. The game machine according to Feature E14, wherein the main body has an arc shape extending along the ball passage.

  As shown in this feature, by making the main body portion arc-shaped extending along the ball passage, the collision angle with the ball receiving portion can be reduced, or the contact time between the ball receiving portion and the game ball can be increased. Thereby, the impact generated when the game ball hits the ball receiving portion can be alleviated, and it can contribute to the protection of the regulating means and the stabilization of the behavior of the game ball. And if it is such a structure, it will become easy to approach an outer rail part and a control part, and the technical idea shown to the characteristic E14 can be embodied suitably.

Feature E16. The game board is formed with insertion portions (for example, long holes 85K to 85N, 92P to 92V) through which the restriction means are inserted,
The gaming machine according to Feature E14 or Feature E15, wherein a function is provided as an operation region of the restriction portion in a portion where the insertion portion is formed.

  When the main body is plate-shaped as shown in the feature E14 and the like, the deviation between the rotation center and the center of gravity can be increased by increasing the width of the main body. However, in such a configuration, the outer shape of the restricting portion becomes large. In this regard, according to the combination with the configuration shown in this feature (configuration that secures the operating area of the restricting portion by using the thickness of the game board), the restriction area in the gaming area is prevented from spreading, and the restricting portion Can reduce the pressure on the game area. That is, even if the size of the restricting portion increases, it is possible to suppress the expansion of the operation area due to the size. This improves the degree of freedom of arrangement of game parts arranged around the restricting portion in the game area, for example (reducing restrictions on arrangement) and suppresses compression of the game area due to securing of the operation area. This is a preferable configuration.

<Feature F group>
Feature F1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means (for example, a ball return prevention mechanism 106V) provided in the game area and regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball path;
The restricting means includes a movable body (left movable body 601aV), and a restriction state that restricts the passage of the game ball at the restriction position and the permitted state that allows the game ball to pass at the restriction position when the movable body is displaced. When the state is switched to the allowable state from the restricted state, the state is configured to self-return from the allowable state to the restricted state,
Returning means (for example, the right movable body 601bV) that returns the restricting means to the restricted state when the restricting means does not self-return to the restricted state in a situation where the restricted state should return to the restricted state. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  Regarding the restricting means indicated by the feature F1, after switching from the restricted state to the allowed state as the game ball passes, the restricting means self-returns to the restricted state due to its own weight or the urging force of the urging means attached to the movable body. This restricts the return of the game ball that has reached the game area to the ball path. In such a configuration for performing the self-return, if the return to the restricted state is not performed due to various circumstances such as operation failure, the above-described reverse return restricting function cannot be performed well. This can be a factor that reduces the reliability of the operation of the regulating means. Therefore, in the configuration shown in this feature, when the self-recovery is not performed despite the situation that should return to the restricted state, the restricting means is forcibly returned to the restricted state by the return means. The occurrence of the inconvenience described above can be suppressed. Thereby, it can contribute to the guarantee of the reliability which concerns on operation | movement of a control means.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “a game board (game area formation body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed” and a game ball launching means (game) that launches a game ball based on a launch operation by the player. A ball launching mechanism 110), a ball passage (guide passage 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area, and a game from the game area to the ball path. A restricting means (for example, a ball return preventing mechanism 106V) for restricting the return of the sphere, and the restricting means has a movable body (the left movable body 601aV), and the game ball at the restricting position by the displacement of the movable body. When the predetermined period elapses after switching from the restricted state to the permitted state, the permitted state is permitted. The regulation means is configured to self-return from the state to the regulation state, and when the predetermined period has elapsed after the regulation means has entered the permissible state and the regulation means has not self-return to the regulation state. It is also possible to use a gaming machine including a return means (for example, the right movable body 601bV) for returning to the allowable state.

  Feature F2. The game according to Feature F1, wherein the restriction means is configured to return to the restricted state by the weight of the movable body when the allowed state is reached as the game ball passes. Machine.

  In a configuration in which the restricting means operates as the game ball passes, there is a possibility that the behavior of the game ball may be disturbed due to the resistance generated in the game ball when the game ball hits the movable body. In consideration of the influence of such behavioral disturbance, it is preferable to keep the resistance as small as possible. Here, as shown in this feature, in the configuration in which the movable body returns from the permitted state to the restricted state due to its own weight, for example, compared to the configuration that uses a biasing means such as a spring to promote the return to the restricted state, Manufacturing variations that should be taken into account are reduced. Therefore, the resistance applied to the game ball at the time of switching from the restricted state to the allowed state can be reduced. However, in such a configuration in which the return force depends on its own weight, it cannot be denied that the return operation may not be performed successfully due to the installation state (tilt) of the gaming machine or the like. This can be a factor that reduces the reliability of the regulating means. Therefore, by applying the technical idea shown in the feature F1 to such a configuration and ensuring the return operation, it is possible to stabilize the behavior of the game ball and suitably reduce the reliability caused by it. Can be suppressed.

  Feature F3. The game machine according to Feature F1 or Feature F2, wherein the movable body is configured to be displaced in a thickness direction of the game board.

  According to the configuration shown in the feature F3, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the degree of freedom in arrangement of game parts such as game nails due to securing the operation area of the movable body. On the other hand, however, restrictions are likely to occur in increasing the deviation between the center of rotation and the position of the center of gravity as compared with a configuration that is displaced along the front surface of the game board, for example. As a result, it is difficult to ensure the stability of the operation, and there is a concern that the reliability of the regulating means is lowered. Therefore, by applying the technical idea shown in the feature F1 and the like to such a configuration to ensure the return operation, the reliability of the operation resulting from the improvement in the freedom of arrangement of the gaming parts is achieved. Can be suitably suppressed.

Feature F4. The restricting means is configured to switch from the allowed state to the restricted state when the movable body is displaced in a predetermined direction.
The return means includes a ball receiving portion (a ball receiving surface portion 604bV of the right movable body 601bV) on which a game ball hits, and an action portion (displaced closer to the movable body when a game ball hits the ball receiving portion). Arm portion 607bV) of the right movable body 601bV, and the action portion is displaced toward the movable body when the game ball hits the ball receiving portion in a state where the restricting means is in the permitted state. According to any one of the features F1 to F3, the action unit is configured to return the restricting means to the allowed state by pushing the movable body in the predetermined direction. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature F4, when the self-return is not performed well, the action unit pushes the movable body by the game ball hitting the ball receiving unit. Thus, by using the momentum of the game ball as the driving force for forced return, the configuration (return means) shown in the feature F1 can be realized with a simple configuration.

  Feature F5. The game machine according to Feature F4, wherein the return means is configured to avoid contact between the action portion and the movable body when the regulating means is self-returning. .

  When the restricting means is forcibly returned to the restricted state, the resistance transmitted to the game ball through the movable body → the action portion → the ball receiving portion increases. That is, in the configuration shown in the feature F2, the simplification of the configuration can be realized, but the momentum of the game ball tends to decrease. Therefore, in this feature, when the self-recovery is performed, a configuration in which the forced return by the return means is avoided, that is, a configuration in which the action portion is swung is employed. In this way, at least as long as the self-recovery is normally performed, the game described above in the configuration using the movement of the game ball as the power source of the return means by suppressing the resistance generated in the return means as small as possible. The decrease in the momentum of the sphere can be suitably reduced.

Feature F6. The action unit is configured to wait at a predetermined standby position when a game ball does not hit the ball receiving unit,
When the action part is waiting at the predetermined standby position, the movable body and the action part can be used regardless of whether the restriction means is in the restricted state or the allowed state. The gaming machine according to Feature F4 or F5, wherein a gap is formed between the F5 and F5.

  According to the feature F6, when the movable body is switched from the restricted state to the allowed state with the passage of the game ball, it is possible to prevent the restricting means (action unit) from being pushed by the movable body. Thereby, it can be suppressed that the presence of the return means becomes a factor that increases the resistance applied to the game ball when the game ball moves so as to push the movable body away.

  Feature F7. The gaming machine according to any one of features F4 to F6, wherein the ball receiving portion is arranged at a position where a game ball can reach after the restricting means is in the permitted state. .

  When the action portion is displaced toward the movable body in the process of switching the restriction means from the restriction state to the permission state, a resistance that prevents the restriction means from being switched is generated by the action portion (return means). This can be a factor that prevents a game ball that should originally be able to pass the restricting means from passing the restricting means. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, since the ball receiving portion (returning means) is arranged at a position where the game ball can reach after the restricting means is allowed, The movement of the action part can be delayed with respect to the switching. Thereby, the occurrence of the inconvenience can be suppressed.

Feature F8. The movable body is a position protruding to a passing path through which a game ball passes and restricts the passage of the game ball, and a position where the protrusion is suppressed from the restriction position and allows the game ball to pass. It can be displaced to the allowable position to
The ball receiving portion is displaceable to a protruding position protruding to the passage path and a retracted position where protrusion to the passage path is suppressed from the protruding position.
The action portion is configured to be displaced in the predetermined direction based on a displacement of the ball receiving portion from the protruding position to the retracted position,
Any one of the features F4 to F7, wherein the protruding amount of the ball receiving portion arranged at the protruding position is smaller than the protruding amount of the movable body arranged at the restricting position. The gaming machine described in one.

  In the configuration in which the game ball hits the movable body and the return means, the regulating means and the return means can be operated using the momentum of the game ball. Since there is no need to provide a separate power source in this way, it is possible to suitably suppress the complexity of the configuration for realizing the above-described improvement in reliability. However, in such a configuration, it is assumed that the restriction on the arrival position of the game ball becomes stronger because the momentum of the game ball becomes weaker. Therefore, as shown in this feature, by reducing the protruding amount of the return means, the momentum lost from the game ball when operating the return means can be reduced as much as possible.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is advantageous in that the return means can be reduced in size and the expansion of the occupied area can be suppressed.

Feature F9. The restricting means and the return means are juxtaposed along a passing path through which the game balls launched by the game ball launching means pass,
The movable body is rotatably held, is a position that protrudes to a passing path through which a game ball passes, and is a position that restricts the passage of the game ball and a position in which the protrusion is suppressed from the restriction position. A first movable body that is displaced to a permissible position that allows a game ball to pass;
The ball receiving portion is displaceable to a protruding position protruding to the passage path and a retracted position where protrusion to the passage path is suppressed from the protruding position.
The return means includes a second movable body provided with the ball receiving portion and the action portion,
The second movable body is rotatably held, and the action portion is formed in a portion closer to the first movable body than the rotation center portion, and the action portion sandwiches the rotation center portion. The ball receiving portion is formed on the opposite side, and the action portion is configured to be displaced in the predetermined direction based on the displacement of the ball receiving portion from the protruding position to the retracted position. The gaming machine according to any one of features F4 to F8.

  According to the feature F9, the technical idea shown in the feature F4 and the like can be realized with a simple configuration. Further, the restricting means and the return means can be arranged close to each other, and the expansion of the arrangement area of the configuration related to the return restriction can be suitably suppressed.

  Feature F10. The distance from the rotation center portion of the second movable body to the contact portion with the first movable body at the action portion is from the rotation center portion of the first movable body to the contact portion with the action portion. The gaming machine according to Feature F9, wherein the gaming machine is configured to be shorter than the distance.

  For example, if it is necessary to greatly displace the first movable body at the time of return, it is preferable that the pressing location (contact location) be as close as possible to the center of rotation of the first movable body, but this is to move the first movable body. The required pressing force is increased. In the first place, the first movable body is provided with a self-recovery function, and even if some trouble occurs and the self-recovery is not performed well, if there is a slight boost (cut), Can work. That is, in many cases, a very large stroke is not required when solving the above problem. Therefore, if the relationship between the rotation center of both movable bodies, the contact location in the action portion, and the contact location in the first movable body is as described above, the pressing force is reduced as much as possible while ensuring a certain stroke of pressure by the action portion. Can be small. Thereby, it can suppress that the resistance added to a game ball becomes large when performing forced return.

  Feature F11. The second movable body includes the first movable body at the action portion and the first movable body from the rotation center portion to the contact position of the game ball at the ball receiving portion with respect to the rotation center portion of the second movable body. The gaming machine according to Feature F9 or Feature F10, wherein the distance to the contact point is longer.

  According to the feature F11, when the second movable body is rotated by the game ball hitting the ball receiving portion, the action portion can be greatly displaced in a predetermined direction (to the first movable body side). As a result, even if the self-return function of the restricting means is not performed well, the return means can quickly return to the restricted state.

  Feature F12. The contact portion where the action portion contacts with the first movable body is provided at a rotation tip portion of the first movable body, according to any one of features F9 to F11, Game machines.

  In the first place, in the configuration with the self-recovery function, even if it does not fully support the return from the allowable state to the restricted state, it is assumed that the switch is promoted as long as there is an opportunity to switch to the allowable state. The Therefore, as shown in this feature, the occurrence of the above-described inconvenience can be suitably suppressed by adopting a configuration in which the pressed portion provided at the rotating tip portion of the movable body is pressed in a predetermined direction.

  In particular, in combination with the feature F8 or the like (configuration using the momentum of the game ball as a power source for forced return), there is a concern that the momentum of the game ball will be excessively weakened when the forced return is realized. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, occurrence of such inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

  Feature F13. The period required for the restricting means to self-return from the allowed state to the restricted state is shorter than the period required for the game ball that has passed the restricting means to reach the second movable body. The gaming machine according to any one of features F9 to F12, wherein the first movable body and the second movable body are arranged.

  According to feature F13, when the game ball moves from the first movable body to the second movable body, the first movable body returns to the restricted state before the game ball reaches the second movable body. Will be. Therefore, at least in a situation where the self-recovery function is functioning well, the interference between both movable bodies can be avoided, and it is possible to favorably suppress an unnecessary increase in resistance applied to the game ball.

<Feature G group>
Feature G1. A game board (game area forming body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
Restriction means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106K to 106V) for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage;
Fixing means (for example, screws 621P to 621V) for fixing the regulating means to the game board;
The restricting means includes a movable body (for example, 601a, 601aL to 601aV) that is displaceable to a permissible position that allows passage of the game ball at the restricting position by the restricting means and a restricting position that restricts passage of the game ball at the restricting position. And a main body (holders 611, 611L to 611V) for defining the rotation range of the movable body, and has a plate shape protruding from the outer peripheral portion of the main body on the front side of the game board. A gaming machine characterized in that a fixing protrusion by a fixing means is not provided.

  According to the configuration that restricts the return of the game ball to the ball passage using the restricting means, it is possible to contribute to the realization of smooth progress of the game. However, since various game parts such as game nails are arranged on the front side of the game board, it is not preferable that the area where the game parts are arranged is pressed by such restriction means. In this regard, according to the configuration shown in this feature, the front side of the game board is not provided with a plate-like protruding portion to be fixed by a fixing means (fixing tool) such as a screw or a screw. In this way, by reducing or eliminating the occupied area on the front side of the game board for the configuration related to the fixing of the restricting means, the freedom of arrangement of the gaming parts is improved, and the restricting means and the gaming parts are preferably coexisting. Can be made.

  Note that the configuration shown in this feature is “a game board (game area formation body 80a) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed” and a game ball launching means (game) that launches a game ball based on a launch operation by the player. A ball launching mechanism 110), a ball passage (guide passage 103) for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area, and a regulation for restricting the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage Means (ball return prevention mechanisms 106K to 106V) and a fixture (for example, screws 621P to 621V) for fixing the restricting means to the game board, and the restricting means is provided on the front surface of the game board in the restricting means. A gaming machine characterized in that a portion other than the abutting plate-like base portion is configured to be a fixed portion by the fixture.

Feature G2. The game board is formed with an insertion portion (for example, an opening 85 or a long hole 92) that is opened in the thickness direction of the game board and through which the restriction means is inserted.
A contact portion (mounting bases 612P to 612V) that contacts the back surface portion of the game board is formed in the main body portion of the restricting means.
The gaming machine according to Feature G1, wherein the regulation means is attached to the game board by fixing the game board and the contact portion by the fixing means.

  According to the feature G2, the configuration related to fixing of the restricting means such as the fixing means and the contact portion is disposed on the back side of the game board. Thereby, it can suppress that the structure concerning the said fixation becomes a factor which compresses a game area | region, and the game components etc. which were arrange | positioned in the game area | region, and a regulation means can coexist suitably.

Feature G3. The fixing means is a fastener;
The abutting portion faces the portion of the gaming board where the gaming area is not formed in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine, and the fixing means is disposed at a position where overlapping with the gaming area is avoided. The gaming machine according to Feature G2, characterized in that

  About game parts, such as the game nail mentioned above, it attaches using the thickness of a game board. Here, in the configuration shown in this feature, it is preferable that the fastener is disposed at a position where overlap between the game area and the game area is avoided so that the fastener interferes with the arrangement of the gaming parts. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the degree of freedom of arrangement of the gaming parts, and to more suitably allow the configuration related to the restricting means and the gaming parts to coexist.

Feature G4. The fixing means is a fastener;
Provided with an inner rail portion (inner rail 101) and an outer rail portion (outer rail 102) provided standing from the front surface of the game board and defining the ball passage;
The abutting portion is opposed to a portion on the outside of the outer rail in the game board, and the fixture is disposed at a position where an overlap with the game area is avoided. The gaming machine described in the feature G2 or the feature G3.

  About game parts, such as the game nail mentioned above, it attaches using the thickness of a game board. Here, in the configuration shown in this feature, the fastener is disposed in an area outside the outer rail portion (an area where a ball passage or a game area is not formed), so that the fastener is attached to the game component. It can suppress suitably that obstructs arrangement | positioning. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the degree of freedom of arrangement of the gaming parts, and to more suitably allow the configuration related to the restricting means and the gaming parts to coexist.

  Feature G5. In a state where the abutting portion is in contact with the back surface of the game board, the front end portion of the main body is configured to be located on the same plane or substantially the same plane as the front surface of the game board. The gaming machine according to any one of features G2 to G4.

  According to the feature G5, by suppressing the protrusion of the main body from the front surface of the game board, it is possible to suitably suppress the disturbance of the behavior of the game ball. In addition, it is possible to promote the coexistence with game parts such as rails existing on the game board.

Feature G6. A pair of rail portions (guide rails 100) provided upright from the front surface of the game board and defining the ball passage;
The insertion portion is formed so that a part of the insertion portion overlaps the front and rear of the rail portion, and the main body portion is configured to face the rail portion from the back of the gaming machine. The gaming machine according to any one of features G5.

  In the configuration shown in the feature G2 or the like, the restricting means and the rail portion can be preferably coexisted by arranging the restricting means so as to be positioned behind the rail portion as shown in this feature. .

  Any one of the technical ideas shown in the above-described features may be applied to other features, or the technical ideas shown in a plurality of features may be combined and applied to other features. It is also possible to extract a part of the configuration shown in each feature and apply it to other features.

  The basic configuration of the gaming machine to which the above features can be applied is shown below.

  Pachinko machine: operation means (game ball launching handle 41) operated by a player, game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on the operation of the operation means, and the fired A ball path (guidance path 103) for guiding a game ball to a predetermined game area (game area PE) and game parts arranged in the game area, and a predetermined passage portion (general prize) among these game parts A gaming machine that gives a privilege to a player when a game ball passes through the mouth 81 or the like.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine as a game machine, 23 ... Glass panel as a panel part, 41 ... Game ball launch handle as an operation part, 42 ... Touch sensor, 43 ... Variable resistor, 80 ... Game board unit, 80a ... Game board 85 ... Through-hole, 86 ... Variable display unit, 87 ... Symbol display device as picture display means, 93 ... Game nail as game component, 95 ... Center frame, 100 ... Guide rail, 101 ... Inner rail as second rail portion, 102 ... outer rail as first rail portion, 103 ... guide passage as ball passage, 104 ... inlet portion, 105 ... outlet portion, 106 ... ball return prevention mechanism constituting restricting means 106a ... Left side prevention device as second restriction means, 106b ... Right side prevention device as first restriction means, 110 ... Game as game ball launching means Launching mechanism, 111 ... solenoid, 113 ... ball feeding device, 162 ... main control device, 243 ... power source / launch control device, 301 ... movable body, 303 ... projecting piece as a ball receiving portion, 304 ... sphere constituting a guide portion Receiving surface portion, 305... Weight portion functioning as urging means, 306... Planar portion constituting guide portion, 308. Guide portion as guide portion, 311. Holder, 313. 1 left movable body as a movable body, 601b... Right movable body as a second movable body, 604 ..ball receiving surface portion, 606... Rotating tip portion, 607b... Arm portion constituting a connecting portion, 608b. 609a ... link groove constituting the connecting part, 611 ... holder as holding part, 613 ... accommodating part, 616 ... opening part, 618 ... spring as urging means, PE ... game area, S ... gap or a particular region of the inflow section, TE ... passing area.

Claims (1)

A game board in which a game area is formed;
A game ball launching means for launching a game ball based on a launch operation by a player;
A ball path for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means to the game area;
A regulation means for regulating the return of the game ball from the game area to the ball passage,
The restricting means has a movable body that can be switched between an allowable state allowing passage of game balls at the exit portion of the ball passage and a restricting state restricting passage of game balls at the exit portion,
A gaming machine, wherein the ball passage is provided with a function as an operation area when the movable body is switched between the allowed state and the restricted state.

Images